‘The Time Elapsed Cane’ : Wonderful F/f AND M/m spanking story!

Here, you’ll find yet another reason why judging the January’s story writing contest, ‘What the Camera Saw’ was so difficult. I know you’ll love ‘The Time Elapsed Cane’.

–  Dana


The Time Elapsed Cane


It ended up being the best idea I’d ever had, though at the time, I thought I was just indulging a minor whimsy. A very long time ago I’d had day dreams about being a videographer and making amazing films that would be known the world over but even then I’d known it was just a passing fancy. When I saw the sign for continuing education classes at the local community college, I initially thought I’d do something sensible, like learn a foreign language or maybe take a yoga class. Then I saw the little blurb for the videography class and some small, long forgotten spark of a dream flared up momentarily.

It was absolutely ridiculous and completely impractical but something in me called for me to take the class, to at least indulge the long ago fantasy for a few weeks. The school let students use the school’s equipment for the class so I wouldn’t even have to spend any money beyond the minimal cost of the class and the gas to get to and from classes once a week for six weeks. I decided to go for it.

It was amazing. It was frustrating. It was a dose of reality tempered with a giant helping of fun. I realized that I would never be a great videographer, able to travel the world over and make films about giraffe fights1 or civil protests2 but I would be able to make fun little films about Frisbee contests with friends and piece together tiny clips to make cohesive YouTube videos complete with some specially selected song in the background. I wouldn’t be famous, but I would definitely enjoy myself.

When the class was over, I put a bit of money aside from my next couple of paychecks then went out and bought a small hand held camera so I could keep playing around with filming. I did some filming and short videos and then I decided that just for fun, I’d like to make my own time-elapsed video, which was something we’d covered the basics of in class, but which I hadn’t had much practice in doing.

The trick of the matter was finding someplace I could set up the camera without it being disturbed. I didn’t want to just set up the camera indoors pointed at a wall. I wanted something scenic, something worth watching. In the end I decided to be cliché and film a sky shot of some kind. The easiest place to set up a camera for that was in my office at work because it had a decent view only partially blocked by the neighboring building whereas my apartment’s view was totally blocked by buildings. Also, if I left the camera sitting out at home, there was no guarantee that the cats wouldn’t knock it over while I was at work.

I only wanted to do a short video, so I knew I’d only need one day’s worth of footage, which was a good thing since my camera battery wouldn’t last long enough to run for several days. There was a small table already by the window and by sliding the plant that was on it over a few inches I had the perfect spot for the camera. It could be aimed directly at the sky, with the view only partially obscured by the building nearby. I realized as I set it up that I would be filming any activity within the corner office of that building, but it couldn’t be avoided. If any people were in the shot, I already knew how to blur faces and this was a film just for fun so I doubted I’d do anything with it.

I thought it would be hard to leave the camera alone that day but thankfully there was a lot of work to be done (a sentiment I don’t often express) so I was busy. By the end of the day, I was so ready to leave that I almost forgot the camera entirely. I’m glad that I didn’t because it gave me something to do that night. And what I found when I went through the footage after dinner made me forget my tiredness entirely.

I was just letting the film run for a few minutes at a time and then jumping ahead to see how the sky progressed, as some clouds moved in and out of the shot and the light changed with the passage of the sun, when I saw it — the movement that caught my eye and captured my attention.

It was a man and he was swinging something. At first I thought maybe he had a baseball bat in hand. The shot had been set wide to maximize the view of the sky and I had ignored the corner office. But there it was, at the edge of the shot.

I had to squint at the screen to see it. Then, suddenly I realized that there was another person in the office, in front of where the man was swinging. And that was no baseball bat. It was a paddle!

A jolt of excitement shot through me. I quickly started fiddling with settings, taking the film back a few minutes and letting it run again. I peered closely at the screen and watched again as the man swung and connected. He was paddling someone! Right there in the office across the way from mine and he was paddling someone. He didn’t even bother to close the blinds.

Unfortunately, because I’d thought the most interesting thing to film would be the sky, the camera’s wide-angle setting meant the film’s resolution of the scene was horrible. I could make out that there was a paddling of some sort going on, but I couldn’t really get the details. And I realized that I desperately wanted some detail on that shot. So I did what any insensible and truly idiotic but very excited person would do…I took the camera back in to work with me the next day.

My boss would have been pleased to note that I got there early. She’s a stickler for things like punctuality. My reason for being punctual might have been considered problematic, I suppose, but at the time I was too excited to think about things like that.

This time, I aimed the camera directly at the corner office. I knew it was a terrible invasion of privacy, but I was just so curious about what was going on that I didn’t let that bit of guilt stop me from acting. Then the work day began.

I was incredibly distracted for the whole day. So much so that my supervisor noticed it and commented on it twice. I tried to concentrate, I really did, but all day I thought of almost nothing else but that camera and what might be going on in that office. I even looked out the window to see if there was anything happening, but every time I looked, the office was empty or else there was just a man working at a desk. I assumed he was The Paddler, as I was calling him in my head now. But there was nothing interesting to see and my staring out the window so much was another thing about which my supervisor commented.

At the end of the day I grabbed the camera and practically flew out of the office, leaving my desk a mess behind me and promising myself I’d work on getting it cleaned up the next day.  I just had to get home and see what I had filmed. Maybe it was a fluke, a once in a lifetime happening, but maybe, just maybe, it was a regular enough occurrence that I had managed to film something really interesting.

Starting the film I could tell that it really was a good shot now that I’d zoomed in and focused on the corner office. With the blinds open, you could see just about everything that was happening but most of the day was just The Paddler taking calls and doing paperwork with a few people stopping in to talk. He was clearly an older gentleman, distinguished looking and business-like in his suit. Since he had a corner office, I could only assume he was someone with some sort of authority and power since they didn’t give corner offices to anyone.

I fast forwarded through the film, past all the scenes of The Paddler merely working, for I was sure it was him in that office most of the day. Then, around the same time as the paddling from the first film, something happened.

A younger man came into the office and he looked nervous. Even before anything happened I knew I’d struck gold and stopped fast forwarding, letting the film progress at its normal pace.

Some sort of discussion was taking place. The younger man was shifting nervously from foot to foot as he stood in front of The Paddler’s desk and he kept fidgeting, straightening his tie, tugging on his jacket , glancing just past where The Paddler sat, and looking like a man who’d rather be anywhere else. Eventually The Paddler made a gesture, a sort of directive wave of his hand and the younger man’s whole demeanor slumped in a clear sign of defeat.

As The Paddler rose from his desk, the younger man stepped closer to the desk and bent over it. I could tell the young man had a fit form, but the angle was perfect enough that when he bent over it was readily apparent that he had a rather shapely bottom that filled out his trousers nicely in that position.

The younger man was bent over the desk with his hands reaching across to grip the far side and his chest pressed flat against the hard surface. The Paddler didn’t even bother to take off his jacket as he came around the desk, just reached and pulled the paddle from a section of wall near the window where I couldn’t see from my angle, but I realized now was what the younger man had been glancing at while he was standing in the middle of the office before. It looked like an old style school paddle, long and broad, and I could tell it was the sort of thing that would definitely make an impression.

The Paddler positioned himself to the side of the younger man and leveled the paddle he was holding at the younger man’s bottom. Then he swung.

Even without sound, even filming through two windows at a distance, and even though I was watching the film hours after the occurrence, I winced at the impact, imagining a loud Crack! noise going off in the room. The Paddler was taking his time. After the first swing, he spoke for a moment and then nodded, apparently at some response from the younger man. He raised the paddle again and brought it down just as hard.

My own bottom felt like it was tingling with imagined impact. I felt like squirming in my chair, full of sympathy for that poor man who actually had to feel the reality of what happened.

There were six swats with the paddle in all with a pause for comment and response after each of the next couple of swats. After the fourth swat and a quick discussion, the fifth and sixth swats were delivered rapidly with no pause between them. They didn’t look like they were any less powerful for the speed of delivery.

The younger man slowly straightened after that. He tugged his jacket down and straightened his tie with the look of someone who would rather be rubbing his bottom but knows that’s not allowed so he was occupying his hands otherwise. The Paddler stepped away while this was happening and went back to hang the paddle back up on the wall. Then when the younger man had regained his composure (though I noticed his hands kept straying ever so slightly towards his backside), the two men spoke for another moment and shook hands. The younger man left the office walking stiff legged and gingerly, still keeping his hands from rubbing his painful posterior.

I may have replayed the scene a time or two…or ten. I didn’t really keep count. Then I compared the first video and the second. It was hard to tell, given the wideness of the first video, but I wasn’t entirely sure it was the same younger man in both videos. In the interests of scientific inquiry, I recharged my camera’s battery and took it back to work with me again.

I was distracted again at work. Now I had the mess from the day before to sort through on top of that day’s work and I was turning to look out the window more and more often as the day progressed. My supervisor finally gave up on commenting about my distraction around mid-day. With two videos to judge from, I had a fair idea of what time anything interesting might be happening, but as luck would have it, there was a meeting called during that time frame that I couldn’t avoid.

I have no idea what was said in the meeting as I kept wondering what was going on in The Paddler’s office but I was the first to leave the room when it ended, rushing back to my desk and the window to see if anything was happening. My bad luck held out though and I saw nothing of interest. It made me impatient to get home and check the film.

I hurried out again at the end of the day and my desk was still a terrible mess. I’d gotten some of the previous day’s backlog taken care of, but there was still a great deal to be gotten through. With an inward sigh as I got on the elevator, I promised myself I’d be in early the next day to at least straighten things out and prioritize the work before the regular work day began.

My theory about it being different men being paddled turned out to be correct. I was no less fascinated watching this new day’s film than I had been with the two previous days.

This time there was less talking. The younger man had barely come into the room when The Paddler made that directive gesture with his hand, plus an extra flourish I hadn’t seen the day before. The younger man was apparently familiar with it though because he flushed a dark red (and I was amazed at the quality of the film given that it was not a top quality camera I’d bought). Then the younger man unbuckled his belt and let his trousers drop to the floor as he approached the desk and bent over it in the same position as the man from yesterday, with his hands gripping the far edge, his chest flat to the hard surface, and his boxer clad bottom stuck out behind him making a perfect target.

The paddling went on for longer as well. I counted a good fifteen swats before The Paddler stopped for good, and this was not the leisurely paddling of the day before with long pauses between each individual swat. The Paddler would give two or three hard swats before pausing and these pauses were not nearly as long as yesterday’s had been. The last five swats had pauses alright but they were almost like punctuation, a quick break in the paddling for the sake of The Paddler’s rhythm, not any sort of mercy for the poor man on the receiving end.

What made this paddling so fascinating to me though wasn’t the paddling itself, though it looked incredibly painful and had me wincing in sympathy again. No, the part that was fascinating to me was what happened after the spanking.

Yesterday, The Paddler and the younger man simply shook hands and the younger man walked painfully out of the office. Today though, when The Paddler was done, the younger man didn’t immediately straighten up and redress himself. He stayed bent over the desk and I got the impression that it wasn’t the pain of his bottom keeping him there.

The Paddler moved closer and stood next to the younger man and even rubbed the small of his back a bit, giving him time to calm down and when the younger man finally did stand up properly it was apparent that he’d been crying. But he did his best to calm down and clean up, pulling his trousers up and refastening the belt, and wiping off his face. Then The Paddler hugged him, actually hugged him!

For a moment it was like my world had gone askew. True, I’d been watching the paddlings with great interest but I have to admit I hadn’t thought very good things about The Paddler himself. He’d seemed like a great demon to me, a brute who was horribly punishing his subordinates, yet here was proof that he actually did care. It was an incredibly touching scene and I couldn’t bring myself to watch it more than once, feeling very deeply that I was watching something personal and private.

It made me rethink the way I’d been filming the corner office all week. Yes, the first time had been inadvertent and I hadn’t known what was happening but the second and third films were deliberate and invasive. I felt a bit dirty for my voyeurism. That guilt on top of what I had already been carrying with regards to the work left undone on my desk the last two days had me in a somewhat morose mood as I entered the office the next morning.

I had at least managed to stay true to my promise to myself to get in early to try to clear up the mess. But to my surprise, there were lights on in the office already, despite the incredibly early hour. Normally no one came in for another hour at least, more likely not for another hour and a half. It was startling to arrive expecting to be alone and then to find someone else already there. Not to mention it took a little of the wind out of my sails. I’d been feeling a little bit of the smug virtue that comes from doing just slightly better than one’s colleagues. Finding someone else there already got rid of that feeling pretty quickly and I was left with my morose guilt again.

I decided to go to my desk and get to work instead of finding out who it was that had stolen my thunder, but before I got even halfway there I heard my name being called out. I turned to look and realized that the other person in the office already was my boss.

“Would you come into my office for a moment, please?” She said it in a way that was more a directive than a request and I felt obliged to obey, though my pace in getting there was not as swift as it could have been.

She stood waiting till I entered her office, then shut the door behind me and sat down behind her desk. She did not offer me a seat so I stood there nervously before her, well aware of my shortcomings that week and knowing that I had no good excuse for them. Some small part at the back of my brain was also aware that this nervous standing and fidgeting was very similar to what the young men I’d seen had done before their paddlings. It was a silly thought, but even as my boss began speaking it lingered with me.

She made perfectly plain that she was aware of my shortcomings. She listed the things I had left undone for two days in a row and she had a full accounting of every time my supervisor had spoken to me about my distracted state and my lack of productivity. It made me cringe internally to realize how well she knew what had been happening since I hadn’t thought anyone other than my immediate supervisor had noticed anything.

Then, just as I was falling into a state of abject misery, with the full list of my shortcomings laid out before me, not to mention my boss’s knowledge of them, and a growing certainty that I was about to be fired or at least have some sort of official disciplinary report filed against me, she asked me a question that completely startled me out of my inner litany of failings.

“And just what is it that you’ve found so interesting to watch out of your window this week?” She looked at me expectantly as she asked it, though her tone and body language signaled clearly that she already knew.

I blushed, my red face giving away the answer before I could even think to verbalize the lie I wanted to say. She had a look on her face that turned into a stern frown, though initially I could have sworn she had been fighting a smile.

“I happen to know the gentleman who’s in the corner office across the way. He has an interesting arrangement with some of his employees. Know anything about that, young lady?” Her tone was not quite severe, but it was firm and it made plain that prevaricating would not do me any good so I simply nodded in reply.

“As you no doubt noticed, he paddles different people every day. That’s because he has a system of mentorship. It’s designed to help young men in his company who he thinks have promise but who need a guiding hand to help them perform to their absolute best. He keeps track of each mentee’s progress throughout the week and each of them sees him on a different day to discuss everything that’s gone on during the week and take care of any necessary punishment.”

This explanation made sense and it certainly explained what I’d seen on the films. I did wonder what the young man from yesterday had done to deserve such a harsh paddling though.

My boss was looking at me expectantly and though she hadn’t asked me any questions, I nodded again. This time she did smile at me.

“I happen to think that mentoring younger members of the company is a good idea and have a similar method of problem solving.” She rose from her desk and lifted an object off a hook on the wall behind her. I hadn’t noticed it until that moment because it was so slim and its light coloring helped it blend with the neutral color of the office wall.

“This, my dear, is a cane. It stings a great deal more than a paddle and is best administered on the bare bottom.” I looked at the implement she was holding with my mouth somewhat agape though I shut it with an audible click when I saw the look of amusement on her face.

“I think you ought to know that I think you have a lot of promise and will go far in the company if only you’d learn to focus better on your work and ignore unnecessary distractions.” The smile she gave me now was utterly genuine and her tone of voice was caring. Then she raised her eyebrows at me and nodded at her desk, a gesture that was clearly asking me to submit and not ordering me to it.

I took a deep breath as I let all the thoughts of the last few days run through my mind, of the paddlings I’d witnessed and that one wonderful hug. Then I thought of the feelings of failure and moroseness I’d been having that morning. As I let out the breath I nodded and stepped up to the desk. Even without having to be reminded, I recalled her words from a few moments before about the cane working best on the bare and reached to unfasten my trousers and let them slip down before bending over as I’d seen the younger men do in The Paddler’s office.

Given her comment about the cane hurting more than the paddle, I expected immediate pain and gripped the far side of the desk tightly. But the first contact I felt made me jump out of startlement and not from pain. Her hand ran lightly over my bottom and then I felt her fingers slip into the waistband of my panties, drawing them down over my bottom to rest in the hollows of my knees. I heard her instruction not to rise and nodded, my grip on the desk becoming fierce enough that the whites of my knuckles were showing.

Then the pain came. It was a hot, fierce white line of fire and agony. If my hands hadn’t had a death grip and apparently been operating under different instructions than the rest of my body, I would have risen. Instead, I jerked up slightly off the desk and then thumped flat back onto it.

There was a long pause as I lay there, the realization that the pain was increasing with the delay instead of decreasing having just enough time to seep into my brain before the next hot flash of pain struck, slightly below where the first had landed. This time it took conscious effort to keep my hands gripping the desk and my body relatively still.

The third and fourth strokes were just as terrible and I was sure that I would not be able to bear any more. However, just as I reached that conclusion, I felt a strong, cool hand pressing against my back and holding me down against the desk.

“You’ve done very well. Better than I expected for your first time but I’m going to give you a hand for these last two. Just two more and we’ll be done and then the slate will be wiped clean. I’ll still expect you to catch up on your work, but we’ll say no more about the last few days. Just hold on a moment longer.”

A couple of tears escaped from my eyes as I nodded my understanding into the desk and I tried to brace myself for the last two strokes.

She didn’t disappoint in laying them on. The fifth was a line of vicious fire laid just beneath the previous stroke and it was perfectly placed on the crease of where my bottom and thighs met, guaranteeing that I’d be feeling it for days. The sixth stroke was its own new form of agony as it was laid not horizontally below the fifth stroke but diagonally across all five of the previous strokes making all of them feel as though they’d come alive all over again.

I jerked up on the desk, my hands coming free of their own volition but her firm hand kept me pressed down a moment longer. Then cautiously, when I was relaxed against the desk, the hand lifted off my back and I felt my panties being drawn back up and into place. I hissed in pain as they made contact with the fresh lines on my bottom.

Her hands helped me straighten up, though I winced at the movement, and when I was standing properly, she pulled me into a tight hug like the one I’d seen The Paddler give. It was warm and comforting and full of forgiveness. It made my formerly cringing insides feel infinitely better. After a long time, she finally pulled away and took my face in one of her hands, using her thumb to wipe away the tears still slowly trickling out of my eyes.

“There now, isn’t that better?” she asked.

I nodded. I felt much better now that I knew the slate had been wiped clean though I could already tell that sitting for the long day of work was not going to be easy.

She stepped away and went to hang the cane on its hook behind her desk while I managed to pull up my trousers and fasten them again, wincing as the material pressed against my sore bottom. Then I stood waiting while she reseated herself at her desk.

“Well then, young lady, I certainly expect that you’ll make a good deal of progress today in getting caught up to where you ought to be. Also, you should be aware that I have a system for my mentees. While I’m available at all times to deal with major problems,” she said this with a very stern look at me, “for the day-to-day issues, there are assigned days. Yours is now Thursday. You’ll get a calendar appointment in your email to let you know what time I expect to see you back in here for another discussion next week.”

I nodded. Nodding seemed to be the safest thing to do in this office. She tilted her head at me with an odd sort of smile.

“Maybe once you’ve been here a time or two you’ll lose a bit of your reticence and actually talk instead of nodding.” She laughed a moment and though I could tell it was about me, it wasn’t at me.

“Right then, remember that I’ll be watching.” I could tell that was a dismissal so I walked painfully to the door, just as I opened it, I heard her say in a teasing tone behind me, “Please remember to close the door on your way out.”

In that instant, the momentousness of what had just happened hit me and feeling light-hearted I turned back with a cheeky smile. “Yes, ma’am!” I responded, putting as much teasing into the statement as I could and pulling the door shut on her startled expression. I heard her laughter even through the thick door as I began making my way to my own desk and my day’s work.


Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Video Was Our Evidence’ : Original Spanking Fiction!

Readers,
In ‘The Video Was Our Evidence’, another fun entry to January’s story writing contest, ‘What the Camera Saw’ , Alexis takes her dislike for men out on a peeping voyeur.
Enjoy!

–  Dana 


The Video Was Our Evidence


My name is Alexis.  I am 29 years old and am over 6′ tall.  I have the firm body of an athlete.  My friend Carolyn describes me as a blond bomb shell.  I am involved in a relationship with my 25 year old roommate Megan.  I don’t like men and believe most men are pigs who would benefit from the firm hand of a woman.  I am a lawyer and am aware that my appearance influences many men on the juries who ogle me in court.  Because of this I always dress in tight pencil knee length skirts, stockings, heels, and sexy silk blouses under my suit jackets.  

Megan is 5’4″ tall with shoulder length brown hair.  I pay all of the bills.  Megan’s job is to keep our home neat and clean, do the laundry, cook, and do the dishes.  About once a month she neglects her duties and finds herself across my knee for a sound no nonsense spanking.  I always inform her well in advance that she will be paddled as soon as I arrive home from work.  She hates these paddlings as much as I enjoy administering them.  

Lately I have been concerned about our security.  We have heard noises in our yard and some lingerie have been stolen off of our clothesline.  I have suspected the 20 year old community college student who has been hired to cut our lawn and lives in our neighborhood.  

My good friend Carolyn is 47 years old and almost 6′ tall and weighs 140 lbs.  She has a taut physique, well toned body, and muscular upper arms.  Her husband Jonathan is 21 years younger.  Before they were married he worked at one of her many companies.  Carolyn is very wealthy.  He is 5’5″ tall and not very athletic.  Since their marriage he has had the same duties around the house as Megan.  And if like Megan he screws up he finds himself over her knee.  Carolyn has become an expert spanker.  After all she had me as a teacher!  

I handle all of Carolyn’s legal matters.  After discussing business at lunch we laughed when we realized that both Megan and Jonathan were due to be spanked after work,  Jonathan hates his spankings as much as Megan.  We agreed that Carolyn would bring Jonathan to my house and that Megan and he would witness each others spankings.  Jonathan was to receive a strapping and Megan was to be paddled. Besides I told Carolyn that I had a gift for her.  

We always follow the same routine.  Megan is to have a straight backed chair setting in the middle of our living room.  She has a lovely cute shapely bottom and I require her to show it off in either skin tight jeans or skin tight yoga pants.  I let her know which when I leave for work.  This morning I reminded Megan that she was to be spanked when I returned home from work and that I expected her to be wearing her skin tight jeans and not to forget to wash my bras and panties.  I always spank her while still attired in my sexy business clothes.  

When the three of us arrived Megan was surprised.  She was told to bring Carolyn and me a glass of wine and Carolyn’s present.  When Carolyn opened her present she was pleased to see a wicked looking oval pine paddle about 1/4″ thick and 5 or 6 inches wide with a leather wrapped handle and holes drilled in the business end!  Carolyn smiled and said, “I will put this to good use.”

I then removed my suit jacket and ordered Megan to bring me my paddle.  I was sitting on the straight backed chair when Megan returned in tears carrying my paddle.  Jonathan was to be strapped for his laziness and lack of motivation.  Carolyn removed her thick black leather belt, doubled it over and ordered Jonathan to remove his pants and briefs.  She held her belt in her right hand and secured his left wrist with her left hand and proceeded to whip his bottom and the back of his legs as he danced around her in circles.  Red stripes stair cased his bottom and the back  of his legs as he begged, cried, and screamed.  Carolyn looked stunning in her tight skirt and you could see her lacy bra through her thin silk blouse as she breathed deeply from exertion and continued to strap her helpless husband.  When she was finished she looked pleased as Jonathan danced around the room and she fastened his instrument of punishment around her narrow waist.  

Megan was next and she was always in tears before going across my lap.  No amount of crying or pleading would change her spanking by even one spank.  Wearing my pencil tight skirt and silk blouse as I smoothed my skirt I ordered Megan over my lap.  Before applying the paddle I smoothed her thin nylon panties and proceeded to warm them up with 10 stinging spanks as she kicked and squirmed.  Megan had trouble staying in place; but, I am much stronger and have no trouble controlling her.  Next I pulled down  her panties and told her, “I,m just beginning, your kicking and squirming will just make matters worse.  

During Megan’s spanking heard a commotion coming from our yard.  When she returned she had our 20 year old neighbor Jason by the ear in one hand and his video camera in the other.  I wasn’t surprised because I have had suspicions about Jason sneaking around our yard and peaking into our windows and stealing lingerie off of our clothesline.  

When we played his video he had recorded Jonathan’s strapping and Megan’s spanking.  I immediately gave Jason a choice.  He could either go through the criminal justice system or receive the same punishment and that since he liked videoing Megan would record his punishment.  He was ordered to remove his pants and when he did one of my bras and Megan panties fell out of his pants.   He was ordered over the back of the chair and I secured his wrists with my strong grip to make sure he received the strapping he deserved.  When Carolyn removed her belt and doubled it over I noticed that there was a slight crease in the middle of her belt showing that it had been used that way quite often.  Carolyn gave him the strapping of his life while Megan recorded his punishment.   He cried, squirmed, pleaded but Carolyn showed no mercy.  When Carolyn finished without letting go of his arms I sit in the chair exposing the tops of my stockings being stretched by my garter belt and my bare thighs above my stockings as I  forced him across my lap.  50 spanks later his face was almost as red as his bottom and the back of his legs.  His eyes were puffy from crying and you could see the imprint of my paddle with holes on his bottom.  

As I said before I don’t like men and I made sure that Jason was well spanked.  We took the disc out of his camera phone, gave him his camera, and ordered him back here next week.. 

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Making a Spanking Video, Dana Kane Style


(In this case, ‘Dana Kane Style’ meaning: fast, low tech, and without taking ourselves too seriously.)

One of my playmates recently asked that I write something about the video-making process. Since it’s not the first request I’ve received, I thought it’d be nice to take a couple minutes to talk about my simple approach to video-making. 

There must be as many video-making styles as there are producers, and each person/company offers something unique to the viewer. The style we practice here is pretty off the cuff. 

I run a single, simple HD camera and a couple basic light sticks (with, granted, quite expensive bulbs). While I’ll eventually buy another camera – since I like being able to capture facial expressions AND action simultaneously – this simple, low-tech setup has worked exceedingly well for me. The truth is, the ‘production end’ of spanking video-making is fiddly and complicated. Nobody actually enjoys setting up cameras, lights, microphones, setting stages, white balancing, sound checks…well, okay, maybe someone out there does. But they don’t live here. 
For that reason, I’ve chosen to keep things as simple as possible. I have this fantasy ideal that viewers will appreciate the realism of a simple production. Or maybe that’s just the part of me that doesn’t like setting up lights.

Usually, my F/M videos are made featuring My Bottom’s Bottom – my main squeeze, my partner, my best friend. He’s game for (most) anything spanking-related, so we have a lot of fun coming up with themes for our scenes. Oftentimes, they’re real discipline spankings for something he’s (intentionally) done to merit a spanking. Just as many of our videos are parodies on common domestic disputes, like gambling, flirting, tardiness, and the like.

My girl Angel has received several real punishments on video, as well as the Little Angel videos which we make, in which she plays my stepdaughter, and I, her crazed Stepmommy. These ageplay scenes work particularly well for both Angel and me, as we both thoroughly enjoy regression play. Besides, she looks adorable in those pigtails.

The Very Bad Boy and his Wonderful Wife have been gracious enough to share episodes of their Domestic Discipline lifestyle with us via the videos we’ve made together.

For my Live Session Video series, a few of my long-term playmates enjoy helping me make videos on the road. Traveling all over the U.S. and Canada, I come in…ahem, contact…with a lot of star-worthy bottoms, and am always tickled when one of my playmates asks to be in a video. These videos are extremely pared-down, tech-wise, as I don’t travel with lighting kits (because I’m not a masochist). I also never film a full playtime, as we usually change positions, move around the room, and generally make it impossible to capture a whole session on film. All those fiddly angle changes would be too much of an interruption so I usually keep the Live Session Videos relatively short.

As I’ve been working with more female performers lately, I’ve had the opportunity to branch out the scene ideas and storylines. Cheyenne Jewel has appeared in a few scenes as my particularly worrisome sister-in-law, and will be back for more ‘instruction’ from her meddling brother’s sister soon.
Ela Darling and Christy Cutie spent a weekend here making Auntie Dana’s Naughty Nieces – we shot an entire DVD-length production mostly over the course of one day, and those two ladies were real troupers, enduring several spankings each as well as numerous scene dialogues and wardrobe changes.

Usually, we (the performers and I) discuss the basic premise of the scenes we’ll shoot in advance, then ad-lib our way through the dialogue. I enjoy getting natural reactions – physical and verbal – from spanking performers, so we try not to do much scripting ahead of time. This has led to some really excellent verbal exchanges during scenes, since neither of us knows what the other may say at any moment.

Thus far, I’ve had an amazingly positive experience making these videos, and I’m hoping that it’s something I can continue to do for a very long time.

(Thanks to everyone I’ve had the pleasure of working with thus far, including all of the above.)

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Keep Out’ :Excellent ‘What the Camera Saw’ story entry

Readers,

Here’s another of the excellent entries to January’s story writing contest, ‘What the Camera Saw’. I think that you’ll find each and every one highly enjoyable. In ‘Keep Out’, an accidental voyeur finds a friend in a very compromising position.

–  Dana



Keep Out



The sign said “KEEP OUT”, but it was not something anyone seemed to obey. 



Once through the gate, the small one vehicle dirt trail headed over a hill and into the heavily treed property out of sight.  When the “Y” came in the road, the right side took you to a huge soft sand pit.  And in the middle was a collection of rain water at times.  The sides of the pit were covered in motorcycle tire marks, some making it all the way up, some in a half circle up the sides.  Not all of these were my tracks, and I knew that people were entering the property to do the same.  It was a really beautiful spot, and many hours had been spent winding the sound of the bike engine, and unwinding the stress of my body’s engine.

If you took the side to the left of the “Y”, eventually you came to a cute little cabin in an opening on the left side of the road.  I never locked the door, as neighbour kids were prone to break in anyway. 

Inside I had an old metal frame bed, and a fairly good mattress.  Also a wood stove, and a table, a few chairs, some pots and pans, matches, firewood, etc.  All you would need for a night away, except for your bedding, food, drinks and personal items.

If you continued past the cabin, the trail would narrow, as trees and brush had been growing in over the road and the vehicle path itself was pretty much growing in with grass.  It was not a problem for a motorbike in anyway.   15 minutes through beautiful back woods country there was a small lake that no one had access to outside of my trail.  I spent many hours around that lake just watching, thinking, taking time out to myself.  It was not a lake I ever took a boat into yet, as the shore was so soft and full of weeds, grass and brush, but perfect to find a moose grazing in, which I had observed on one occasion the previous summer.  It would be hard to even get a boat from solid ground to clear water until I did some cutting away.

If you circled up along the lake to the left, you followed a trail that went up a steep hill, and once on top, each side dropped down sharply.  One side towards the road, the other towards the lake.  I would take the bike up there and in one small spot you could look around a large section of the property.  As the trail continued, it ended up back on the original road, just a little short of the cabin.



I was on one of my de-stressing rides.  I took the right turn at the “Y” first and tore a few layers of sand from the side of the hills.  I jumped off the bike and looked into the collection of left over rain water.  There were tadpoles galore, with all different advancements.  Some were still undeveloped, some had legs starting, some with 4 limbs protruding and the tail shortening.  It was funny to try and catch them and look at them closer.



Back on the bike I wound it out as fast as I could as I headed back towards the road, so I could go further up into the property.  I never really expected anyone there, because it was supposed to be private, and my property alone.  And other than catching the neighbour kids in the pit on their bikes or dune buggy a few times, it was really not trespassed on, so I thought.



I flew past the cabin at a pretty high speed, but just before I was about to go into the denser part of the trail something to my left sparkled and caught my eye.  I looked back, and noticed a small car parked behind the cabin, out of sight if you turned around at the cabin, but not quite out of sight if you went past.  I decided to keep going, so that they wouldn’t think I noticed anything.



I wound the engine loud, so that they could hear that I was long gone down the trail, and they would realize they would hear me if I came back, so maybe they would leave before that. 

I took the bike to the lake and up onto the ridge.  I rolled quietly along the top, so that the engine could not be heard.  When I got a little closer to the cabin I shut the bike down and parked it.  I decided to walk the rest of the way and see who dared to come onto my property past my signs and through the gate.

I was circling up behind the cabin and was about 50 feet away on the ridge, but it had come down a lot lower to ground level by this point.  I sat there for a minute, and just listened.  I could hear a noise, but I wasn’t quite sure what it was.  Was someone hammering something in my cabin?  Was someone wrecking it?  Were they trying to chip some wood off the logs?  I couldn’t quite make out what it was, but maybe because I was too far.  I slowly slid down the hill in the brush, while still remaining low on my heels as they slid down.  I got about 20 feet closer.  The sound was clearer, but I still couldn’t make out what it was from, or what these people were doing inside my cabin.  It was almost beginning to sound like slapping of some sort.  But I pushed that out of my head, because why would anyone be slapping someone way out here?  I listened hard.  There was nothing else I could come to conclusions with that type of sound.  I had to get closer.

I was about 15 feet away from the cabin now, just inside the brush line, still out of sight pretty much.  They would actually have to stand on the bed and look out the small window just above it, in the back of the cabin to see me.  It WAS slapping.  Why the heck would anyone be out here slapping???  So many scenarios went through my mind.  I didn’t even know if it was one person or more.  I knew the car was small enough that not more than 4 people could be in there at the most.   Then I could hear a voice.  I stayed put and just listened.  I could decipher it was a woman’s voice.  Not quite words, but was definitely the voice of a lady.  I tried to hear what was being said, but it was just normal talk, so it wouldn’t penetrate through the walls.  As I listened, I finally heard the voice of a man.  “I’m so sorry hun.  I really didn’t mean to.  I just wasn’t thinking at the time.” 



What the??  I just couldn’t figure out what was going on.  I get the whole apologizing thing, but why the slapping?  And if he was the one being sorry, then it wasn’t him slapping her I would assume.  That actually gave me a sense of relief, because I never had respect for a man who could hit a woman.  But what was she doing?  Slapping her hand?  Slapping his face?  His leg?  It wasn’t the sound of a slap on the table or the chair or anything, it was definitely the sound of skin on skin.  I was curious, so I had to slowly stand up and ever so carefully walk directly up behind the cabin in hopes of not making one piece of dead stick snap or rock get kicked. 

I was listening about a foot behind the cabin exterior wall.  “You really disappointed me this afternoon Jake.”  Slap.  Slap.  Slap.  “And I don’t know where you ever thought that doing that in front of everyone was something acceptable”  Slap.  Slap.  Slap.  “And it didn’t just embarrass me, I seen the others looking at you wondering why you would do that.”  Slap.  Slap.  Slap.  SLAP. SLAP. SLAP. 



I wondered if this was the Jake who lived up on the next side road.  I hadn’t really met him yet.



“But hunny, I didn’t mean to.  It just happened all wrong.”  SLAP. SLAP. SLAP. SLAP.

“There is no excuse to have even attempted it, never mind in case it turned out wrong!!”  

SLAP.  SLAP. SLAP. SLAP.  “Owww.  But it was all done in innocence….”  SLAP!!!!!!  “…..it was just to get Brent back for what he did to me last week.”   SLAP!!!! SLAP!!!!  SLAP!!!!  SLAP!!!!! 

“Oh, and you think that retaliation is the way to get him back?  And then what?  He will have to out do you?  When will it stop???”   SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  “I’ll tell you when!!!  Right now!!!!  This is the end of it!!!”  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  “The way you scared Kathy was beyond what she needs!!!”   SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.

“But I didn’t mean for Kathy to find it!” 

“Look at me!  You didn’t mean for HER to find it, but odds are it might not have been Brent considering it was their place and both had access to the outdoor freezer!!!  You actually made her black out!!  And you embarrassed me so bad in front of everyone!!!”  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  “Everyone knew it was something YOU did, whatever was in that freezer!”  SLAP!!!!!  SLAP!!!!!  SLAP!!!!!  SLAP!!!!!



The sounds of those slaps were so loud!!!!!  Could she actually be spanking this guy??  No way!!!  That doesn’t really happen!!!???  But, what else could it be??  I can’t fit any other scenario into what might be going on.  I HAD to find out!!!  But how?????   I listened again for awhile.

“But Darla, hunny, I had told Brent to go and get the ice I brought, from the freezer, not Kathy!”  SLAP!!!  SLAP!!!  “So, really, it’s her fault….”  SMACK!!!! SMACK!!!!  SMACK!!!!  SMACK!!!!



It was Jake.  Jake and Darla!  Oh my goodness!!!  I couldn’t believe this was one of my neighbours!  I didn’t recognize the car, but they probably borrowed someone else’s who was easier accessible.



“How DARE you blame her!!!!  She has nothing to do with this, and yet she was the victim!!!” 

The slapping never stopped.  It just continued on, and when he found a moment to catch his breath, he would try and explain.  “Darla, owww, Darla.  Listen.  It was just innocent.”  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.

“Listen, please, listen hunny.  Owww” 

She never stopped, but he continued to try to explain.

“Darla, it was just an old manikin from the shed at work.”  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  “Brent knew it was there, and that’s why when I put the pieces in the garbage bags…..”  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  SLAP.  “….Owwww….. hunny, please listen!  When I put the pieces in the garbage bags, and into Brents freezer, I knew it wouldn’t….”   SMACK!!!  SMACK!!!!  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!! SMACK!!!   “….freak him out, because he would touch it and know right away pretty much!!”  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!! 



“But what happened?”  she asked without stopping.  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!! 

“Well, I asked Brent to go get the ice.”  SMACK!!! SMACK!!! SMACK!!!.



I HAD to see what was going on!!!!  I couldn’t handle it any longer.  Just then I remembered I had my phone in my pocket!!  I immediately shut off the ringer.  Thank goodness no one called in the last half hour!!!   Hey!!!  I can sneak a peek through the window by holding my phone up!!!  Awesome!!! 

Hmmmm.  Maybe I don’t want to see what is going on inside my cabin!!  Ahhhh, yeah, I gotta now!!!

I put the phone on video, and lifted it ever so carefully above my head.  Darn it!!  I was about a foot too short of the window!!  Should I stand on something?  I looked around me, carefully, quietly.  But other than a small log, that would only make me fall if I tried, there was nothing solid enough to stand on. 

I decided to sneak around to my right, as there was a window a lot lower down on the wall on the cabins side.  One I could reach, but not quite see in from ground level.  I turned the video back on, and ever so slowly slid it up close to the window frame, just barely getting the lens into the window.  I couldn’t make out what was being recorded, but the cabin was one room and small, so odds are, they would be in line of view somewhere.  So I just let it record and listened.  The smacking never ceased.



“Don’t even dare tell me in any way, shape or form it was Kathy’s fault for going to grab it for him!!”

SMACK!!!  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!! 

“Well, no.  I guess it wasn’t her fault, really.”   SMACK!!!  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!! 

The sound was even louder!!! “Okay, okay.  Owwwww.  It wasn’t her fault at all.  It was mine!”  SMACK!!! SMACK!!!  SMACK!!! SMACK!!! SMACK!!!  “I should never had done it in the first place.  Not because I was afraid of Brent finding it, but…”   SMACK!!!  SMACK!!! SMACK!!!  “….because there was just a slight chance someone else, owwwww, would have!”   SLAP!!!  SLAP!!! SLAP!!!  SLAP!!!!

“Right!!!  And that IS what happened!!!  How DARE you even chance that!!!  REALLY??  Wrap a manikin in garbage bags?  And leave it in the freezer on a hot day when you know someone would need to go and get ice or something?  I can’t believe you even considered that funny for one minute!!!”  SMACK!!! SMACK!!! SMACK!!!  SMACK!!!  “I couldn’t even wait until the kids went to bed to deal with you for this!!!!   Thank goodness we had access to this cabin!!!  I really don’t know what I would have done outside of that!!!”  SMACK!!!  SMACK!!! SMACK!!!! 

“Look at me!!!  When we get back to Brent’s place to get the kids, you had better go straight to Kathy and apologize!!  You should even get on your knees and beg that she forgive you for this one, because I wouldn’t doubt she has second thoughts of you being even NEAR her property, ever, in case you pull something like this stupid prank again!!!” 

“Okay, okay.  I will!!  I promise.  I’m sorry hun!!”



The smacking started again, but I thought I had better sneak away before they ended whatever was going on.  I turned off the video, slowly walked around to the back of the cabin.  As I did, I heard her say, “Now, get up!  Get dressed.  And let’s get back to that party immediately.”



I managed my way up into the brush, and sat down on the little ridge again, just behind the cabin.  Within minutes, I seen Darla come out and get into the car.  She started it and backed it out, and stopped in front of the cabin.  I guess Jake came out shortly after, as I heard the cabin door shut, the car door shut, and watched them speed away.

I couldn’t wait a minute more to look at what my phone captured!!!  I clicked on the last video.

Oh my goodness.  Darla’s right shoulder was barely turned away from me.  Just enough her eye wouldn’t catch my movement.  She was sitting on one of the kitchen chairs.  And what I just couldn’t believe was happening, actually DID happen!!!  There was tough Jake, with his jeans around his ankles and his backside in the air sticking out past her right side!!!!  

I never knew my cabin seen so much!!!  And it made me realize, it’s a little haven for more than me!!!  And because of that, unless someone decides to trash it, I will leave the door unlocked!!!

I shook my head, ran down the ridge towards my bike and jumped on it, while laughing my head off. 

One, because I couldn’t believe Jake was getting a bare bottom spanking, from his WIFE!!  Hahaha

Second, because I got it on VIDEO!!!  Oh my, do I dare tell anyone??!!!

And third, because he actually put a manikin in the freezer!!!!

I popped the bike into gear.

And as I was about to speed off, I told myself, “I will have to remember that trick!!!”


Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Conversations with Spankos: Ch. 16 (Discipline vs. Punishment)


Readers,

I wonder what we all consider to be the difference(s) between Discipline and Punishment? What, for instance, is the fundamental purpose of Discipline – and what purpose does Punishment serve? Is it all about the severity of the offense, or is it more about the severity of the spanking? 

As examples, I’ll use a few of my own personal playmates (all of whom are fine with being mentioned in my writing by now, I hope):

Angel and The Very Bad Boy’s Delrin Punishments were assigned when they both crossed the lines of acceptable bratting, repeatedly, after having been warned against such behavior. They both misbehaved by sending bratty ‘Tweets’ (on the social networking site Twitter), publicly, and for everyone to see.
 Their punishments were not only somewhat severe in execution, but were videotaped and shared (online, free, for everyone to see). Both the corporal part of the punishments and the public shaming associated with sharing the videos were intended to show them both exactly how displeased I was with their continued line-crossing. It was a matter of not only their behaviors, but their treatment of me, their disciplinarian. 
(It’s worth mentioning that they’re both on their best behaviors – most of the time – now.)

Discipline spankings happen a lot around here. My honey at home is always willfully getting himself into some kind of trouble. In recent weeks, and because life sometimes gets in the way of nearly everything, he’s not been spanked much. It’s safe to say that his behavior has gotten a bit out of control.
So I’ve devised some discipline for him. If he wants to act silly all the time, then I’m going to make him FEEL silly. I’ve found a lovely song from kindergarten ‘Head, Shoulders, Knees, and Toes’ online (google it), and am going to stand him in the middle of the room and whack him with a paddle every time he sings ‘Toes’. 
I’m trying to discipline him without reinforcing his brattiness by making it ‘fun’ for him (i.e. otk hand spanking), and associate something silly/embarrassing with that behavior in the future. (Don’t think for a second that I am dumb enough to believe that this will forever correct his brattiness, though.)


So what makes one of these a Discipline spanking and the other a Punishment?
For me it’s about whether or not the offender has crossed some quite-possibly-subjective line of “acceptable badness”. We should all encourage and enjoy a certain amount of sass from our bottoms, but we each have personal limits which we don’t want exceeded. Sometimes those limits are easy to define – sometimes not so much. 

Help me clear it up? What separates Discipline and Punishment, in your opinion?…

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘A Night to Remember’ : Robin’s ‘What the Camera Saw’ story entry. Enjoy!

 In ‘A Night to Remember’, another great entry to January’s story writing contest, ‘What the Camera Saw’, Robin finds out what happens to naughty boys who use foul language. Enjoy!

–  Dana



 A night to remember.
Robinotk

It was 3pm in the afternoon on a Saturday. It doesn’t seem important
unless you happen to be me, and the place where you had to be was 30 miles away and you had to be there by 4 or suffer the consequences. It is never good to keep the person who is in charge of you waiting.

It seems time always slows down on nights there was to be a play party. Seconds turn to minutes and minutes to hours. Finally the time had come to leave and I bolted for the door.

Everything was on schedule and I pulled into the drive a few minutes early. Hopped out of the car and into the shower. The Mistress of the house was just finishing up getting ready which ment I had a bout half hour to be ready to walk out the door.

As we arrived I was carrying in the usual bags that went with us when we played at a public party. I noticed something that I had never seen before. It was a extra bag. I quickly flipped through all the stuff I knew she had in her house but I have never seen this particular bag before. My mind was full of questions.

The place was called the Reformatory and it was an anything goes party and before long the party was in full swing. The familiar sounds of heavy wooden objects landing on soft tender bottoms and the sequels that followed were everywhere.

Soon I heard that familiar voice in my ear that simply said follow me. She led me to a bench and then tied me to it.

  She called for her female slave to bring her the new bag.  As she did a crowd started to gather, as they always did when she started to play. From the bag she produced a video camera. A mix of horror and strange excitement ran through my mind.  Then I heard her utter the words that sent chills through my body.  If anyone wants to record this please feel free.

Soon I saw camera phone after camera phone come out. People jockeying for position like horses on a track, trying to get the best angle possible.

I soon forgot about all the cameras and the video recording equipment as the first hit landed. It felt as tho a thousand bees had decided to land all at the same in the same 4 inches of my bare bottom. Stroke after stroke landed until the bees had stopped stinging and they were replaced by a very deep thud. My mind reared and several words that were not common place slipped out of my mouth.

I heard a gasp as everything seem to come to a halt. SHE grabbed the back of my hair and lifted my head.  “What was that Mr Potty Mouth”  she said as she lifted her eyebrow. “ I know how to fix people who use that kind of language in a ladies presence” she  said.

Soon something was shoved in my mouth and duct tape was placed over top. To hold it in.  Then it happened. Again. “Wham”  It felt as tho a semi truck had ran into my backside. Blow after blow it hit.  Rocking the horse with me on it with every swing.  The hits seem to match the rhythm of the song that was playing at the time.  Until it all mixed into one moment in time where nothing else mattered except me and her. That one moment that seems to last forever. 

A new yet familiar was now running across my bruised and welted bottom  it was a light touch, a soft caress that was the signal that it was all over.

As I fell into relaxation in her arms. I remember seeing someone walk over to the video camera and press the one thing that ment it was over. The OFF button.

The End
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

NEWS: DanaKaneSpanks.com Member Site Coming Soon

It’s now been well over a year since I began producing spanking videos in earnest, and while the idea of managing a member’s video site seemed too daunting a challenge for quite sometime, I’ve realized that it’s a matter of budgeting for the customer. A member’s site gives me the opportunity to offer fans of my spanking videos full access for one low monthly price, rather than by-the-minute downloads, saving quite a bit in the long run.
The process is tedious and will take a couple months to implement, but I’m hoping to have DanaKaneSpanks.com converted to a fully-functioning member’s site by April 2013.
Videos will still be available on a per-download basis on Clips4Sale and SpankingLibrary, for those who do not prefer member site registration.
– Dana
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ : Final Chapter


Readers,

Here is the tenth and final chapter of ‘The Reformatory’. My thanks to Annika and Lyndsy, who were kind enough to share their time and creativity with me through this story, and for letting me share it with you. I hope you’ve all enjoyed it as much as I have.

–  Dana



The REFORMATORY

Part 10


Lyndsy and I had been living at the reformatory for quite some time now. Not quite as long as Lori and Kevin, but long enough to feel very much at home.  We weren’t that nervous anymore about getting into trouble, and after Lyndsy’s confrontation with Ms. Kane a lot had changed.  Even though it seemed impossible for Lyndsy and I to connect even more, that was what happened.  She allowed me to see into her walls of protection and I met a person with a lot of life experience and a lot of heart and spirit.  I felt safe with her, and felt I could show her all of my sides, the pretty ones and the not so pretty ones.   With that, because of my comfort, it also had me pushing her and teasing her, which she would categorize as bratting.  
Anyways, we were both enjoying Ms. Kanes southern accent that came through, and Lyndsy was extremely good at imitating her.  So whenever Lyndsy thought I was being a brat towards her she would say something like, “I will teach you to respect me and the rules of my house young lady!  Do you understand?” I would of course laugh at that, so she would continue, “Quit laughing!  This is not supposed to be funny!  You will end up with a red bottom and corner time!  Yeah, that’s right!  In the corner too.” 
We never risked to imitate Ms. Kane if there was a chance she was anywhere near us, but we were definitely guilty of giggling every time Ms. Kane pronounced some word with a soft “A” that would come out like an “O” like ont or onty instead of aunt or aunty.   And then there was this friend of hers whose name was Annika, and she called her Onnika.  Sometimes she got it right, like in apple, but still, we had to laugh when she said things in her style.
Lyndsy and I had a week where we were responsible for the kitchen.  As usual we did our chores, but we also fooled around a lot.  This time I was the one washing the dishes and Lyndsy dried them so at one point I couldn’t resist throwing a splash of water at her.  Lyndsy put on a firm look, put her hands on her hips, and used her Kane voice saying  “Really? I don’t understand why you behave like that.  But you know what?  I have the perfect ‘onniidote’ for you missy!” and with that she flicked the towel at me, nearly stinging my leg.
We hadn’t noticed that anyone was in the kitchen with us until Ms. Kane suddenly stood next to Lyndsy.  She placed her plate on the counter and I was struggling not to fall to the floor laughing out loud.  Lyndsy however stayed very cool and just said, “Well! It’s about time!  We were almost done here!” 
I turned my head slowly towards Ms. Kane to see her reaction to that, and was very relieved when I saw her just shaking her head and heard her say on her way out of the kitchen, “Silly girls”.   
We looked at each other and started laughing again. “Do you think she heard what you said?” I asked Lyndsy.   “If she heard anything, it wouldn’t have registered anyway, because we said it the way she would, and, I can’t imagine she would have any problems with me smacking YOU!”  Once again she tried to flick the towel at me, but I was just too fast for her. 
This was actually a thing I had relied on for many years, that I was simply too fast to get caught, at least when we talk about the playful trouble I would get myself into.  I would even tell people that I didn’t care if they threatened me with something, because they would have to catch me first.  But I guess one time has to be the first, or maybe the reason why I got caught was because I was laughing so hard and all my energy was sucked up by that!
One morning I woke up and just had a feeling of brat trying to explode out of me immediately.  Lyndsy, who was still not a morning person was sound asleep.  I looked at her, and I couldn’t stop the bratty side from growing and just had to do something to satisfy it.  It was Saturday, I didn’t have to rush off for work, and I could just feel it….I was looking for trouble….
I quietly sneaked out of bed, got dressed and found the little water gun I had.  I filled it up with cold water, and slid back into bed again.  I looked at Lyndsy and aimed at her.  It hit her right on the cheek she had turned up, and I flipped over as fast as I could to pretend I was still sleeping.  I could hear her start to move and shortly after, “What the…?”  I was trying to control my laughter, but I’m sure the covers were moving, and then Lyndsy says, “Amy did you…”  I jumped out of bed, aimed precisely and shot at her with more water then ran out of our room down the stairs, shooting back towards her as I went.  I was actually surprised how fast she was and she did catch me when we got outside of the house.  It seemed without even effort, she got me down on the ground and sat on me.
“Oh man, you little brat, you are in such DEEP trouble!!  You will wish it was Ms. Kane who was dealing with you and NOT me at the moment!!”  I was laughing so hard I couldn’t get a word out.  Lucky for me we were interrupted by Ms. Kane who had heard the thundering of us running down the steps and out the door. 
“What in the world are you two doing?”  she questioned.  Lyndsy was still looking at me and tried to keep her serious look, and I just looked back at her with the biggest grin on my face.
“Nothing Ms. Kane. I am just teaching Miss Amy here to respect the importance of sleep!” Lyndsy answered her.  “Okay.  And which one of you decided water all over the house was a good idea?”  With that, just as easily as she had dropped me to the ground, Lyndsy pulled me up and dragged me over to Ms. Kane.  “Here you go.  You can deal with her first. I will take care of her later!” and with that she let go of my arm, swished her hands back and forth over each other as if to brush off dirt, passed Ms. Kane and went inside. 
I smiled at Ms. Kane and she did smile back at me, so I figured she was okay with it all. I had no problems with suggesting, “Its okay.  You don’t have to spank for this.  I will clean the mess up, and it is just water ma’am.”   Ms. Kane lifted her eyebrows looked a bit more serious and said, “Oh, so you think YOU decide when I should spank you or not?” 
I kept smiling at her, like I said this was just one of those days, so my response was, “Come on! Really?  A little water?  I don’t think so.”   And that is something you just do not say to someone like Ms. Kane.  Before I knew it I was back down on the ground having her spanking me right there in front of the house.  I was still laughing but mostly because of the whole situation.  I have never been thrown that easily to the ground never mind twice that morning!  After a few minutes she stopped, leaned over me and whispered in my ears, “You will go inside the house and clean that mess up and remember I never need a GOOD reason to spank you, I just need A reason. Now get up and behave, we have an audience!” 
I got up on my knees and looked around to see what she meant by audience, and she was right.  There next to our mailbox stood this young man who looked quite shocked.  Ms. Kane was already on her way inside, so I got up on my feet, and walked over to him.
“What’s wrong? Have you never seen someone getting spanked before?” I smiled at him, to try getting him to relax.   He looked at me then towards the front door.  I turned and looked in the same direction, but Ms. Kane was already inside.  “You should see what she does to me when I don’t do things on time!!  So remember, never to be late with that newspaper!”  I reached my hand towards him, requesting the newspaper which he still held on to, like he was frozen in time. 
“Hey paperboy, I’m fine.  It was all fun for me.  I could barely feel it!” He looked even more scared now and I just started laughing. “I’m sorry but you should really see yourself right now!”  He finally got the courage to speak and questioned, “Does she do that to everyone here?”  I was thinking for about 10 seconds then replied, “Oh yes!!  To any who misbehave and enter onto her property.”  We both looked down and he was standing on her sidewalk.  He jumped backwards and even apologized to me.  “No worries dude! Have a nice day!”  I had to giggle, and with that I turned around and went inside. 
Lyndsy caught my eye as I walked in, as she was sitting a few steps down from the top of the stairs.  She was all dressed now, and just looked down at me with a look that clearly stated, ‘I will get you when you least expect it!’ 
I just smiled and kept going towards the kitchen and got a towel.  I removed all the water splashes I could find and was still laughing because it was still all so funny to me.  When I got up the steps near Lyndsy she said with a big smirk on her face, “I hope she spanked you good baby girl!”  I looked at Ms. Kane who was standing just a few steps behind Lyndsy and said, “Oh yes!  I have never been spanked like that!  And I really learned a lesson.  Wouldn’t you agree Ms. Kane?”   Ms. Kane passed by Lyndsy, who was still just sitting there on the stairs very cool, even though she only realized Ms. Kane was there when I mentioned her.   “My sweet little Amy, what makes you think I’m done with you?” and with that said she moved on down the stairs. 
Lyndsy couldn’t resist commenting on that “Yes sweet little Amy, and you don’t only have her to worry about!”   “Ohhh I’m soooo scared!  Can’t you tell?” Lyndsy just shook her head. “What am I going to do with you?  I really thought I had taught you better than this! Maybe we should start with a nice little talk!  Get over my lap!!”   I burst out laughing, because Lyndsy was really good at mimicking lines we had heard Ms. Kane use during our stay in the reformatory.  Of course, odds were Lyndsy would never do anything to me, so I just passed her on the stairs to clean up the rest of the water spots that went all the way to our room. 
During breakfast Ms. Kane told us that a new resident would be moving in.  A new girl.  I couldn’t help but make a comment on that, “Are you still surprised that it isn’t the boys who are moving in??”  Kevin followed up with, “Yes, Ms. Kane. I have told you so often, that I am not misbehaved, I am misunderstood! It’s the girls who are really the bad ones!” 
“Oh, that’s what you think?  I think you have had a fair share of misbehavior since you have come here.  And Amy, nothing surprises me more than when you two moved in and got together!  Lori here, she seems to have learned, a little bit anyway, but the two of you just seem to let that brat out a little too often!”  I started to laugh out loud again!  Like I said, I woke up out of sorts a bit, not prepared to out think or analyze things like usual, so I would just react to what I found funny.   Ms. Kane wasn’t impressed, and I seen it by the way she was looking at me so seriously.  It took all I had to keep my laughter buried and just let a smile out to her.
 “Anyways” Ms. Kane continued, “This new girl will be moving in on Monday, and I do expect every one of you to welcome her, AND be good role models.  And by good, I don’t mean to teach her how to brat!”  “Don’t worry about that Ms. Kane.  We will probably just encourage her to be herself here.” And with that, I started to laugh again.  Lyndsy smiled at me and then whispered, “Baby girl, what kind of tombstone would you like on that grave of yours?” 
“Amy, honey, look at me.” I switched from looking at Lyndsy to look at Ms. Kane. “You just earned the privilege of cleaning up after breakfast, alone, and I would highly recommend you think about what you are asking for, because you might end up receiving even more of it!” 
Lyndsy who obviously still thought I should be worried about both her and Ms. Kane, and also probably thought I deserved some kind of punishment for waking her up with my water idea, poked me in the ribs and suggested, “Go ahead ask her.  You know you want to.  Don’t be afraid.”   She smiled at me and had that daring look in her eyes, and all I wanted to do was hug her for being so awesome. 
I turned to look at Ms. Kane and spoke, “Ms. Kane, can I listen to music while I clean up this place?”  “Yes!  Please let her listen to some music.  Especially that song that lyrics a strong metal.  Something that starts with a ‘T’ I believe it is?”  Lyndsy was really trying to push it. 
“Okay Amy, you can listen to music, but I will choose what you can listen to!  And Lyndsy, drop it, Amy is old enough to know the direction into which she is heading!”  I sneered at Lyndsy, “Yeah Lyndsy! Don’t push it!”  Lyndsy just looked at me with a ‘whatever’ look and handed me her plate,  “Here darlin’.  You better get started.”  And with that she left the dining room. 
I got up and started to collect the other dirty dishes.  Ms. Kane also got up and went into her office, returning shortly after.   Within a few seconds, I heard a song start to play, “I like big butts, and cannot lie, you other brothers can’t deny….”  She looked at me with a big smile and said, “Have fun while you mix-a-lot!”  A very devious laugh faded as she left the kitchen.
I actually didn’t mind that song at all!  It had a good beat for working.  Then I realized, she had set the repeat button, and it was playing over and over and over again!  When it started to play for the fourth time I regretted asking for music, so I sneaked over to the CD player and pulled the power cord out of the back of it.  The silence actually made me nervous, so I hurried back into the kitchen to make like nothing happened.
I noticed Ms. Kane return and head to the CD player.  She looked at it, then at me.  I just shrugged with a, ‘I have no idea what just happened’ look.  She looked at it again, then reached behind it and grabbed hold of the cord as she unplugged it from the wall.  She took it and started to fold it.  I had nowhere to run, it would be useless to run upstairs, it was a dead end, and to leave the house, I would have to go by her, and even if I was to escape, she probably wouldn’t forget about this, so I would have to face her at some point.
But just like I enjoy playing games, so does she!  She just folded the cord and slowly went back to her office, leaving me there in the kitchen with my mind racing around every idea wondering what she was planning!  I hurried to finish up in the kitchen and ran upstairs.   
Lyndsy had left the house the moment she handed me her plate, so I was in our room alone and couldn’t stop thinking about that cord! I really hoped that it was just a joke Ms. Kane was pulling, and tried to convince myself that all would be fine.  I changed my thoughts, so instead I was thinking about the paperboy, and wondered if he would ever return!!  I started to laugh about an idea that came to mind, which was to switch the sign that said “BEWARE OF DOG” to “BEWARE OF KANE”, realizing that would be just as effective! 
Lyndsy returned to our room and looked with anticipation towards me, “So, I hope you got a spanking while I was gone!”  ”Who me?” I asked, “Lyndsy, You should know I don’t deserve anything like that!”   She had a quick reply,  ”Ha!  You wish!  Remember she is not done with you yet!”  And thanks to that remark, I started to think of that damn power cord again. 
“Amy, lets drop the way you blasted me with water today.  I’m not angry about it, and I can’t even pretend that I am, so lets go down to the basement and do something!!  I knew Lyndsy, and also knew from the beginning she wasn’t angry at me, but I was also fully aware that she would still wait for the perfect moment to get me back!   “Fine with me!!  How about playing some Wii?” 
We went downstairs and played for hours.  Every time I was in the playroom, a stuffed toy animal would catch my eye way up on a shelf, and I always wondered how it might be special to Ms. Kane.  Maybe it was even something she grew up with.  I never really dared to take it down, because it might have some emotional value to Ms. Kane.  
“Lyndsy? Have you never wondered about that stuffed wolf over there??”  “All the time!”  She leaned over to me, and whispered “I think it’s some kind of camera!”  Of course!  That made perfect sense!  A way for Ms. Kane to know what was going on around the house.  And probably why she knew what the four of us were talking about that evening she spanked us all. 
With that consideration, I couldn’t resist taking a closer look.  I went over pulled it down from its place and looked it over.  I started to laugh and said, “Are you sure this isn’t just Ms. Kane’s teddy while she grew up?  His name is Wolfie!  Haha.   And I can’t feel a camera inside of it.”
Lyndsy sighed and replied, “Amy, look up at the shelf again” I did and sure enough, there was a little camera which Wolfie had been hiding by laying on it.  I backed up a couple steps and started to wave at it.  We were busted anyway, so why not be nice and greet the viewer?  I hugged Wolfie and placed him on the couch looking straight in the direction of the camera.  Lyndsy had turned off the Wii and the TV and we both rushed from the basement to the main floor, pretty much laughing all the way up.  When we got upstairs, guess who was standing there leaning up against the wall with her arms crossed?  “You two, get in there.”  She never even looked at us.  She just pointed her finger in the direction of her office. 
———
So there we stood in her office, again.  I was intensely looking around the room to see if I could see that power cord anywhere, and even though I couldn’t spot it, I didn’t feel safe just yet.  And, as it turned out, I had absolutely no reason to feel safe. 
Ms. Kane came into her office as well and stopped right in front of me.  Her whole body language was telling me to face her and at least try to restrain myself.  She continued to look at me when she started to speak, “Lyndsy you seem to have a lot of fun with imitating me, so why don’t you tell Amy here what will happen next?” 
“Oh well….I….noooo….I am pretty sure you already have made up your mind about Amy, ma’am I don’t want to make any suggestions.” she stuttered out.  “Why not?  Don’t you have enough courage to share your abilities when I stand next to you?”   Lyndsy started to ramble on, “Okaaay…. Lets have some honesty here.  We all know it won’t hurt your feelings to spank Amy again today, and Amy does realize it is necessary.  She will even remember to count for you, and really, this is just between you and her.  Soooo. maybe I should just leave the two of you alone!” 
This restraining myself wasn’t working anymore. I just had to let it out and laugh, and Ms. Kane knew that was going to happen.  So she grabbed my arm dragged me over to her desk and stood me to the right side of it.  “Hands on my desk Miss Gigglehead, and stick your backside out!  And you Lyndsy, for once you are actually right!  This IS between me and Amy, but you will watch this time!  And if you EVER imitate me again, you will receive the same punishment you are going to observe in a few seconds!” 
I raised my finger in the air to show that I had something to say.  “Yes?  Do you have a question?”  ”Umm”, I hesitated, but continued, “No warm up??”  ”You already had your warm up on the lawn today Missy!  Now, open the drawer on your right side and hand me what you find in there!” 
You probably know what my fingers were touching in that drawer, and I tried my best to search for something like a piece of paper, or eraser or something, but as usual, Ms. Kane knew how my brain was working, so there was nothing else in the drawer other than the power cord!  I had no choice but to pull it out and hand it to her.
She kneeled next to me, so I could see her seriousness, “I told you I wasn’t finished with you, and warned you to think about what you were asking for.  And to be honest, I don’t think you have been thinking at all today!  Wolfie downstairs —-  STOP smiling Amy —- Wolfie downstairs is NOT for you to touch and the camera is a necessary device I need to help me be aware of any issues in this place.”
She stood up and went behind me.  The first five swings with the folded cord were delivered while I still wore my pants, so this “no warm up” thing wasn’t entirely true.  She unbuttoned my pants and pulled them down, placing another 5 swings smartly with the cord.  Once again I wished I had never asked her for permission to listen to music.  My panties were the next to go down.  “Ohh, my dear girl.  This cord certainly will leave some marks on you!” 
My fingers were strumming nervously on the desk, from my pinkies to my pointers, over and over again, and every time the cord landed across my bottom, my fingers froze in the moment.  That cord was just plain evil!! I had NO IDEA how many lashes she gave me with that stupid thing!!  Big mistake!  “So Amy, how many was that?” Ms. Kane asked.  ”Umm… What??  You didn’t ask me to count!” I turned my head and looked at Lyndsy and she just looked apologetic at me and moved her lips.  I think she was trying to tell me how many it was, but I couldn’t read them for sure. 
Ms. Kane was kneeling next to me again. “Oh my.  You didn’t count?”  She gently shook her head and opened the drawer, put the cord back, looked at me again and then said. “I don’t believe in breaking the skin on anyone, but I will start over.  And I do recommend that you count this time!” 
She walked around me, took my right hand, sat down on her chair, and guided me over her lap.  Then she started to spank me with her bare hand.  I made sure to count, even though it was really hard to focus.  My bottom was so sore after that cord, that every smack with her palm felt incredibly painful.  When I got to 20 she stopped and asked me how many. “20” I said quickly, as she was rubbing my bottom. 
And then she spoke, “So Lyndsy, do you have any thoughts at the moment??”  “Hmmh.  Well, yes, I was just thinking about what a smart man once said, ‘There’s a kid hiding inside all of us and it only takes one person who knows just what buttoms to push to make it come out’ – I like that quote.
I hoped Ms. Kane was done with the spanking, and so I started to relax.  “True, I like that quote too.  And I will be ever so kind as to take care of that kid!”, and she started to spank me again.  I counted another 20, she asked me how many, I answered correct, and she said, “Okay, you can get up now Amy.”   I got up and really tried to hide my face by focusing on getting my bottom covered up.  I knew I would start to either giggle or outright laugh if I looked at Ms. Kane, or for that matter, Lyndsy.
“Okay, that camera downstairs is a secret that you two are going to keep!  You do not want to find out the consequences if you tell anyone about it!”  I spoke up hesitantly, “Umm, may I say something??”, as I continued to try to restrain myself.  “Yes Amy, you may,” Ms. Kane answered.  “Maybe you should replace Wolfie with a picture of you?  You know, it will be like telling everyone that you are watching?!”  Lyndsy started to laugh out loud now.
 “Amy, go to the drawer and get that power cord please.”  I looked at Ms. Kane to try figure out if she was being serious.  “Amy, I do not want to repeat myself!”   So I walked over to her desk and got it.  I just stayed there because after all she didn’t say I should return with it.  After a few seconds of silence she turned and looked at me, “What are you doing?”  “Umm, I’m just standing here with the cord?” I replied.  “Well get over here, Silly!”  Lyndsy started to laugh again and caught Ms. Kanes attention, which made it easier for me to start to walk towards her.  I held the cord up for her, but she didn’t take it. 
“A picture of me, you say…hmm…I might even consider that.  But you seemed to find it a rather funny idea.  And guess what?  I have a funny one too!”  She walked over to me, put her arm around my shoulders and advised me, “You just earned the privilege of cleaning up after dinner tonight.  All alone.  Oh, and you may listen to music if you like.  Just put that power cord back into the CD-player, and please try to keep out of trouble the rest of the evening, because really, it won’t hurt me a bit to spank you again.” 
And with that she let us go. 
Once again I stood in the kitchen all by myself, but not listening to any music.  I wasn’t paying any attention either, because suddenly someone grabbed me from behind, and before I realized it, I had sticky, sweet tasting goo all over my face, along with the crumbs of a cake blended in all over my face, and I was planted on the ground again!  Yes!!  The third time today!!  I could feel the continual washing of my face with what I found out was a perfect made cupcake. Lyndsy was cracking up, and very proud of herself. I did try to fight back, but it was useless.  I was taught a lesson again!
“Sharing is Caring, Amy, don’t you remember?  Oh, and I do care a lot about you!  So here, have a cupcake!”   When I squinted my eyes open, another cupcake was on its way to my face, but she was interrupted by Lori, who stood in the doorway and was disgusted with us.  “I cannot believe, what you two are doing to those cupcakes!  HOW DARE YOU!”
“You want some?” I asked while laughing, and then scraped some of it off my face and threw it at her.  She stepped aside and it almost looked as if this piece of molded cupcake flew in slow motion, only to hit Ms. Kane on her nice white shirt. 
“Ohhh crap!” I blurted, and instinct took over. Because Lyndsy was lying on the floor folded in pain from laughter, I was free, and started to crawl away, while trying to get on my feet to run.  I managed to get to the living room when I realized it was a bad decision.  I was cornered.  As I turned to leave the room again, Ms. Kane who was standing in the entrance.  I guess she had a tendency to be fast as well, because in her hand she had a wooden spatula.  She just fixated her eyes on me and I started to feel slightly nervous. 
“Lyndsy?” She said with a raised voice, probably because you could still hear Lyndsy laughing in the kitchen. “LYNDSY!!  Get in here, and on your way, you will get that power cord?”   Now I was more than slightly nervous, I WAS nervous!  The spatula and the power cord???  Lyndsy came into the living room with the cord.
“Lyndsy, do you remember, what I said about imitating me?”  Lyndsy started to stutter words again, ”Umm.  Well.  I…”  Ms. Kane was still looking directly at me. “Since you CARE so much about Amy, I think it’s only fair if you SHARE in Amy’s fate!  Both of you go over to that couch, turn around, expose your bare bottoms, and bend over!” 
We did as told and stood there waiting. Lyndsy looked over at me on her right, but quickly looked away again trying to withhold the laughter. Guess she thought I looked funny with all the cake still on my face.   Ms. Kane stepped in between us and stood with her back towards me. She started to spank Lyndsy first with her hand and I hoped she would do the same to me, hoping she would forget about the spatula.  After a few minutes she stepped away again. 
Now she stood to my right and spanked me with the wooden spatula.  Darn!  I was immediately struggling so hard to even stand on my feet, never mind holding my head up.  She paused momentarily and said,  “Amy, if you mess up my couch with that cake from your face, I promise you, that you will meet this spatula every single evening before bed is that clear?”   “Ohhh, yess ma’am.”  Ms, Kane started again with the spatula.  After a few minutes she stopped and stepped back in between us. 
Now it was Lyndsy’s turn to get a feel of the power cord, and I was able to catch my breath.  When Ms. Kane was through with Lyndsy, she left the living room with the cord, and we both remained bent over the couch wondering what she was planning next.
Lyndsy spoke in an undertone, “Amy, you spanko you!!  Why the cord??”  ”It was her idea not mine!  Did you remember to count?” I asked Lyndsy.  ”What?  NO!  Oh man!!”  She was quiet for about 15 seconds, and then I hear, “Hey, lets switch places and see if we can confuse the DK!”  I looked at her, shrugged my shoulders, and we did without saying another word.
When Ms. Kane returned she didn’t say anything about it either, she just put her shirt next to my left and gave me a wet cloth.  “Amy, wash your face, and you will make sure that the stain on my shirt will be invisible!”  ”Yes ma’am,” I replied.
She sat down on the coffee table and said, “Turn around and face me” We did, and she was looking at us with her serious eyes, to which we knew we were not done yet.  “It is time for me to make a bit of a drastic change.  You have both come a long way since you’ve moved in here, and I do not doubt for one second that you two really care about each other.  BUT, to the safety of your bottoms, I will be putting you both in separate rooms for now.”   She paused.  In the silence I looked over at Lyndsy and she looked at me. 
“It is not a punishment girls, it’s just the next step in your journey.”  My eyes got big, “Are you serious?” I asked her.  “Yes Amy, I am serious. I do believe this to be the best for you both. It doesn’t have to happen tonight, but after the maintenance spanking tomorrow, one of you will be moving to a different room.”
“Okay” I wanted to say, “are you nuts’, but I held back and said, “Are you really thinking of giving me a maintenance spanking after what I’ve already been through today?”   That made Lyndsy laugh out loud again.  I looked at her knowing I was still being a little more brave than usual.  But it didn’t stop me. “I mean, really, you should consider that we might literally scare this new girl if she sees we can’t sit on any chair when she comes Monday!” I smiled at Ms. Kane.  She sighed and replied, “Oh, be sure I will have you wanting to stand, but you will be seated AND ever so quietly!!”  She grinned, and then looked at me, “Amy sweetie, you should really go to bed now because tomorrow you will be regretting every spanking you needed today!” 
“Great!!  So what?  We could have pulled our pants up 20 minutes ago??” Lyndsy cut in as she started to pull them up.  Ms. Kane replied, “Lyndsy, stop.  Let’s send Amy off to bed, and then me and you can continue, okay my dear?”  she smiled at her, “I did promise you the same spanking Amy got in the office.  So let’s have a little talk over my lap.” Ms. Kane stood up and gently stroked my cheek.  I had managed to get most of the cake off.  ”Remember my shirt Missy.  Now go to bed!” 
On my way out Ms. Kane sat on the couch and slapped two times on her thigh, her usual little signal of command, and reached her hand out to Lyndsy to lead her over her lap. 
I went upstairs looked at my bottom in the mirror and understood why she wouldn’t spank me any further. 
I was dreading the maintenance spank, and when she had me lower my pants to look at my bottom, that was excruciating enough!!  No one could know, but she didn’t spank me that Sunday.  She just commanded me to SIT down and instead we talked. 
The new girl moved in like Ms. Kane had told us.  We met her during dinner and I was very surprised.  She didn’t exactly look like someone who would misbehave. She looked shy, observant and kind of distant. 
I looked around at the others, and then when looking at Ms. Kane, I suddenly understood.
I used to walk around in this world, thinking I was the only one who had weird thoughts about misbehaving, and the possible consequences of that.  Well, to be honest, that thinking  just made me feel misunderstood and very much alone.  I thought the world didn’t care about me, so why should I care about it or those who lived in it?
The problem with me wasn’t that I reacted in a strange way, the problem was I didn’t react at all.  I was inside my head instead of outside in the real world representing what and who I was.  I could not be complete before accepting that, and even though I am a grown up, a lot of my energy, power, curiosity and courage was generated from that little child inside of me.  With her I could handle anything.
This inner child of mine still jumped ridiculous when Ms. Kane was near, always aware what was going on and if there was an opportunity to tease, in a cute way of course!!  But the truth was I didn’t need Ms. Kane anymore in order to let this bratty playful side out.   She would be the one to spank me for it when she thought I deserved it, which I never did, just ask Lyndsy!  Okay……. I might have deserved some of it! 
I finally felt free for the first time in my life.  If I found myself in a situation I found funny, I wouldn’t use hours to analyze it before reacting, I would just react.  The hours of talking and bratting I spent with Lyndsy was the main cause of me feeling connected to the world again, and Ms. Kane was the one to knock down some of the walls both Lyndsy and I had around us.
So yes, Lyndsy was right when she said, that the reformatory might be a place to actually get the best out of us.   
This new girl, she would eventually get there too.  
Ms. Kane, well, ones like us can be a handful, and she might get tired at some point.
And Lyndsy, she will still try to be last in line, hoping Ms. Kane IS tired!

Written by Annika, aka Amy, and co-author Lyndsy……
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Current results for the ‘Opinions on M/m Spanking’ Survey


Readers,

Here are the current results (as of 2/4) of the ‘Your Opinions on M/M Spanking’ Survey. I’m grateful for your thoughts on the subject, whether you’re a fan or not. Thanks to all who participated – the results are interesting.

219 Respondents:

“Do you enjoy M/M spanking?”

28% said YES.
18% find it mildly interesting.
51% said that they do not enjoy M/M spanking.


“If you DO enjoy M/M spanking, which possible scenarios appeal to you?”

75 respondents said that their interest is ‘Strictly Discipline’.
51 respondents said that their interest lies in ‘Authority Figures’.
And for around two dozen, ‘Eroticism’ or ‘Taboo’ is their motivation.


“If you’re NOT a fan of M/M spanking, why?”

79% said that they only enjoy F/M pairings.


“Is spanking eroticized/sexualized for you?”

64% said YES.
30% said that sometimes spanking is sexual/erotic, and sometimes not.
Only 4% of respondents said that spanking is NOT erotic/sexual for them.


“Have you ever participated in M/M spanking?” (Just for the fellas, obviously.)

A full 51% have not, and are not interested in the prospect.
16% said that they ‘wouldn’t completely rule it out’.
7% of respondents said that they haven’t, but definitely want to.
5% tried it and weren’t too impressed,
and 11% said that they enjoy and regularly participate in M/M spanking.



“Have you ever watched an M/M spanking video?”


18% said ‘Yes. I watch and enjoy them regularly.’
26% said ‘Yes. I occasionally watch M/M spanking, but they’re not my favorites.’
19% tried it but didn’t like it.
35% said ‘No. I have never watched an M/M spanking video.’



Not surprisingly, sexual gender preference seems to have the most effect on most commenting respondents reasoning behind liking or not liking M/M spanking. Those who are ‘into’ it echo the same theme – “A good spanking is a good spanking. Doesn’t matter who’s giving it.” – while those in the ‘No Thank You’ column stress that heterosexuality keeps them from enjoying M/M spanking based on spanking’s innate intimacy. 
I don’t believe that there is a right or wrong when it comes to a person’s individual preferences, and there’s plenty of spanking to go around for all of us…thank goodness!

–  Dana




Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Winner of the ‘What the Camera Saw’ spanking story contest!


January’s story writing contest, ‘What the Camera Saw’ was a bit tricky, implying that the story should be written from the perspective of the author, and our writers rose well to the challenge. While not all entrants delivered their stories in first-person format, I know you’ll agree that all the entries (which you’ll read here throughout the month of February) are excellent additions to our ever-growing collection of reader-submitted spanking fiction.

And as always, though all the stories are great – only one can win. (I’ll admit that this choosing was among the most difficult yet – there were several exceptional entries.) 

This month’s spanking story winner and recipient of a personally-delivered spanking ‘prize’ from me, is:

SOMETHING TO CROW ABOUT




I was initially drawn to the open abandoned farm field behind my house to take some pictures of a crazed flock of crows I had been observing all morning from my home office window. I was positioned along an old fence line taking shots of the fighting, squawking birds with my camera, when I suddenly noticed someone off to my right on the edge of a small island of overgrown brush and trees. Once I had a chance to focus in, I realized it was Jane, the young lady that lived in the house that abutted the back corner of my property. She appeared to be trimming branches with pruning shears and collecting them in a bundle. She didn’t notice me, and I didn’t seek her attention; I was still trying to get some good shots of the crows, who were now gathering very closely to where I crouched.

Suddenly I heard another voice call out rather harshly, “Hurry up Jane! Quit dawdling!!” I couldn’t see her, but it sounded like Mary, the lady that lived with Jane in that old secluded house. I had met the two of them a few months prior at a local zoning meeting at the church around the corner.  They seemed at the time an odd pair to me. Jane was young, probably in her early 30s, very attractive. Mary seemed a bit older, mid-to late 40s, maybe even early 50s. She struck me as rather matronly, very austere looking. And she spoke that way too, very proper, like a strict schoolteacher. I wondered at the time what their story was; were they just roommates, or something more?

I was snapping pictures of the birds when I thought I heard someone cry out. Not loudly, but a subdued squeal. I couldn’t see anyone, but noticed that Jane was no longer on the edge of the tree line where I had seen her earlier. Again, I heard a distressed voice, it sounded like a female yelling “OWWW.” I began walking down the fence line in the direction of the voice. Suddenly, I saw the two of them in a small clearing, completely surrounded by brush and trees. It looked like a little hollow where deer might seek cover during the winter. I could only see their heads. Jane’s back was to Mary, and Mary appeared to be tying something across Jane’s mouth, a bright blue scarf or something similar. She then turned Jane around and began speaking to her in a very animated fashion. I couldn’t make it out, but it sure sounded like Mary was scolding Jane, she looked angry about something.

I crept slowly and quietly further down the fence line and tucked myself in front of a big old hackberry tree. The two of them were now in full view to me, but I was somewhat hidden from them behind the brush. They were standing next to a large fallen oak tree lying flat across the ground. A picnic blanket was spread across the trunk of the tree. Suddenly, Mary turned Jane around to face the tree and pushed her head forward, causing Jane to fall gently across the blanket on her stomach. To my astonishment, Jane’s pants were down around her knees! Mary then reached down and pulled Jane’s panties down, met the crumpled pants already gathered around her knees, and pulled both down to the tops of her boots. I could hear Mary clearly now:  “The next time I instruct you to trim the azaleas properly, Jane, that is exactly what I expect you to do!  I warned you last week what would happen if you sass me when I offer constructive criticism about your work around the house, didn’t I?” Mary nodded her head up and down; the scarf was tied tightly across her open mouth. Her eyes were wide and she looked kind of terrified. Mary then dropped her head down, hanging low over the side of the wide log. Her bare bottom was completely exposed across the topside of the log.

Mary bent down and picked up a bundle of sticks – it was a tightly bound bundle of thin, wispy looking branches, reddish and purple in color. She swished the bundle through the air several times. I could hear the hissing sound of the branches as they cut through the air. Without another word, Mary positioned herself next to the log, and grasping the branches in her left hand she raised the bundle high in the air and brought it down swiftly across Jane’s bottom. Jane let out a muffled cry. Mary was facing my direction and I could see a glimmer in her eye; she was almost smirking as she looked down at Jane’s exposed bottom. Again she brought the switch down in a fluid rapid motion. Jane jerked and cried out again, the sounds muffled well beneath the scarf. Mary then began to methodically strike Jane over and over, again and again, in a very slow, controlled fashion. She appeared to relish it.

Without giving it a thought, I had begun videotaping what I saw before me with my camera. I zoomed in and framed the two of them perfectly. I could now clearly see the look of delight on Mary’s face as she laid the switch across Jane’s bottom again and again. Jane was clearly distressed, bobbing her head up and down, her muffled cries sounding more and more frantic. Her firm toned bottom was crisscrossed with red stripes and angry welts. Tiny specs of bright red appeared here and there. Mary held her determination and continued laying the strokes on, each one harder and more deliberate than the last.

I have to admit, watching this through my camera was turning me on. It seemed like it had gone on forever, but in reality I was probably watching them for not much more than 5 minutes. My knees were starting to ache as I crouched there behind the bush. I tried to adjust my position when suddenly a loud “SNAP” cracked across the field. Damn! When I shifted my weight I stepped onto a dead oak stick and it cracked in two…loudly! Mary immediately looked up, directly toward my position. I could see her steely eyes through the camera; she was looking right at me.

“Who’s there?” Mary called out, in her haughty indignant tone. I was paralyzed. If she took two steps toward me she would spot me behind the bush. I decided to make my presence known. I tucked the camera in my pocket and sheepishly came out from behind the bush. Mary looked me square in the eye from 20 yards away across the opening. She did not look uncomfortable, as if she were caught doing something embarrassing – she looked angry, intruded upon. Jane’s head was up now; I could see her eyes were red and teary.  She dropped her head back down and remained exactly where she was positioned over that log. “I’m sorry; I was taking pictures of the Crows. I didn’t mean to disturb you,” I finally offered. “I’m sure you didn’t,” she replied sarcastically.  “Michael, isn’t it?”…



… Mary led the way, followed by Jane and then myself, as we wound our way from the field into a denser patch of woods toward their house, which was rather secluded on a 5 acre wooded plot. I couldn’t believe I was actually willingly following these two. What was Mary planning? Why did she threaten to tell my wife about my voyeurism if I didn’t do what she asked?  Watching Jane walk along in front of me, I kept envisioning that tight little ass of hers stretched across the log. She had to be feeling that thrashing that Mary had given her.  But she seemed happy, chatting jokingly with Mary as we walked along.

We reached the back door of their house a few minutes later. Mary asked me to come in and make myself comfortable on the couch. I heard Mary and Jane whispering in the kitchen, and then Jane disappeared somewhere in the house without a word.  Mary came into the living room a moment later with a glass of lemonade, handed it to me, and then sat down across from me in a leather recliner. She had a very determined look on her face, and stared directly at me, piercing me with her cold eyes. “So, did you enjoy what you saw back in the field, Michael,” she finally said.  “I wouldn’t say I enjoyed it,” I stuttered, caught off guard. “I think you did,” Mary retorted. “Why else would you have been hiding behind that bush?”  “Clearly, you could have walked away and minded your own business.” I said nothing; I didn’t know what to say. I did enjoy it, I was thinking to myself, it was freaking hot!

“Would you mind showing me some of the pictures you took of the Crows, Michael?  I am so fascinated with those creatures.”  I sat paralyzed, sensing that she suspected me of filming her switching Jane earlier.  “Come now, show me,” she urged, with a slight grin forming on her face.  She abruptly stood up and walked over to the couch and sat next to me to view the pictures along with me.  I pulled the camera out of my pocket to switch it to picture view mode, but she was at my side too quickly. There it was, clear as day, a close-up of Mary, with the switch raised in the air, and Jane’s bare bottom exposed over the log – frozen in time on the video view screen.  “Interesting,” Mary murmured, staring at my camera without expression, “very interesting.” She placed the camera in the front pocket of her skirt.

A lengthy lecture from Mary followed.  In short order, she informed me that she knew my wife rather well, they had talked a number of times about the zoning issue. And Mary also took my wife’s yoga class at the Y three times a week.  They had actually had lunch several times!  I was baffled; my wife had never mentioned any of this to me.  Mary also described in elaborate detail how it was well known amongst the ladies in the neighborhood that I was somewhat of a flirt, though harmless for the most part. Everyone thought it was cute, yet they also felt I acted disrespectful toward my wife.  “She’s much too lenient on you Michael,” she said. “I would handle you much differently if you were my husband.” On and on she went, while I sat in silence, feeling more and more uncomfortable with each passing minute. Does she think I’m still a teenager or what?

“I’m telling your wife about this Michael,” she suddenly blurted out. “Every detail: sneaking around in the woods behind our home; spying on Jane and I like a peeping Tom; invading our privacy; and your perverted videotaping of our private encounter. I promise you I will deliver the message to her in such a way that you will be sleeping on the couch for a month.” She could see the panicked look in my eyes, and before I could get a pleading word out of my mouth, she threw her hand up as if to say “STOP.” “But,” Mary went on, “I’ll be willing to reconsider under one condition: “You, Michael, MUST be held accountable for your pathetic, juvenile behavior. If you concede to being held accountable by me, right here and right now, Jane and I will let bygones be bygones, and forget that you intruded on our privacy with this camera of yours.” She calmly patted the camera in her pocket, and then folded her arms across her chest.

“Of course, whatever I can do to make amends,” I quickly blurted out, without giving any thought at all to what it would take to satisfy Mary and Jane.  I just knew that I could not, under any circumstance, let this get back to my wife.  She was already on edge about the way I had flirted with some ladies from my office at a business dinner earlier in the week. I thought it was harmless, but she didn’t, and had made that clear to me later that night -she was pissed.  Mary’s story would send her over the edge.  They’re going to ask for money, I thought, so be it…

“Very well, Michael.  As you observed earlier, I am a firm believer in the positive effects of corporal punishment. That switching I gave Jane was not for fun and games, as I’m sure you perceived it. She was sassy, and careless, and in our relationship that is not tolerated. Likewise, I do not think your behavior should be tolerated, so to make amends, you will accept whatever punishment I deem necessary. Is that clear?”  I’m thinking to myself, lady, this is ludicrous. But “yes, whatever it takes, Mary,” is what actually came out of my mouth.

“Follow me please,” she commanded. I followed Mary through the living room to the bottom of the stairs in the front foyer. She stopped, and ever so casually picked up a large, wooden-backed hairbrush off the side table next to the front door. Without a word she then proceeded up the steps, and I followed behind. She was a tall, trim, strong looking woman.  She wore a long gray snug fitting skirt, which came to the top of her meticulously polished black boots. A tight green turtleneck accentuated firm high breasts, and the sleeves were pulled up taught around her powerful looking forearms. She was waving the brush back and forth in an exaggerated fashion with each step, and her hips swayed methodically back and forth as she slowly ascended the steps in a very deliberate manner.

She opened a door at the end of the hall and led me into a rather dark room. The shades were drawn, so only filtered light came into the room. After a second or two my eyes adjusted and I could see Jane, completely nude, standing very erect, hands clasped behind her back, with her nose pointing to the corner. In the middle of the room, all by itself, there sat an antique straight backed chair. A small, single bed hugged the wall opposite. On a nightstand, rather prominently displayed, laid a black leather strap-like instrument, about 2.5” wide by 20” long, with a wooden handle grip attached to one end. It looked old, and very well-worn. Next to it laid a light maple colored paddle, about 4” wide by 18” long, with small holes drilled through the middle area.  Mary watched me intently as I took it all in. Her lips formed a subtle grin; she seemed to enjoy my stunned expression.

“Jane, come here!” The sudden command jolted me out of my worried haze. Mary removed my camera from her skirt pocket and handed it to Jane, who now stood obediently before her. “Jane, you will use Michael’s camera to video the punishment he is about to receive. Since he thought it was cute to tape you getting switched, I think it only fair that you return the favor.  But do not think that I am through with you yet, young lady!  When I am finished blistering this young man’s bottom, you are getting a long hard strapping for your earlier behavior.” “Yes, Ma’am,” Jane murmured, eyes downcast. She then took the camera, fumbled around with it for a bit, aimed it toward the chair in the middle of the room, and said, “OK, I’m ready.”

“Are you ready, Michael?”  I couldn’t speak; nothing came out of my mouth. A feeling of deep dread overwhelmed me and I stood still like a statue.  “Well, it doesn’t matter whether you are, because I am,” Mary said cheerfully. She walked over to the chair, sat down very carefully, laid the brush on the floor next to her, and casually smoothed her skirt over her lap. Then she looked up, directly into my eyes. There was no sign of a grin now, she had a very strict and determined look, as if she meant business, and it was now time to get down to business. “Michael, I want you to stand directly in front of me and remove all of your clothes – everything – and lay them neatly on that table behind you.”  I stood motionless, unable to move.  “Immediately, young man!” I began fumbling with the buttons on my shirt; my hands were trembling and didn’t want to function. “If I have to repeat myself one more time, Michael, you will regret it, I assure you” In what seemed like minutes, I finally laid my folded pants on the dresser and turned to face Mary with only my underwear left on.  She stared intently at me, unblinkingly, as if to say, well, what are you waiting for?  I slowly pulled my black briefs down passed my knees, they dropped down to my ankles, and I slowly stepped out of them. Why did I think it possible to put off indefinitely what was about to happen if I prolonged the time it took to remove my underwear?

I stood before her now completely naked, shivering not from cold, but from nervous tension, from embarrassment, from shame. Here I was, a grown man, standing naked before this lady, a virtual stranger to me, waiting to be punished like a little boy for hiding behind a bush and videotaping a private act between two of my neighbors. Really?  How on earth did I get myself into this?? 

“Come over here and lay across my lap, Michael.”  Just like that, she’s actually gonna do this? Thinking about her earlier threat I complied, and laid myself across her warm, firm lap. She easily held me there, as if it were completely natural to have a grown man across her lap. WHACK! She struck my left cheek with her hand. WHACK! The right one. It stung slightly, but was more of a surprise than anything. WHACK! WHACK! …WHACK! WHACK! The swats were firmer now; I was starting to feel a sting.  WHACK! WHACK! WHACK! WHACK! Her hand began striking my bottom in a steady rhythm now. Over and over swat after swat, up and down the full of my left cheek, then my right. She began to really start laying into me, repeatedly smacking the area where my cheeks meet my thighs, one side and then the other. I began squirming and kicking a little, it really started hurting. Without even realizing it, I was making a lot of noise, “OOOWWWW” and “JEEEEEZZZZ”, and “MARY PLEEEAAASE!” “I’M SOORRRY,” I eventually squealed. But Mary was undeterred. She reached down and picked up the brush and without pause began popping the back of the brush across every inch of my bottom. Several times she laid the flat of the brush across my upper thighs and I howled in pain. I kicked and squirmed but she easily held me in place, at one point throwing her leg over both of mine to hold my feet to the floor.  I tried to reach back to protect my bottom but she quickly grabbed my wrist with her free hand and firmly pinned it to my back. She was strong and relentless, bringing that brush forcefully down over and over again. She continued swatting my burning cheeks in a steady rhythm, her intensity building, each swat harder. I was about to completely lose it, when suddenly she stopped and ordered “Get up Michael, and go stand in the corner, hands at your sides.” I did just that, and didn’t even think about questioning her.  I then realized just how sore my ass was, it was throbbing and burning…a sensation I had never felt before.

I stood in silence for what seemed like 5 minutes or so, but I really had no perception of time. I could see Jane over my shoulder aiming the camera at me in the corner, kneeling down low and focusing in on my bare bottom. Just as my heartbeat started returning to normal, I heard Mary’s heels approaching from the other side of the room. She was at my side, then suddenly grabbed my ear with her right hand, forced my head around, and dragged me by my ear across the room to the foot of the bed. “Young man, I’ve just started with you. Now lay flat across that bed and grab ahold of the rungs in that headboard…DO NOT even think about letting go, is that clear?” I couldn’t even form words before the leather strap slapped hard across both cheeks and a searing pain shot down to my toes. ”OOOUUUCCHH” I yelled. “Yes, I understand!” Mary then instructed Jane to focus the camera on my face.  “You keep your head up and look into that camera, Michael. You’re getting spanked like a naughty little boy, but you’re going to take it like a man.” With that, she laid another hard stroke across my quivering bottom. She was swinging from my right, and the strap bit into the side of my left cheek harshly. I didn’t yell, and kept my head still, but it hurt like hell. Another hard stroke. And another. The small room reverberated with the loud collision of that warn leather meeting my taught ass. CRACK! SMACK! The pain was building. Without a word, Mary then began laying on stroke after stroke in rapid succession. She brought the strap up and then swung back down full force, snapping her wrist at the end of the stroke and following through for full affect.  Each stroke landed perfectly flat, and with devastating results. I began kicking and screaming for her to stop, but managed to keep ahold of the headboard. I sooo badly wanted to reach back and protect my burning ass. Finally, she stopped, and I gasped for breath, almost in shock with the pain she was causing me. With three quick steps, she appeared on the other side of the bed, raised the strap, and then brought it down harshly, biting into the side of my right cheek. “OWWWW!!” I howled. Without pause, Mary then proceeded to lay a dozen swats across my ass from that side. After the 5th stroke I was literally screaming, kicking and squirming, promising I’ll never do it again, crying out how sorry I was. It fell on deaf ears. She continued on, hard stroke after hard stroke, at full force the strap bit into my sore bottom. I had completely lost control by the time she brought the 12th brutal stroke down. I was in a state of panic, not sobbing, but crying to some degree, tears forming in my eyes. I was breathing heavily, and my cheeks were numb. I heard her footsteps cross back to the middle of the room, and she sat down in the chair. I dropped my head down to the mattress, tried to regain my breath, and felt the searing heat building across every inch of my bottom, from the start of my crack down to my thighs. I was stunned.

Jane had filmed the whole thing. How humiliating. What if someone were to see this?  Me, lying across a bed, completely naked, being strapped to tears by my neighbor! Did Jane feel the same way when she learned that I was filming her? As I lay there, thinking about Jane’s naked ass being switched by this same woman, I found myself becoming aroused. I slowly started grinding my hips in a circular motion against the bed. The pain in my bottom was present but subsiding, and I felt relaxed in that moment, not in the least bit conscience of the two women who were watching me squirm on that bed, admiring my red, sore bare bottom.

Mary’s heels again rang out across that wooden floor.  “OK, Michael, get up and come back over to this chair.”  I complied, but rather slowly, aware now that I was indeed in a somewhat aroused state. I saw Jane grinning when I stood up, and then I turned to face Mary. “Oh my,” Mary laughed. “I assure you, THAT will not last long young man. Come now, over to this chair.” She had the paddle in her hand, and was tapping it across the palm of her other hand, staring me straight in the eye as I approached. “Bend over the back of this chair and grab ahold of the seat, Michael.  I want that naughty bottom of yours displayed proudly.” She adjusted me meticulously over the chair; hand on the small of my back urging me to bend further over, spreading my feet slightly, and pushing my head down. “Now, Michael, to be sure you learn your lesson, I am going to administer 12 very hard swats with my antique Spencer Paddle. If those hands move, I’ll start over. Understood?” “Please, Mary, I begged, I can’t take this!!” “You can take it, and you will take it.” Before I could object further, the first swat connected solidly across the very center of both cheeks. A loud crack bounced around the room. “OOOUUUCCCCHHHH!!!” I yelled. I heard Jane giggling from somewhere behind me. I could see Mary out of the corner of my eye, her hips twisting slightly, her shirt pulling up as her right arm raised up and back, and then the swift twist back and …WHAAACCKK!   “EEEWWWW” I moaned, “please Mary!!” The pain was incredible. Tears were already welling up in my eyes. The next swat connected with my left cheek, the next met my right, the next low across both.  I was approaching hysteria, yelling louder with each subsequent swat. The pain was building, each swat hurting more than the previous. Mary was silent, completely focused on her task at hand. She was determined to make each stroke count, and that she did. The next six swats came in rapid succession. Sometime during the last few, I began sobbing uncontrollably. After the final swat, I dropped to my knees and covered my face with my hands. That damn camera was still rolling.

I could hear Mary and Jane behind me mumbling to each other. A second later I heard a loud CRACK, and then my own voice screaming out like a schoolgirl’s. They were playing back the video of my paddling! I got myself dressed; feeling humiliated having to gingerly pull my underwear back up over my swollen sore behind. Both Mary and Jane watched attentively.” Well, are we square now Mary?” I asked. “Yes, Michael, you took your punishment, and we will keep our end of the bargain.” Jane handed me my camera. “I assume you’ll think twice before intruding on other people’s privacy with that thing again?” Mary asked. “I believe so,” I said, shaking my head slightly with embarrassment. Mary walked over and opened the door. “Please see yourself out, would you?” 

I descended the steps to the first floor, feeling every movement acutely in my sore bottom and thighs. When I reached the foyer, I could hear Mary’s raised voice coming from the room upstairs. I couldn’t make out what she was saying, but it sounded like she was scolding Jane again. I paused out of curiosity. A moment later I heard a loud “SSLLAAAPP” followed by Jane’s unbridled squealing. Then again…And again.  Jane was getting the strapping she had been warned about earlier. Wow, that Mary is something else. The thought of Jane’s naked bottom stretched across that bed excited me, and I was about to stay right there and keep listening in on her punishment. Are you crazy?? I quickly opened the door and left the house without looking back…

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Visit to the Study’ An F/M story turns M/M


Readers,

As we’ve been discussing M/M spanking a bit lately, one of my correspondents decided to send along this wonderfully-written story – in the beginning, ‘Visit to the Study’ looks like a straightforward F/M spanking story – but wait…

(Asterisks are my edits for slightly naughty language.)


Visit to the Study

Tony  Grainger had been elected to serve on the City Council as an Independent. He would take his seat at a Council meeting in less than two weeks and there were a number of things he needed to arrange in preparation for that day. 

He had opened a new account at a different bank so his financial history would be clean and he had placed his two rented properties into a blind trust so that his rental income would not be questioned. He had cleaned out the house where he lived and bought a new computer. The old pc was opened up and the hard disk destroyed with blows from a hammer. The sex toys and videos which he had collected over the years had all been taken to the dump, which was a pity, as they were all quite expensive when new. 

Tony was nothing if not a careful planner. He had conjectured that if he had an accident or was taken ill then, inevitably, a friend or colleague from his political party or from the council might enter his house on some helpful mission and discover his passions, which might then make public life very difficult.

Now that his journey into politics was finally started, and it was one which he hoped  would lead eventually to Government, in the major league, so he did not wish some extraneous noise about sex and a perceived kinky deviation to come out in the press. 

From now on he had to be squeaky clean. 

At his age, now 32, it was still just about OK to be a bachelor, but in a few years time this would be questioned as lacking commitment. He had noted in his mental agenda to start looking for a girlfriend in a serious fashion.

So, now that the planning and cleaning up of his affairs was nearly complete, all that was left to do, before he took on the persona of  a Mr White, was to pay one last visit to the person, who in the recent past, had satisfied his Mr Black needs. 

If this was to be his last participation in the spanking scene, at least for the foreseeable future, he wanted it to be a very satisfying experience and a long lasting one in his memory. He sent an e mail to book the appointment at The Study, received the confirmation and then closed this e mail account which had only been used for ordering goods on the net and for contacting the specialist service providers and spanking video sites. He knew that he could not wipe his background totally clean but he could at least make it more difficult to discover.

The Study was a favourite of his. The domain of a consummate professional in the arts of discipline.  It was a 100 mile road trip so he usually stayed over at a B&B to savour the pleasure of his visit. When he arrived on time at the detached house, in the small town of Melville and rang the bell, the door was opened by Madeline wearing a subdued outfit of black skirt, grey sweater and high heeled shoes. 

Tony placed his monetary tribute in an envelope on the silver platter in the hallway on top of the dresser unit. He followed Madeline to bathroom and proceeded to get ready. He was already wearing the long grey trousers, dark blue jacket, crisp white shirt and regulation necktie, which might be considered as smart weekend attire for an adult, but also presented him nicely in the schoolboy role he would soon be adopting. He removed his trousers and underwear and washed himself thoroughly using water and wipes. Then he took the new packet of ladies tights from the carrier bag and placed his own pants back inside the bag. Sitting on the lavatory he pulled on the nylon tights and stood to adjust them. His legs and genital area were shaved of hair as required by the patron of the house. Adjusting the waistband of the nylons he luxuriated in the warmth and tightness of the fabric around his bottom. He pulled on his clothes again, replacing the grey socks on his feet, checked that his shoes were shiny and made his way back down the hallway.

In response to his knock on the study door Madeline called out to enter. For this afternoon she was to be the School Secretary and she adapted to the role admirably.

“Ah, Grainger – here again I see.”

“Yes Miss.” 

Tony stood in the centre of the large front room on a rug of Indian or Persian origin. The large desk was placed across the front of the bay window and the rest of the furniture consisted of a dark brown leather armchair and a long bookcase against one wall. Fixed to one of the walls was a large wooden cupboard.

Madeline spoke again in clipped tones, so that each word penetrated his brain like a dagger.

“We have the note from your class teacher. You have been persistently cheeky I understand and have answered her back during two lessons. This is not the first time you have been sent here by Miss Marshall is it?”

“No Miss.” 

“I understand that your parents are moving house and you will be leaving school at the end of the term. So we had better try and drive some good manners into you before you depart, had we not?”

“I suppose so Miss.”

“You had better buck your ideas up young man. Supposing is not good enough.”

Tony stood there. The icy fear of what was about to happen enveloped him. Not for the first time in this room he wondered whether he should try and escape the consequences of his visit.

“Remove your blazer, shoes and socks.”

He started the disrobing process, folding each item carefully onto the arm of the leather chair, placing his shoes nearby on the floor. Eventually he stood in just the shirt and tie and trousers.

“Go to the desk.”

He moved across the room to stand about two feet from the edge of the large desk. 

Madeline came up behind him and unfastened the belt buckle of his grey school trousers. As she pulled them slowly down towards the floor, *** which was trapped in the tights. 

“You boys do seem to get excited about punishment don’t you?” she whispered in one ear. “I am sure it will disappear soon enough.” 

She pushed his back and he bent in position, knees locked, legs straight and his elbows on the top of the desk with the palm of his hands flat on the leather top. Madeline took a look around the room and then pressed a small button the wall to indicate that all was ready.

Tony knew that they would both have to wait. He stared at the window and thought about the other times he had been in this position waiting to be thrashed. Not for the first time he wondered what on earth he was doing. As the minutes ticked by he remembered the two occasions when he had paid extra fees to watch Madeline receiving the cane. The scenario had been that they were both Seniors at  school, older  pupils caught in flagrante, kissing, drinking and smoking.  As he thought about her blue knickers being slowly pulled down when she was bent over this same desk, her pale bare bottom being gradually exposed, ***.  This was indeed the stuff of erotic memories.

His day dreaming stopped when he heard the click of the door, opening and then closing. Then there was the noise of the cupboard latch and the rattle of the cane as it was lifted from its hook. He could just about identify each cane in The Study by the different swishing sound they made in the air. As the selected cane was swung once, twice, three times through the air he knew this was the thin, senior dragon cane. It hardly made any noise as it disturbed only a small amount of air when it curved and then straightened out in the vertical swipe.

“We have a rather naughty boy here,” Madeline spoke. “He is due 24 strokes.”

As Tony lifted his head and straightened his back he caught sight of the tall figure behind him, a reflection in the glass of the window. He tensed his cheeks as the point of the cane tap-tapped against his bottom. This was it, he thought, no going back now.

“Very well.  Thirty second intervals I think. Be so good as to count the strokes Madeline.”

The Headmaster spoke in a deep voice as the first searing stroke landed perfectly central across the crown of Tony’s bottom. He was back in heaven as the tight lacing of the cane shot through his body and the pain flooded into his mind.
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Conversations with Spankos Bonus: Reader Submitted Subject


Readers,

The recent posting where I asked what other ‘Conversations with Spankos’ you’d like to have garnered quite a bit of feedback, and we’ll be talking about several new subjects in coming months.

This one, about “Alpha Submissives” derives from a recent conversation with a new playmate. He brought up the subject of the Alpha submissive, a term which I hadn’t heard of previously(…but instantly made me think of Erica Scott!) I told him that I’m sure there are many people out there who identify as bottoms or submissives who have very strong personalities, even within the context of play (still thinking of Erica here). 

I think that the actual conversation here is whether, and to what extent, a bottom/submissive can, should, and will assert him or herself into the dynamics of a consensual adult BDSM encounter.

Below, quoted from my playmate – a definition of sorts, and some points he’s interested in talking about:




“An alpha submissive is a rare breed among submissive women. Alpha submissives are freakishly smart, strong and capable which makes dominating them a treasured experience.”

Discussion questions:

Do alpha submissives exist?
Is the concept limited to women?



Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ : Chapter 9

Part nine of ‘The Reformatory’, written by Annika and Lyndsy,  sees the young ladies’ characters struggling with more than just physical discipline…
The REFORMATORY

Part 9


I had to get through a lot of spankings the next ten weeks, so I had no desire to get into any kind of other trouble.  After all I had an appointment with the cane every Wednesday and then there is the usual maintenance spanking every Sunday.  So basically, that was more than enough for me!  
Lyndsy didn’t get spanked for covering for me that Wednesday I sneaked off to soccer, instead she got grounded for the rest of the month just like me.  We had a lot of time together to chat about old experiences, and how we were learning new things in life about ourselves and others, since being sent to the Reformatory and having Ms. Kane tune in and work with us.  What started out as two girls who were in a place because of nothing keeping us from being accountable, and thus needing a more direct approach to correction, became a very special and growing friendship.  We had different personalities, and different issues to fight, but we could still understand each other, and what the other one meant when trying to explain situations.  There was something that we each could draw from to provide strength to the other one when needed, and maybe it was because our lives growing up were different.  I knew when Lyndsy was having a stressful day, and she knew when I was off too.  I trusted her, and knew she would come to me when she was ready to let me in.  She is usually more of a thinker, before jumping into anything, or committing to anything, which was trying on me.  Not that she stressed me out, it’s just that I am very impatient, and it killed me to wait for her response sometimes.   I didn’t care though, this relationship was worth waiting for, and I would wait for her no matter what.  I knew that whatever we had going, was working, and it was not one sided.  It was working for BOTH of us.  We even realized it was getting special because she would call me baby girl, and I referred to her as my big sis.  One that I never had.
After I had returned to our room, I was honest to Lyndsy when she asked for details about what happened when Ms. Kane caught me after sneaking out to the soccer game, and as I explained how she handled it, what she said, what I had to endure, I could see on her that she was intrigued by what she heard.
As usual, we were chatting during the day by texting whenever we had the chance, even though we should be focusing on our jobs.  I was better at keeping my boss satisfied with keeping up to what was expected of me, but nothing extra.  Lyndsy struggled a little more, and found herself on more than one occasion having to make excuses why her work was late, and then trying to cram it all in at once. 
I had noticed a change in Lyndsy’s texting over a few days, and also when I was with her.   She was not being as funny, or bratty and she didn’t really notice when something witty was said during dinner.  She would smile politely, but her thoughts were somewhere else.  I wasn’t the only one to notice this change.  I could see that Ms. Kane was studying her too, and sometimes I felt the strongest urge to step in front of Lyndsy like some kind of body guard, so that Ms. Kane wouldn’t study her so intensely.   But then I also remembered that Ms. Kane asked me to trust her, so I LET her continue to observe Lyndsy.   Well, even if I tried to block Lyndsy, Ms. Kane would have commanded me to sit down, so my letting her is really just a play on words.
I knew Lyndsy enough not to push her too much, but I also like to dissect things, and knew she didn’t mind being asked questions sometimes, because she had a very hard time to say what was bothering her on her own.   She was not used to expressing herself during any intense situation, but she could talk about it freely way after the fact, when it was in the past, and she got herself through it.  I reassured her I was there for her no matter what, and wanted her to know she could trust me and share with me even when she was in a bad frame of mind.
A few more days passed by with her being in this state.  In fact she even seemed to act out in frustration, which was a side I hadn’t seen before.   She didn’t seem frustrated with me, it seemed more like she was directing it towards Ms. Kane.   Not directly, but if you knew Lyndsy, you would pick up on the subtleties in the things she was saying.   Ms. Kane didn’t respond to it, but definitely noticed it too. 
I got home early from work Thursday.  To be honest, I couldn’t sit one minute longer on any chair because I the previous day I wasn’t thinking before making a sliding tackle during the soccer game. Doing something like that just after you have been spanked by a cane is a very stupid thing to do.  So instead of continuing to torture myself I chose to call it a day, and just wanted to get home to nurture my sore skin. 
When I entered the house I could hear Ms. Kane talking on the phone, and overheard her saying, “Oh yes Ms. Hanson, I’m terribly sorry about that.  Lyndsy hasn’t been well at all for the last couple of days, but I’m pretty sure she will be back on track tomorrow……Yes she has had something ailing her…..Its probably my mistake, I thought she called in to let you know herself, but I should have followed up on it.  She has definitely not been herself…..Thank you so much.  I will tell her.”  And then she hung up.
Lyndsy unwell?  Hmmm, I guess that could be taken in more than one way.  I looked at my phone and now I understood why it kept telling me that Lyndsy was in a different place than usual.  Her work didn’t always require her to be at the same place every day.  She could do her job from anywhere really, as long there was some kind of internet connection, and contact with her boss, then she would be fine.  The past few days I did notice the change, but didn’t think that much about it, not until I heard how Ms. Kane covered for her.  I stood there watching my phone and the location the last message came from, when I was interrupted by a, “Hi Amy!  You are home early today?”
“Hi Ms. Kane, yeah.  I didn’t have that much to do, and just wanted to get back home.”
“Honey, could I talk with you for a moment in my office?” she beckoned me over with her hand. 
I followed her into her office and was feeling a little tense.  I was nervous in case she had a reason to spank me, but also nervous about her questioning me about Lyndsy and her whereabouts. 
“Maybe you just heard me talking with Lyndsy’s employer?”   She looked at me awaiting an answer.  I felt a bit embarrassed that I actually did listen to her phone call, but then again I wasn’t really to blame, I just happened to return to the house at that exact time. 
“Ummm, yes.  I heard a little bit.” I said hesitatingly. 
“You and I both know that Lyndsy isn’t physically sick.  Do you know where she is and what she has been up to?”   Ms. Kane had this special look she puts on, when she studies you to define whether you tell the truth or not, just like an interrogating cop, and when someone looks at me like that I tend to look guilty even though I’m innocent.  So I had to think fast and put a lot of effort into staying cool and choose words that would hide some details, but also be as truthful as possible. 
“I know we aren’t allowed to at work, but we have been chatting, um, texting with each other this past week or so.” I had to give her a little confession of something, to indicate I was being honest to her.   “But I never knew she wasn’t checking in at work, and I don’t know where she has been.” 
“Hmmm, you two share everything with each other.  Are you sure she hasn’t told you where she is?”  She asked with doubt.  “I’m positive ma’am.  She hasn’t told me once where she is.”  
I wasn’t lying.  Lyndsy never told me.  I figured out by myself where she was by looking at her phone locator on my cell.   “I’m sorry Ms. Kane, but I can’t help you with this.  You will have to locate her on your phone yourself I suppose.”  The moment I said that, I covered my mouth, and wanted to take all the words back.  As if she was just going to accept that Lyndsy had been away from work these few days.  Of course she was going to find a way to get ahold of her!!!   But I don’t think she thought of doing that.   I think it dawned on her when she noticed my sudden reaction by covering my mouth.  She just smiled and said, “Don’t you worry.  I will see where her phone is right now, and odds are it will be with her.”
An hour went by before Lyndsy arrived home.  I wanted to warn her, but Ms. Kane had kept my phone just until she had talked with Lyndsy.  But no worries, I have other ways.  I had made a little note and attached it to a tennis ball, and when I saw her car pull up, I whistled at her from our bathroom window and threw the ball down to her.  At least she would be warned and have a few seconds to prepare. 
When Lyndsy came in, I heard Ms. Kane immediately asked to see her in her office, and then surprisingly a very sharp, “I really don’t have the time right now!”   Oh boy, that reply was going to hurt!!
“Lyndsy!! I will not ask you this again!!  Get your butt in that office right now!”   You could definitely tell that Ms. Kane was not fooling around. 
The door was closed with a bit of a slam, and I sneaked halfway down the stairs and sat on a step.  I don’t know why exactly, because I didn’t want to listen in on what was going on in there. I just had a gut feeling that I needed to be close. 
I was surprised though, because I couldn’t really hear that much.  I guess Ms. Kane managed to stay calm as always.  However when Lyndsy started to talk, I was able to hear a lot better.  Like I said, I had never seen or heard Lyndsy angry or frustrated ever, but she was definitely out of her comfort zone and was not tolerating it very well. 
“Why is whether I go to work or not any of your business?  I’m a grown woman, and my work is not part of our reformatory corrections.  I have a boss for that.  Besides, why do you even care?” she snapped at Ms. Kane.  Again I couldn’t decipher what was said in return.
“You don’t really know anything about me.  And why should you?  We come here, we leave, someone else comes, and everyone moves on.  You just get a whole lot of stories to tell full of reasons you got to spank us!!” 
Oh my, Lyndsy was not holding anything back.  I heard her speak again, but it was harder to hear.  She wasn’t as intense as she continued, “I don’t need you, or anyone really.  I can take care of myself, my needs, my problems, and everyone else’s on top of it.  I’ve done it forever, and I’m still here and still going strong!”   There was a pause, but it was only because I couldn’t hear what Ms. Kane was saying.
Then out came Lyndsy a little clearer again, “What?  I don’t need to think about anything!!  You need to think about where your boundaries stop.   Whatever.   You have no clue.  Just go ahead, do what you need to do to make yourself feel better, that’s what you really want isn’t it, to spank us?  But I don’t have time right now.” 
I couldn’t believe the things she said to her and I started to be afraid of what was happening, but then again I knew what she was doing, and prayed that Ms. Kane knew it too. 
The door to her office opened slightly and I could hear Ms. Kane walking closer and her voice say, “Lyndsy don’t you dare walk away from me.  We are definitely not done here yet.  Close that door and sit yourself down on that couch!” 
“Pick a number lady.  You can have your turn when I’m ready.”  Lyndsy replied with such sass that I shivered for her.  Then I heard the sound of a hand slapping.   My best guess would be Lyndsy’ cheek or mouth.  And for the first time I also heard Lyndsy fighting her frustration, and telling Ms. Kane to let go of her. 
“I won’t let you go right now Lyndsy, and don’t you ever dare to accuse me for not caring about you!”  I heard Lyndsy’ groaning through clenched teeth, and could tell she was struggling.  “I have never doubted that you couldn’t take care of yourself, you are a very capable girl.  More capable of what most women could only wish they could do.  And I bet even more than some men could do.  But fact is, you take care of everyone else and your needs get pushed to the back all the time.  That has to stop right now!!” 
 I heard Lyndsy struggling, and could hear her fist or foot hitting the floor or wall or something in frustration.  “It is destroying you Lyndsy, and your health.  You can not keep playing this game of being strong and not needing anyone.  Your coping skills to deal with that kind of pressure only prove to me that you are in dire need of someone stepping in to be there for you once!”  I heard more struggling and flailing about.  “You can keep pushing me Lyndsy, all you want, but it will not make me back down.  Do you understand that?  Do you get that?” 
Lyndsy was less defiant in her voice, but I could hear her frustration when she again asked Ms. Kane to let go of her.
She must have let go then, because Lyndsy backed out of her office still looking at Ms. Kane I assumed.  But before heading to the front door she hollered back, “Don’t worry about me, I got it all under control!” 
She never looked back, so I have no idea if she knew I was there on the stairs.  I pretty much knew where she would go though, but needed my phone to get the exact location.  I couldn’t waste time, so I had to go to Ms. Kane’s office.  As I got to the half opened door, she was still sitting there on the floor, I guess where she had been holding Lyndsy. 
“Umm, I’m sorry ma’am, but I really need my phone.” I looked very apologetic at her.  I could see in her expression that this had been a definite challenge.  She did great though, but I didn’t really feel in the proper position to tell her that. 
“Of course Amy, it’s over there.”  She pointed at her desk as she stood up. I went over, took it, and looked at the coordinates, and I was right, she was going back to that place. 
“Amy?”  I looked at Ms. Kane, ”Yes?” 
“Can you pleeeease get her back to me.  I am seriously not finished with this girl.  I think we are actually just getting started.” I nodded at her and replied “I will ma’am.  I’m not done with her either.  I want to see her through this.”
I jumped into my car and drove off to the area I knew Lyndsy was heading.  She had told me about this place, but it was a long time ago.  She loved the solitude sometimes, she loved the nature and to view life from a distance. 
I pulled up and seen her car, then seen her about a hundred feet ahead, just sitting on the edge of a hill that had a steep downward slope.  It was just starting to get dusk, so I was glad I seen her when I did. There was a tree line to our left with trees big enough you could almost drive through them.  To our right, about 200 feet away was a very windy steep road.  She was looking out towards the mountains across the other side of the valley, which was really breathtaking as you could see the lights of homes almost all the way up.  She looked so vulnerable the way she sat there with her knees curled up to her chest, and arms embracing them.  I went over to her.  I didn’t say anything, just kneeled behind her and wrapped my arms around her.  We sat there for some time until she decided to speak, “I messed it all up now Amy.  I blew it with Ms. Kane.  I reacted in a very disrespectful manner.  She doesn’t need that kind of stuff to deal with.  How can she do anything else but hate me now.” 
“Lyndsy what are you talking about, she doesn’t hate you!”  I had to reassure her immediately.
“I was so nasty to her.  Oh man.  You should have heard some of the stuff I said!” 
“Wellllll, I kind of did.  I mean you didn’t really say the things with your normal calm voice.” I climbed around her, so I was facing her.
“Why did I act like that, and say those things to her??  I mean, she hasn’t been anything but fair and considerate of me, and I was such a loser tonight taking it out on her.”
“Honey, isn’t it obvious?  You finally let some feelings out, even if it was frustration, because you really do put trust in her, and her ability to handle it.  Have you ever done that before with anyone?”  I asked.
“No.  If anything, I would leave before anyone would dare get within reach.  And I would take off on my motorbike like a maniac, or hit the highway in my car with the tunes cranked to deal with it on my own.”  This was something I had not learned about her yet.
“Lyndsy, you have been bottling everything up and stuffing everything away for such a long time!  No wonder you are messed up for reacting in front of someone.  And really, you weren’t doing anything other than testing her, even if you were not aware of it in the moment.”  Lyndsy looked at me with a lot of sadness, frustration and confusion.  “But I don’t even know HOW to trust people, or count on anyone, so how can I achieve that with someone who is pretty much a stranger to me too, especially with something as big as that!”  I reached for her hands and held them tight within mine.
“Because you DO put trust in people Lyndsy, by giving them the benefit of the doubt, and hoping that they are worthy.  You have just had too many who couldn’t hold that trust long enough for you to help you step beyond.  Or the ones you put trust or hope in, were incapable of being there for you, when it really mattered, so you would recede back again and be independent of anyone.  But I need you to know Lyndsy, I can and will be there for you, no matter what, and you will grow so that you don’t have to run or use bad coping habits.  And you know what?  I don’t think Ms. Kane is about to give up on you either!” 
“Yeah, right.  After that kind of behavior, I’m sure my things will be on the steps outside when I go back tonight!”   More doubts from this poor girl.
“Lyndsy!  Weren’t you there in the room today???  Didn’t you hear her say she WON’T back down?!” 
“Ahhh, she has to say something like that.  She is paid to take care of us Amy, and discipline us, to help keep us out of worse situations.” 
“NO she doesn’t have to just say things like that!!  Do you even realize she actually covered for you earlier today???   Would someone do that if they didn’t care?” 
“She did??”  Lyndsy asked with surprise.  ”Yes! Big time!  Your boss called and she smoothed it over to protect you.” 
“Oh man, Amy.  I really am afraid.”  She looked way down on the lights that trickled their way to the valley where traffic was heavy.
“Why???  Because you know you are going to get a major spanking??” I smiled at her.
“No you spanko.  I’m scared that if I let anyone really inside of here, that I will feel the pain I try to avoid so much, and I don’t know if I would be strong enough to get out of that alone.  I have been fortunate not to let anyone past my walls, and it has been a protection in many ways.  Also, I could risk losing that little spark of hope I have to keep trying to get over those walls, or break through them, or even chip away at them, and grow emotionally.   I never got to do that you know?  Ever.  No one cared enough I suppose to take the time to see through my walls, even when they were as thin as paper, to see I wasn’t really happy, that it was all just a show to keep everyone else happy.”
 “Lyndsy, don’t you get it?  If you never let anyone in there, you will never know or understand or believe anyone is possible of caring about you and loving you for who you are!!  And if you would only open your eyes and look around, there are more than enough people who care about you, and want to know you, because you are one of a kind.”
For the first time Lyndsy really did look into my eyes, and for a long time, and I had no doubt she was one of a kind.  She was just so locked up tight and always worried how her words, actions or feelings affected others, before being honest to herself. 
Her eyes then changed shape, and a smirk grew wide across her face, “You really think I deserve a major spanking for all that don’t you??” 
I started to laugh, ”Hell yeah!!!  Raising your voice to her, and walking away, literally leaving when demanded to stay.  Not checking in at work!!  Not letting Ms. Kane know if you were not at work during the day.  Oh, and shall I remind you what happened to me the last two times she didn’t know??” 
“Oh boy, now I am worried.  That cane is your friend, not someone I want to meet!!” 
“Well, maybe you should just TRUST Ms. Kane in knowing what to do with you, you bad girl!” 
“You know what, she didn’t want to spank me, well at least not tonight…I had to think about things…BUT you know I won’t be able to sleep now if she doesn’t!!!  She’s not getting off that easy…NOO I need that spanking, I have expected it since the first day I stayed away from work!” 
I smiled at her, “Right!  You go for it girlfriend!!” and gave her a high five.  “Shall I get some icepacks ready for you??
We drove home shortly after, it had started to get cold and Ms. Kane really shouldn’t be worrying or waiting any longer for our return. 
When we stepped inside, Lyndsy was the first to enter.  Ms. Kane came straight towards us, and she hugged Lyndsy tight, and while holding her head against her shoulder with her left hand, she reached over with her right, and rested her hand on my cheek.  I couldn’t help but smile and look down.  Then she looked straight at Lyndsy and said, “You and me still have some business to take care of, wouldn’t you agree?”  
Lyndsy smiled and said, ”Yes ma’am!  See you in five minutes, in your office!”  Ms. Kane had to smile back at her and shook her head.
The spanking Lyndsy received was quite severe.  The smacking sound from downstairs didn’t stop before 20 minutes had passed.  When she entered our room, I had never seen this look on Lyndsy either.  She had a whole different stance about her, and maybe for the first time in her life she could relax. 
She threw herself on the bed, on her stomach of course, looked over at me and said, “So baby girl, where is that icepack?” 
I jumped off my bed and ran down the stairs, opened the freezer and got the icepack.  When I turned around Ms. Kane was standing in the kitchen watching me.  I couldn’t help but give her a shy smile.  She then stretched her arm out, with her left hand folded to a level fist towards me.  “Here I got something for you.” 
I went over to her and reached my right hand with the palm upside to hers.  She kept looking at me all the time.  I of course had to look down on this little piece of paper she dropped into my hand.  I didn’t have to look any further, it was the warning note I had tossed out of the window, so I just looked back at her.  With I smile on her face and a head throw she let me pass.  Well, just after one very precisely placed slap reminded me of my still very sore bottom after the caning and sliding tackle. 
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Snow, Spanking Court, and Sternwood Academy

As my friends, playmates, and regular blog readers well know, I don’t “do” cold climates. 
Granted, faulty airline behavior caused my visit to Pittsburgh to be delayed until mid-January – and there was a dusting of snow on the ground the morning I left there. This past week in Memphis proved much colder than I’d anticipated, or packed for, and even Las Vegas has been exceptionally cold lately.
 
But.
 
Then there was the Sternwood Academy/ Spanking Court shoot a couple weekends ago.
IMG_20130112_084555
The temperature at 7am was NEGATIVE SEVEN DEGREES.
IMG_20130112_084543
Above photo shows proof that I actually stood outside in below-zero temperatures…for about 45 seconds.


So it’s natural to assume that I was looking forward to some blood-pumping activity.
That’s where precious Katarina and Ginger came in:
SC3.12stills 086
We shot scenes for the upcoming Sternwood Academy 3, as well as some new scenes for Spanking Court. Both ladies took some very hard spankings, and more than a few tears were shed.
 
This, of course, warmed me up quite well.
But it’s safe to say that Katarina and Ginger were warmer.
 
 
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Friends and Links of Interest



Congratulations to my sweet friend Alex Reynolds! Her blog, Alex in Spankingland, won the award for 2012 Best Creative Blog over at The Spanking Spot. 
Alex writes honestly and with a lot of humor about her spanking journeys, and shares lots of fun/sexy/spanking photos, too. She really is as sweet as she looks!

Another lovely lady spanko, blogger and friend is Heather Green.  Heather’s blog, The Grammatically Challenged Musings of Heather Green, is still brand new, but she’s already posted several great spanking photos and some interesting personal accounts, too.

I want to draw a bit of attention to the fact that Pandora Blake and her crew at Dreams of Spanking are producing some excellent-looking M/m spanking films, with some particularly attractive boys.

And speaking of M/m – well, all genres, really – this blog lists spanking video updates for ALL genres, all together. It’s new, but I like it already.

Finally, I needed a strong yet pretty spencer-type paddle, so I asked my friends at Caneiac what they could come up with. Meet ‘Dana’s Inferno’:

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ : Chapter Eight – Annika and Lyndsy are still at it!


Readers,

Right on time – part eight of ‘The Reformatory’, by Annika and Lyndsy. Enjoy it while you can…’The Reformatory’ ends soon…

–  Dana




The REFORMATORY

Part 8


“What!!!??    Grounded????   For what???” 
It always seemed like Ms. Kane was never affected by the outbursts I sometimes let out.   She always stayed calm and would just look at me, which tended to make me nervous!   It wasn’t because I didn’t trust her, but because I never knew how I would react in response.   Being nervous, I didn’t know if I would dig myself into a deeper hole, by mouthing off or something, thus accumulating punishment, or if I had enough sense to just stay quiet and accept what she said in return, and hope it stopped there. 
Lyndsy had been mouthing off a lot during dinner.  In fact, almost whatever anyone said she had a smart reply to.  I was thinking maybe it was because she had a bad day at work or something, but knew we could talk about it later.  Ms. Kane had tried several times during dinner to warn Lyndsy about her mouth and behavior, but it didn’t even seem to fizz on her.  When Ms. Kane repeated a warning, Lyndsy even had the nerve to comment on that!  “What’s that??  Another warning?  If I remember right, your threat was you didn’t warn more than once.  Did I misunderstand? Or did you lose count?”  She just went back to eating, and didn’t even look towards Ms. Kane, but I think she knew where she was heading.  ”You, young lady….”  Lyndsy didn’t even react to Ms. Kane.   “Lyndsy, look at me.”  She still just focused on her plate.  Ms. Kane got up, walked over to her, shoved her plate away, and grabbed her ear to turn her head to get her attention.  “When I talk to you, I expect you to acknowledge that by lifting your head and your smart mouth, and look at me.  You be in my office in 5 minutes, where I will be sure to make my warnings clear!!”  Lyndsy just squinted her eyes at her and actually never responded.  Ms. Kane, still holding onto Lyndsy’ ear, looked over her head to me because I was watching the whole thing, and said, “And you are grounded for the rest of this week!” 
I hadn’t really even said anything throughout the whole dinner, so I was shocked when she grounded me.  I absolutely HATE being grounded, so that literally felt like I was being treated unfairly and way worse than Lyndsy would even get!!  So, I picked up the shovel and started digging by demanding an explanation for the reasoning behind such an irritating punishment. 
After my outburst, Ms. Kane did give me one.  “Amy, you are grounded for supporting Lyndsy in her behavior this whole evening”.   I looked at her with utter disbelieve and while shaking my head, out came, “In what world do you live in?  I haven’t even said anything to Lyndsy tonight!”
Ms. Kane stood upright with her hands on her hips, “Amy, honey, you don’t need to tell Lyndsy anything verbally.  Just the fact that you keep laughing at everything she says is enough to encourage her.”
To be honest, she was right.  I had been laughing the whole time, but never realized that would actually encourage anyone.   I should have know better, because Lyndsy loves to get me to laugh, especially at the most inappropriate times, and I am just as guilty and love to do the same to her!!  Of course I wouldn’t admit to Ms. Kane that she was right, so instead I pointed out that it still wasn’t fair, because Kevin and Lori had been laughing sometimes as well.  She couldn’t care less about that, and just pointed out, that I could act out as crazy as I wanted, but it wouldn’t change the fact that I was grounded!  And if anything, I could get another week added if I continued.  She walked to collect her dinnerware and bring it to the sink.
I was just about to keep arguing, but Lyndsy kicked me so hard under the table, that I couldn’t get anything else out other than, ”Yeeowch!!!”
“Lyndsy, it’s over five minutes!”  She said as she turned back around and headed our way.
I tried to look very defiant at her, but she wasn’t impressed.  Instead she just whispered in my ear, “Sweetheart, if you want a spanking too, just say so.  But, you will still be grounded!”  Then she looked at me, smiled and continued on to her office. 
It was so frustrating, because I had no chance of getting out of being grounded.  If it just was this one week that was at stake, I could have lived with that, but the soccer season was starting, and I had an important match to attend during this week!  At least it was important to me. 
When Lyndsy came to our room, she looked very apologetically at me.   “I had no idea that she would ground you for my behavior!”  I wasn’t angry at her at all and replied, “Its okay, Lyndsy.  She grounded me for my behavior not yours.” 
I didn’t tell Lyndsy about my upcoming match, because I still hadn’t decided what to do about it.  I knew I would get into a lot of trouble if I disobeyed Ms. Kane and sneaked out, but on the other hand I really didn’t want to miss out on the first game!  I couldn’t let my team down right off the bat.
So, Wednesday morning I told Lyndsy about the match with my soccer team. 
“I know it’s a lot to ask for, but I need you to cover for me for about an hour and a half this evening.  I don’t have a choice Lyndsy!!  I have to participate!”  She smiled at me and just said, “No problem baby girl, anything for you!”  I couldn’t help but laugh about her calling me baby girl, but I liked it as well.  ”You will probably get into trouble if she finds out though.”  Lyndsy looked at me, shrugged her shoulders and said, “So what?  I got you into trouble, so that’s only fair! What’s your plan?”
“Well, I have my equipment already packed, and will take them with me this morning and drop them off at the club.  I will of course come back here after work, eat dinner, and when I go up to our room, I will use the bathroom window to sneak out, just like when we went partying on the town that time!!  The only difference is, I won’t be wasted, so I will be able to climb up again!  But I need you to be sure to keep her away from our room.”
Lyndsy couldn’t help but laugh, and I’m sure it was because she was picturing the pathetic attempt we made to climb up the side of the house that night after the party! 
“I will do my ultimate best to keep her away!  Do you have your cell phone with you?  Just in case I need to warn you?”  She asked.  ”Yes, I will have it near me.  But not on the field of course!” 
“Okay then, I will take care of things here, and score a goal for me will you!!??”  I smiled at her and replied, “Of course!!!  Anything for you sis!” 
I had no idea that we would actually be able to pull this off.  I knew if we were caught, or I was caught, I was sure I wouldn’t be able to sit comfortably for days.  But I needed to play soccer!!!  It has been and still is the only thing I can do, where I feel absolutely free, I have no adult concerns, I don’t doubt myself and the little kid inside of me is having a blast along with it. 
Well, we put our plan in motion.  I sneaked out and went to the game.  We won naturally, and I did score two goals, one for Lyndsy, and one just for the fun of it.  I managed to sneak back inside, and about 30 minutes later Lyndsy came to the room. 
We both smiled at each other, and she was eager to hear about the match, and I was eager to hear about how she managed to keep Ms. Kane away. 
“That was easy, I just asked her about her collection of books, and we started a book review discussion.”
“And she never once seemed to notice something else was going on??” I looked at her with disbelief.  ”Nope!  So, did you score a goal for me??” she asked as she gave me a little punch in the arm.  ”Of course I did!!  I promised you, and we won 5-0!  I can’t believe we actually pulled this off!!!  That would be a first time having one up on Ms. Kane!!” Lyndsy stood with a big smirk on her face, “Well baby girl, it had to happen sooner or later!” 
I still didn’t feel that sure about it, so I studied every move and everything Ms. Kane said over the following days.  I needed to catch on if she knew anything, and was being subtle about it, but it did seem that she had no clue at all.
However, there were some details in the plan I hadn’t considered.  For instance, the fact that I hadn’t told Ms. Kane that I even play soccer, and that I was scheduled to play for the next 10 weeks every Wednesday, which might get her wondering, how I managed to stay away this past Wednesday.  And another little detail, that I didn’t even think of, and really, I had no control over, but it surely made me aware the following Wednesday. 
Ms. Kane wanted to see me in her office.  Mostly when that happened it wasn’t just for small talk, so I felt a little anxiety building up inside of me. 
She asked me to take a seat on her couch and I did.  She carried a wooden chair with her and placed it in front of me, and as she sat down on it she looked at me, arms crossed, legs crossed.  She looked serious and it didn’t help with the anxiety I was feeling.  I could feel my heart beating faster and my mouth started to dry out.  She took her time before she said anything, and the silence in itself felt like torture.  I tried to review the week that had just passed, to see if there was anything that could have triggered this situation, but the only thing jumping out at me, was this soccer sneaking out situation. 
“Amy, I am wondering about something, and I just can’t seem to figure it out!” she looked straight at me as she said it.   I wasn’t sure if she wanted me to say anything in response to that, but I chose not and just waited for her to go on.
“I read the local newspaper today, and was very surprised to read about a soccer game last Wednesday, where a girl named Amy scored two of the five goals the team had obtained in their winning game.”  She paused again, and my heart jumped, and my eyes were looking on everything else than in her direction. 
“Of course, there are other girls with the name Amy, and you couldn’t possibly be two places at the same time.”  I saw a little glimmer of light in the distance, and hoped that maybe I lucked out.
“Then again, a picture really can not lie,” she continued.  My eyes got big as I looked at her now, because I really couldn’t remember seeing any photographers at the match, but then again, I never focus on what happens outside the field.  Ms. Kane stood up, went over to her desk, and got the newspaper.  She came back to me and handed me the article about our team.  It was a type of advertisement to encourage more players to come out and join with the soccer teams.   A good idea I thought, however, really, REALLY bad timing!
“So young lady, how will you explain this??” I looked at the photo.  It was taken immediately after I scored the second goal. “Um, I don’t really have an explanation.  This is me.” I pointed at the picture. 
“Yes, I see that Amy.  But can you explain to me how you could be there and grounded to your room at the same time?” I looked down at the floor and almost whispered, “Well, I wasn’t in my room exactly at that time.”
”Hmmm, funny I don’t recall seeing you leave the house through the front door other than for work.”
“That’s because I didn’t.  I sneaked out using the bathroom window again.”  I was so embarrassed and just knew it would have to be luck to survive this.  I had done a lot of stupid things, but in my head all the offences from this situation added up, and I had no idea how this would turn out for me. 
“Okay let’s see.  You were grounded, and you disrespected that.  You risked really injuring yourself by sneaking out and sneaking back in again.   You failed to inform me of your whereabouts, which could have had its own implications.   And, you probably involved Lyndsy in some way too.  Am I correct?”
“Yes ma’am.  But PLEASE don’t punish Lyndsy.  It was all my idea and my disrespecting the rules.”  I looked pleadingly at her.
“You are not really in any position to ask me for any kind of favor at the moment.  What will happen to Lyndsy is entirely up to me!  Amy, I’m not angry with you, but I am extremely frustrated by this whole situation.  I thought you trusted and respected me enough to at least come to me and inform me about your soccer commitments, and if you would have explained to me how much it means to you and why, we might have been able to work out an appropriate solution.” 
“I’m sooo sorry!!!  You just didn’t seem like there would be any negotiating or even a willingness to talk about me being grounded during that time.”  I felt like that wasn’t enough to help her understand.
 “What if something had happened to you??  Either from climbing around on the roof, or on your way to or from the match?  Or even an injury at the game??  How do you think that would make me feel, or for that matter Lyndsy?” she questioned, with very good reasoning.
“I don’t know,” I replied with a very little voice while looking down at my hands, nervously playing with the lace of my athletic pants.  I was already for the next game, however, under the circumstances, I didn’t expect that I would be participating this time. 
“Well, do you remember what happened the last time you sneaked out?”  Ms. Kane asked.  I remembered it as if it had happened just yesterday.  “Yes ma’am.”  I was still not looking at her.
“Amy LOOK at me, and tell me, what happened the last time.”  It was so embarrassing that I had to look at her and explain how she had punished me then.   “Umm….  You spanked me in the kitchen.  And, and then you took me in here, and spanked me with the brush, and the, the, then the belt.” 
Ms. Kane was looking very firmly at me.  “Didn’t it make any kind of impression on you back then?  The dangers that could happen when you sneak out and I think you are here?   Do I really have to be more severe with you to get my point across?   Or, maybe I should just forbid you to play soccer??”
Now I suddenly was able to use my voice again.  “No, please!!!  I will do anything and accept anything, just don’t take soccer away from me!! That would destroy me!”  Ms. Kane looked a bit surprised with that remark, maybe because that was the first time I had told her about something that really did matter to me, but in reality, it gave her the ultimate power. 
She sighed and then said, “Okay.  Obviously you won’t be playing today.  You will call your coach and tell him that you won’t be participating.  Because you disrespected your grounding, I am going to continue it for the rest of this month.  Of course, you will also receive a spanking, and it will be a spanking you WON’T forget.  Hopefully then it will prevent you from doing something like this again.”  She paused, and I said nothing as I tried to digest being grounded for that length of time.  After a few seconds of her looking at me, she said, “I want you to go to my cabinet and get the brush, the belt and another implement of your choice.  BUT, I expect you to really think about what you did, and be fair in your selection!  We can talk about the rest of your punishment after your spanking!” 
Oh my, ‘the rest of the punishment’ I thought.  She pointed at her cabinet, so I stood up and went over to it.  I instinctively knew what she expected the third implement to be, and I had to give it to her to make up for this mess and to show her some respect which I had failed to show her by disobeying.  I should have trusted her enough to have argued my case, but I had ruled that option out thinking she wouldn’t even consider listening to me. 
I got the brush, the belt and stood some time and just looked at it.  The cane.  I was still afraid of it, but I knew I had to show her that I understood the seriousness of my actions and that this behavior wasn’t any different from when I chose to lie to her.  I had fooled her once again, but this time the truth came from an unexpected place, and as I am very well aware, it just proves that lies tend to eventually blow up in your face.  I grabbed the cane and went back to her.  I handed her the three implements and waited for further instructions.  She nodded and said, “Good.  Let’s get started.  Pants down, leave your panties on and get over my lap!” 
I closed my eyes and did what she told me to.  I took a deep breath and got over her lap.  Both my hands were touching the floor and so were my toes.  She started to spank me with her hand, and I counted under my breath.  I guess it had become a bit of a habit, just in case she would ask what number it was.  After ten smacks she pulled my panties down, and started again.  She wasted no time and really meant business.  The pace was too fast for me to keep count, so I ended up guessing until I just gave up.  My bottom felt like it was on fire when she chose to take a break. 
“Amy I know that you tend to give yourself a hard time doubting yourself and everyone around you, but I want to assure you, that when we are done here, there are no bad feelings between you and me.  If I didn’t care about you, I wouldn’t spend time or energy on guiding you or worrying about you.” 
She switched from her hand to the brush, and the spanking started again.  The pace wasn’t as fast, so I managed to count a bit further this time, but after 40 swats with that I had to give up again!  All I could hope for was that she really did care and would leave my skin unbroken!!  I noticed that tears were silently dripping on the floor, and I tried to control myself again, because I knew she was far from done with me.  After all there was still the belt and the cane, so if I broke down now, I had no idea where I would end up.  I wiped the tears away with one hand.  Ms. Kane of course noticed this movement, and rested again. 
“How long have you been playing soccer Amy?” she asked me.  I had trouble breathing, but because she asked me this, I had to focus, so I could answer her.  “Since I was ten.  I started because I had a crush on a boy who was playing.”  Ms. Kane started to laugh, and that made me feel a bit better, even brought a little smile to my cheeks.  “So when you play, you think of him??” she asked.  ”NOOO, he stopped playing shortly after I started.  I just loved the game and am good at it.  I don’t doubt myself when I play and I believe I can make a difference for the team if I make the effort!”  Ms. Kane was gently rubbing my bottom. “Hmm, well honey, or should I say baby girl like Lyndsy likes to call you,” I couldn’t help but smile. “I certainly believe that if you put forth effort you will make a difference in anything you put your mind to.”  She slapped my bottom two times and said, “Okay.  Let’s get on with this shall we”
She switched from the brush to the belt, folded it in half so she could administer it while I was still bent over her lap. 
My bottom was really sore and the belt was excruciating.  I had no idea how I was going to survive the cane!!  I just hoped she would only give me five slaps with the belt, but when I got to ten, I once again gave up counting.  This was entirely in control of Ms. Kane to make the judgment call as to when she thought I had enough.  When the tears again started to flow I didn’t make an effort to wipe them away.  I just let them come out and looked forward to getting this over with.  For a moment I was thinking about if all this was really worth it, if that soccer match really meant that much to me, that I would endure this kind of punishment.  But then again it wasn’t because of the soccer match, it was because I disrespected her, sneaked out, and basically lied to her. 
She stopped the spanking with the belt and I knew I was facing the final part of this disciplinary retribution.  She asked me to get up.  She stood up as well and looked at me.  She removed a tear from my cheek and then said something very confusing, “Amy get dressed and sit on the couch.”
I did as told, even though I would have preferred to be lying on my stomach.  Then again it was probably safer to sit on my bottom instead of placing it in the range of the cane!  Ms. Kane came over with the evil implement in her hand, and sat down on the chair in front of me again.
“Amy, I want you to think for the next five minutes about how much this soccer playing means to you, and if it is really something you feel is worth crossing the line with like you did.  If your conclusion is Yes it was and is worth it, you will accept to receive 10 strokes with this cane before every match you have for the rest of this season!  Then I will know that your heart is in this.”   She handed me the cane, I guess so that I could bond to or something, after all it seemed like we were going to spend some regular time together in the future. 
She went over to her desk and turned over an hourglass, which had the time of 5 minutes until it finished.   In reality I didn’t need those five minutes, but somehow I liked sitting there, just watching the time slowly fade away, and watching her while she read over the newspaper.  The presence of her had a relaxing effect on me, and I started to feel kind of sleepy.  I started to dream away thinking of all the great experiences I have had throughout my life with soccer, how it often had helped me through difficult times, and I ended up thinking that I was lucky to be right here right now, because I felt just as free here. 
“So baby girl, the five minutes are up, what did you decide?”  She said as she stood up and walked towards me.
“First of all, I want to apologize for what I did last Wednesday.  Secondly, I will, I do accept the discipline from the cane before every game.” 
“Okay, I expect to get a copy of your schedule.  Like I said you won’t be playing today, so you still have to make a phone call to your coach.  You are still grounded, but you will be allowed to participate in any upcoming games.   Now go on make that call and send Lyndsy in here please.”  
I looked pleadingly at her again, and was about to say something in defense of Lyndsy, which made her stand up, step up to me, and speak first. “Amy, you need to start trusting me.  Have I ever given you a reason not to trust me?  Have I ever done something to you or to anyone else in this house that was unfair??”   I shook my head after a few seconds of thinking.   Well, yeah, I thought to myself, she shouldn’t have unplugged our videogame back then, but seen objectively in that case, you can’t really argue that it was unfair. 
“Good.  Now get going.”  I turned and started to walk but before leaving her office she called my name again, “Amy.  Maybe you should leave that here with me??”  She pointed at the cane I still had in my hands.  Yes, we had bonded, well, at least as long as I held it in MY hands I felt very safe with it.  
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Conversations with Spankos: Ch. 15 : What do YOU want to talk about?

Readers,

After more than a dozen posts under the umbrella of ‘Conversations with Spankos’, I’m interested to see what you’re interested in this year. What haven’t we covered thus far that’s of interest to your spanko mind?

In the past couple years, we’ve discussed things like safe words, gender preferences, boundaries, and bratting. We’ve touched on the subjects of ageplay, ‘outing’, and whether or not the stature of your top is relevant. Some things silly, some things serious, but all things we’ve all likely talked (or thought) about at least once.

I have some ideas for the upcoming year and ‘Conversations with Spankos’ (including a post on non-corporal punishments which I’m looking forward to, and another on the differences between discipline and punishment), but I always want to know what else you want to talk about. On what other things, big or small, in the world of spanking can we share our thoughts with one another?

Talk to me, spanko people. What do you want to talk about?

–  Dana  

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Sunday Update: 1/13 DanaKaneSpanks.com

Spanked, Not Stirred

SpankedNotStirred1
Click the Title link above for more preview photos, scene description, and download link, or visit
A special treat:
 
‘His Spanking’, my first ever spanking video,
is now available for download for the first time HERE.

 



Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ : Part Seven


In Part Seven of ‘The Reformatory’ Lyndsy and Annika(Amy) try Ms. Kane’s patience, yet again. Will these two ever learn?

–  Dana

***


THE REFORMATORY

Part 7

When I finally got to our room that evening, after being introduced to the cane, I made sure to lie on my stomach, so my bottom could remain free of any pressure.  Lyndsy was there as well, and she looked at me with a grin on her face, and with a sarcastic tone in her voice she said, “Spanked for being late, Miss Amy??”
“Spanked for lying!  Spanked for being late!  Spanked for smashing the phone and spanked for whatever else suited her fancy!” I replied.   Her expression turned serious, “You didn’t!!?”  “Don’t worry.   I don’t think you will get into trouble for that computer prank!”  Lyndsy started to laugh, ”Oh, I wasn’t thinking of that.  I just can’t believe you broke this wonderful phone of ours!!  How dare you!!?” I started to laugh too, ”Yeah, I don’t know.  Guess maybe I have a temper or something!” 
“So… Do you feel any better now? And can I expect you to be normal again?” she asked me.  I looked at Lyndsy, ”Yes.  I feel much better now.  But seriously, how can you expect ME to be normal??” I smiled at her and shook my head.
“Was she angry at you??” Lyndsy continued.  ”Umm, I am not sure really.  She didn’t want to deal with me in the first place.  She wanted me to go right to our room and see her tomorrow.  Then all of sudden I found myself in her office and confessing about everything!”  Lyndsy looked a bit impressed with me,  “I guess she appreciated that?”  I started to giggle, “Oh yes.  She really did.  In fact, she was so appreciative of my honesty, that she used the cane on me!”   Lyndsy’ eyes got big and she had a look of shock on her face, “No way!!!  She didn’t!!”   ”Ahh, yes way!  She did!”  I pulled my pants down to reveal the evidence on my backside.  Lyndsy got up from her bed to get a closer look.  “Wow!!   That’s a whole new type of art work there you’re carrying!  Are you okay?”  I smiled at her, “Do I look troubled?”  She studied me for some time and replied, “No.  Actually, you look relieved and in a weird way, happy!  Don’t you ever get me into the kind of trouble where she will use the cane on me missy!!”  I shrugged my shoulders and said, “Well then, don’t lie to her!”
It was the end of November so I thought it was time to ask Ms. Kane a question.  I chose dinner time to ask that question, so the others would hear it too. 
“Ms. Kane, have you ever heard about Saint Nicholaus??”   She looked at me with curiosity, probably because I don’t usually ask her that much, and replied, “No Amy, I can’t say that I have, but it sounds like something that might have to do with Christmas?” 
“Well, yes, sort of.  He is a historical person who used to help people that were poor, and he made sure that the kids of those who couldn’t provide presents got something on a special day.  When he passed away a legend started, and every December 6th people get surprised when they find a present or something they really need in their shoes or boots, which is where he used to place it.”
They were all paying attention to what I was telling.
“I grew up with that tradition, my mom is from Germany, and that’s a very common tradition there.”
“So you got presents every year on December 6th ?” Lori asked and was very interested, which I suspected she would be.
“Yes, presents, candy, and if you are really good, Lori, he might even give you cupcakes!” 
Lori looked at Ms. Kane and said, “That’s a tradition we should have here…. please??”
I had the biggest smile on my face, because this was exactly what I wanted to happen!  I wanted Lori to be the one to beg Ms. Kane to take this tradition on in this house.  Ms. Kane was watching me very closely, so I looked down on my plate, hoping my expression wouldn’t reveal that there might be more to this story.
Of course, Lyndsy knew me well, so when we got upstairs she started to question me more about what this Saint Nicholaus thing was all about.
“Amy, somehow I got the feeling that Saint Nicholaus wasn’t just this nice uncle coming with presents!!”  I smiled at her, ”What do you mean?”   ”Well, for one thing, you never told us what happened to all those kids who were not behaving.  You said if Lori was really good!” she asked looking to see where I was going with all that.   I kept smiling at Lyndsy.   Then she said, ”I thought you were done lying to Ms. Kane?”  I had an answer, ”I wasn’t lying.  No one asked me.  So basically, I was just withholding some information.  And it’s bad manners to interrupt when someone else is talking!”  Lyndsy smiled back at me, ”I see.  Blaming it on Lori.  Hmm,  do I have a bad influence on you??”  I chuckled again,  “You Lyndsy??  NOOO, of course not!” 
“Ok back to business!  So, most importantly, do I have to worry about this story??” she asked.   I giggled and replied, “Depends on whether Ms. Kane thinks you have behaved the way you should or not.”  Lyndsy shook her head and sighed, ”Well, then I will be the only one in this house to receive a present I suppose.”
“I’m not sure that Ms. Kane is going to do anything about that story, but who knows?  Maybe we will get a few extra presents from her?” Lyndsy shook her head again, ”Amy, you should get a spanking just for being so naive!” 
December had come and Lori kept telling Ms. Kane to remember the 6th of December, and Lyndsy kept kicking me under the table every time Lori spoke of it.   Kevin used the time to tell us all about what he wished for.  I looked at Lyndsy and whispered to her, ”At least he will get what he really wishes for.”  Lyndsy smiled and whispered back, ”And so will you dear!”  I said, “True!  I love chocolate!”
Just as expected Ms. Kane wasn’t fooled by me.  She had done her homework and had read up on this Saint Nicholaus tradition.  Of course there was a twist to this story about the Saint!  All those who misbehaved would receive other things not so exciting.  Anything from a potato, piece of coal, a stone or if you had been really bad, a bundle of willow to be used for punishment.
So, I wasn’t that surprised when we all found one of our boots outside our rooms with a bundle of willows in each of them.  There was a little note with it as well saying; 
This coming 6th of December
Will be used to help remember
That if any of you misbehave 
You will really need to be brave 
Don’t take a chance, and just assume
I expect all of you, in my office room!
I started to laugh when I was done reading it.  Lori however looked like she wanted to kill me.  So I hurried down the stairs and almost stumbled into Ms. Kane’s office closely followed behind by Lori. 
I was probably the only one standing there with a smile on my face, well, besides Ms. Kane.  Lori and Kevin were both looking at me and I figured this was the time for me to explore this house for hiding places. Lyndsy had been warned, so she was cool about it.  However I don’t think she was that thrilled about the willow left in her boot. 
“Well my dear ones” Ms. Kane spoke as she obtained all of our attention.  “It seems like you weren’t the only one to get a present this morning.”  She walked over to her office chair and picked up a note and a pair of dice.   “I got this note and these dice, and on this note I have been given some instructions.”  Lyndsy pushed me gently with her elbow and whispered, ”Wow!  That Saint is really brave giving Ms. Kane instructions!!”
Ms. Kane looked at us with a slightly serious expression, but not for long before the smile returned. 
“Lyndsy and Lori, it says both of you are going to roll these dice twice, and the number will be added together.  This will be the number of lashes you are going to receive with that beautiful bundle of willow you received.”
Ms. Kane looked at Kevin and continued,  “Kevin, you have been very greedy in your wishes, and Saint Nicholaus does not appreciate that kind of behavior.  You should be more humble with your wishes, and because you were not, you will throw these dice two times, and the number shown will be multiplied.” 
Next she looked at me, “Now to you young lady.  Saint Nicholaus is very pleased that you have spread this message and shared this tradition.  However, to withhold vital information, it was misleading to us, especially Lori who has continually tormented me about taking on this date as something we should be having fun with.  This is something he definitely disapproves of.  That is why he instructed me to let you roll the dice twice and the number shown will be multiplied.”  I kind of didn’t react with more than a smile, as it was no worse than Kevin.  But she continued, “AND then I will be adding to that number, whatever Lori, Kevin and Lyndsy will roll, on top of it!” 
I was actually still smiling because this was like another game.  It would hurt, no doubt about that, but it was a game I had invited Ms. Kane to play and she played along perfectly. 
She went over to Lyndsy who she wanted to throw first.  The first roll came up a 1 + 6, the second throw rolled 2 + 3.  Lyndsy looked a little relieved, and I was happy for her, because I knew this wasn’t something she was looking forward too.  But 12 lashes with the willow, she would be able to handle that.
Ms. Kane looked at me and said, “That will be 12 for Lyndsy, and 12 for Amy.” 
Lori’s turn now.   She had experienced worse things than being thrashed with a willow bundle, so she actually wanted high numbers, plus then she had an excuse to be mad that I had brought her into this.  She rolled a 5 + 3, and the second toss came up 4 + 4.   “Good!”  Ms. Kane said, “That will be 16 lashes with the willow for you Lori, and…” turning to look at me again,  “another 16 for you Miss Amy!”  Lori looked disappointed she would have loved to have rolled a 6 + 6 both times. 
Finally it was Kevin’s turn. “Good luck!” Lori told him, again hoping that he at least would roll a really high number both times.  Everyone knew he would have absolutely no problem receiving the highest number and dealing with the resulting consequences.
The first thing he rolled was a 1 and a 2!!   I almost started to laugh, and he almost did too, because it was funny to think he might receive even less then Lori and Lyndsy!   The second roll ended up being a 6 and a 3.  “Okay you have been quite lucky there Mr., that will be 20 for you, and that will also be 20 more for Amy!” 
 Ms. Kane walked towards me, still smiling, and it was so hard not to laugh.  She handed me the dice and said, “Go for it sweetheart.  Let’s see just how lucky YOU are!”
“Ahh, the dice won’t show anything higher than a 1 on each of them!” I boldly stated.   Ms. Kane just kept smiling at me.   So I threw them, and out rolled a 4 and 5.  ”Oh, well, maybe not this time.”  I said and Lyndsy, who was standing next to me started to giggle.  Ms. Kane gathered them up again, handed them to me and stated, “Second throw, Missy!”
Again I tossed them, and raised my arms in the air when the dice both landed with the 1’s up!!! 
Ms. Kane smiled as she picked them up looked at me and said,  “Okay, that will be 21 for you and an extra 12 for Lyndsy’s toss, plus 16 for Lori’s toss, and 20 more added on for Kevin’s toss.  So, all added up, that will be 69 for you.  And, because I am fair, I think I will make that an even 70, just because of your celebrating your lucky snake eyes roll!”
“Lyndsy,  get yourself over to that wall, pants down, hands on the wall and stick you bottom out please.” Lyndsy did what she was told, and then Ms. Kane asked for her bundle of willows that was left her in her boot. 
“The rest of you, stand where you are, and you will all observe.” 
Lyndsy received her 12 lashes with the willow, over her panties.  It made me consider that Ms. Kane was being fair to the others, for falling into this game I played, but I certainly expected some kind of further instructions when it would be my turn. 
Lori was next, and this was absolutely nothing she couldn’t handle, and Kevin asked for more, when he boldly said, when she was done with the 20, “Have you started yet, ma’am?  I’m getting cold!”  This made Ms. Kane react without a word, by just moving closer so that she could pull his underwear down.  With that, she stepped back, and she repeated the 20 over his bare bottom. 
Finally she responded, “Would you be warm enough now, Mr. Feeling Cold??”   When he failed to answer she started over again, but this time she was letting the willow land each swing on his upper thighs.  Again she spoke up, “Would you like me to repeat the question young man?”   He didn’t wait this time, ”No ma’am, I am fine, and really, I don’t feel cold anymore!  Thank you very much!” 
While Kevin got dressed, Ms. Kane turned and smiled at me,  “Your turn my dear ambitious lover of games. And you probably already know, that you are going to be dropping both your pants and panties.”  All I could do was agree.  ”Yes ma’am.” 
I went over to the wall and stood as instructed.  I was so ready for what was coming, though I had never experienced a willow bundle across my bottom, and I was literally surprised when it landed with such a stinging sensation.  If it would have been a punishment issue, I would have hated the willow!!   But I kind of asked for this because of bringing up this whole Saint Nicholaus tradition.  And I knew that it held the option of a willow bundle punishment as that was part of the results to those that misbehaved.  I also knew that I put a challenge out to Ms. Kane, because of holding back information.  And I was right to think that she would do her homework and look into it more, and thus, I knew there would be extra consequences for me!
The only thing that was hard to handle was that some of the branch hit very sensitive places on my backside.  I have a tattoo right above my bottom going from the center and out to the sides above my buttocks, and the pain from the willow was similar to the pain I felt when the needle was working on the sides.  Back then I tried to read while the needle worked its way through my skin to forget the pain.  I have no idea what I was reading, because all I could focus on was the pain I had to endure. 
Every time the willow hit those sensitive areas I just had to keep telling myself that I managed to endure the pain of a tattoo, and this should be a piece of cake compared to that. 
When I had finally received all of the 70 strokes, Ms. Kane came closer to me, leaned up against the wall so that she could face me, and remarked, “I don’t suppose you are feeling cold at all right about now?”   ”No ma’am.  I am on a hot sunny beach and forgot to wear sunscreen on my bottom!”  I smiled innocent at her.  She pushed herself of the wall, still standing next to me, let her hand slide down my back to my bottom, and laid two smart slaps on my left buttock.  “Get dressed now, and all of you can go to the dining room.”
When we entered the dining room we all received another little surprise.  Lori got her cupcake, and was so thrilled that I think she forgot everything about getting back at me.   Kevin got a chocolate Santa and a piece of paper and a pencil.  The headline of this paper said, “Kevin’s wish list for Santa Claus.”
Lyndsy and I both received two new phones……………..made of chocolate. 

Annika and co-author Lyndsy

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Must-Have Accessory!


Readers,

I don’t usually blog about things like this…

and I rarely covet…

but these pantyhose are sizzling!


I can just imagine pulling an errant boy or girl across my lap,

after first having made him or her point out, on my thigh, their misdeeds.

And I do believe that they’d help make one helluva spanking video, don’t you agree?

If these are not the perfect OTK pantyhose, then such a thing does not exist.

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Boardwalk Badness 2013


Registration completed and hotel suite booked,  I’ll be attending Boardwalk Badness weekend in Atlantic City – April 18-21.

On Saturday, I’ll be taking part in the Bad Boys Punished event, with a whole bunch of other willing and able female spankers. I’m also looking forward to the other fun events held, about which I’ve heard so much. 

It’ll be nice to see some of my friends, and meet many of the folks with whom I’ve communicated online – and I’ll also make time to see a few of my favorite playmates who’ll also be in town for the party.

Oh, and Angel will be accompanying me to the festivities – her first spanking get-together!

I’m not usually one to click photos of every little thing, but I’ll take some snapshots while we’re there to share with you. So many spankos in one place merits a little camera time.


* For my playmates: Just like always, all appointments for this trip are to be made in advance. I won’t be doing the ‘floor-pick-up-play’ thing at the party, so plan ahead, please, and email me now.

…and if we’ve played before, and you’re going to be in attendance, come right on up and say hi. Most of you know by now that I’m not a party wiz, and I’ll be a bit out of my element. If I don’t immediately recognize you – show me your backside…that oughta do it.

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ : Part Six : from Lyndsy and Annika


Annika and Lyndsy have a little time on their hands…but not as much as you may think! These two lovely ladies use their little spare time working on the ongoing saga of ‘The Reformatory’. Enjoy Part Six.

–  Dana

***



THE REFORMATORY 

Part 6

Lyndsy and I had finished playing CSI after Ms. Kane so “kindly” revealed the final clue to help us.  To be honest, we wondered how she even knew that, because she didn’t quite seem like someone who would be into video games at all.  We figured she must have Googled the cheats for it to find out the clues, because really, it was just not possible she could figure all that stuff out herself or even simply be so good at it….  
At least not when it came to video games… 
We decided to play a little prank on Ms. Kane, just to get back at her for shutting off our game and giving us the answer.  Not that we were angry at her or anything, but somehow we just felt that we needed to do this….
One day while we were cleaning her office I couldn’t help but get my fingers on the keyboard of her computer.  I had pushed CTRL + ALT + arrow down, and the version she had on the computer did exactly what I had hoped for!
That evening Ms. Kane came to our room, which was something that only happened on very rare occasions. “Amy, I might need your help with something.  You know a bit about computers right?”   I was finding it difficult to hold a look of concern, so I wouldn’t start to smile, laugh or even smirk, and I quickly replied “Um…Yes.   I know a thing or two about computers.  Why?”  Ms. Kane looked a bit puzzled, “I know this sound weird, but I think my computer has picked up some kind of virus.  My screen is upside down and the curser works in the opposite direction.”  Lyndsy was really struggling not to laugh, so she was hiding her face behind a book so Ms. Kane couldn’t see that big grin she couldn’t contain.  That didn’t make it any easier for me to stay in control, so I had to jump up from my bed.  I said, “Sure Ms. Kane.  I will take a look at your computer.  No problem.”
We went downstairs to her office, and with her hand she pointed towards her office chair which invited me to take a seat.   I looked at her computer, and yes it was upside down just like it SHOULD be.   I pondered over the screen for a moment, and didn’t immediately re-type CTRL + ALT + arrow up (or navigate into the screen setup to change back to normal screen) because that would just make it a little too obvious I had something to do with it.  Instead I said,  “Hmm.  This might take some time Ms. Kane.   I will have to run the anti-virus program first, and then probably run a repair on your hard drive.”  Ms. Kane looked a bit more concerned now, almost even a little worried, and I started to feel a bit sorry about this whole situation I had put her in.   “Would you like a cup of coffee, Amy?” Ms. Kane asked me, which only made me feel even more remorseful.   “Umm.  No thanks.  But really, you don’t have to wait here while I fix this.  I will let you know as soon as it’s done.”   I was very thankful that she accepted that and went on to the living room.  If she would have stayed there much longer I surely would have crumbled and told her the truth!   Of course, I would have taken all the blame and leave Lyndsy out of it.   After all, it was my idea, and it was me who tampered with it.
I tapped the buttons necessary to put everything back to normal as soon she left the room.  But I stayed for five minutes more, sitting back in her chair, looking around the office, not touching anything but examining her bookshelf with all the different books she had.  And rocks!  
I figured she didn’t know very much about computers, so I decided to just tell her that it wasn’t as bad as it seemed.  I went and found her and she was very happy that she could get back to her work.  I just hurried back upstairs.
Lyndsy looked at me with complete curiosity.  “So what happened?”   I crawled into my bed and turned around so I was facing her. “Well I fixed her computer, but you know what?  I honestly felt really bad that I had done that in the first place!” Lyndsy looked confused in a way, and asks me, “Why?”   I rolled on my back, looking up at the ceiling.  “Oh, I don’t know.  She was just, well; she really did look worried about it.   And then she even offered to get me a coffee.   It just made me feel so guilty, and I almost felt like confessing to her it was me who had done it.”   Lyndsy didn’t respond to that right away.  Then after a few minutes she said, “You know what Amy, don’t even worry a minute more about that.  This was just a little funny prank, and no harm was done to anyone or anything.”  I sighed and replied, “Yeah.  I guess you are right.  I really ddon’t know why I am feeling like that though.”
Lyndsy and I still had those pathetic cell phones Ms. Kane had given us.  Of course, we could have bought some new ones, but we were pretty sure she would just take them anyway.  Then we got a brain wave of an idea!!!!   We just needed to get back into modern technology!   We decided we would both buy the newest iPad, and we could just tell Ms. Kane that we got them from our employers and that they were to be used for work related activities. 
Kevin was so envious when he saw BOTH of us had the latest iPads, and he continually begged to get the chance to get his hands on them and try them out.  Of course we didn’t allow that, because “they didn’t belong to us”.   Ms. Kane accepted our explanation, but also asked us not to use them at home unless we actually had to work.  Not a problem, but we were back on track with texting each other during the day!!  That’s what we were missing the most!  Both of us had jobs, where the use of an iPad didn’t seem strange or out of place, so no one asked us questions during the day.   I was happy that I was again able to write with Lyndsy during the day, because to be honest, something was going on inside of me.  I still had a bothered conscience about that computer prank, and now also the lying about this iPad didn’t exactly help.  But writing with Lyndsy helped me to think of other things. 
I had suddenly realized that Ms. Kane was someone that I was really starting to care about, and that she was becoming important to me.   Lyndsy meant a lot to me as well, so I almost felt like I was standing in between them.   I didn’t want to get Lyndsy into trouble because of my sudden urge to confess every bad thing I had done.  But at the same time, I started to avoid Ms. Kane, because I simply couldn’t look into her eyes in fear she would know my dishonesty.  Things were becoming different now.  To be a brat and tease was just purely for fun, like a little game going on in between us, and Ms. Kane played it perfectly!  But to me, this dishonesty was not playing fair, and it was messing with me so that it was reaching real emotions!   I had no idea that it would have such a huge impact on me.   I guess because I knew this would probably disappoint her, and really, I never want to upset her for real, so that was the worst part of feeling this way. 
Lyndsy was more than just a friend to me.  She was becoming more like the big sister I never had.  She was protective and supportive, yet she thought it was funny when the “little sister” got into trouble and she didn’t.   She could sense the distress I was in about this whole dishonesty situation and confronted me with it one night when we were sitting in our room. 
“Amy, what’s going on?  You’ve been acting a little off lately.”  Lyndsy asked me with a very concerned look.
“I don’t know Lyndsy.  I’m just struggling with these feelings lately.”  She replied with a calmness in her voice, ”Are you having second thoughts about our iPad purchase Amy?”   ”No not really.  I mean, I really like having it, and I have wanted one for a long time.  But I….”  I looked down on the floor… ”I don’t know.  I feel like I am lying every single day to Ms. Kane.   And it’s not just because of the iPad.  It started with that prank on her computer!”  Lyndsy was paying attention to me, and I could see how my issue was also affecting her when I looked in her eyes.  ”Lyndsy, I don’t like the fact that Ms. Kane believes I’m good because I was able to solve a computer problem, being one that I actually caused.  This was the first time she asked me for help, and it was because of me playing that prank on her and then keeping from her what actually happened!”   With that I stood up and went to the bathroom.   I didn’t want even Lyndsy to see this side of me, where I felt vulnerable, and as I walked away I could feel the tears filling up in my eyes.    When that happens I know I am very close to losing control and of being very emotional, and I really don’t like to share that with anyone.   However, Lyndsy wasn’t just anyone, and I think she knew me better than most people did, so she knew to just give me space for a little while instead of going after me.
After a few moments she spoke loud enough so that I was sure to hear her from the bathroom,  “Amy.  I don’t want you to be afraid of me getting into trouble if that’s something bothering you also.  When we do things together, I’m very aware what’s involved, what may happen if we get caught and that we will probably be held accountable.  Seriously Amy, I am really okay with that, otherwise I wouldn’t do it.  And I care too much about you to have an iPad or whatever to be an issue between us.  If you really feel the need to tell Ms. Kane the truth, then you have to do that.  If you think this is what is causing you to struggle lately, then I do not want you to worry one second of how it will affect me.  I am honestly okay with that.  I just want you to feel better, okay?” 
I looked at myself in the mirror, and I knew it was bothering me enough that I had to confess at some point, but I wanted to be the only one to take the blame.  I went back to my bed and sat on it. “Thanks Lyndsy, for understanding me, and for being there.”   Lyndsy smiled at me with her typical smirk and said,  “Just let me know when you are going to get it off your chest missy, so I have a chance to like, ahh, prepare mentally.”  I smiled back at her, ”Well, I’m thinking Sunday would probably be the best day to tell her about it.”  For some reason I didn’t have the same confidant feeling inside this time though.
Timing has never been one of my strong qualities, especially when something is bothering me.  Friday was horrible at work, and everything that could go wrong, went wrong.  First of all, our work system broke down and one of my colleagues was treating us all like little kids as she panicked about it.   And then my boss wanted me to stay an hour later because of the delay, which normally isn’t a problem because I would still be able to make it back home for dinner on time. 
This was something important to Ms. Kane, and she had a rule about us attending dinner together and being on time.  She also made us realized that it was a simple act of respect and good manners toward the ones who had used their time in preparing the meal. 
Well, I wouldn’t have had a problem doing that, if everyone else would’ve just stayed off the roads!!   For some reason that day, there I was an insane amount of traffic.   It seemed like everyone was in my space and holding me back, slowing down traffic, and I’m sure I must have hit every red light possible.  I got my so called phone out of my purse to call Ms. Kane to at least let her know I was on my way, but was running late.  Just as I was about to dial the number, the battery died, and this triggered my last ounce of patience!  I got so mad that I threw the stupid phone towards the passenger side door.  As it bounced off, it exploded into several pieces.  I clenched my teeth, shook my head and then blurted out, “YEAH!! WHY NOT!!!” 
When I could focus a bit, I thought of my iPad, but realized it was still lying on the table back home….
I finally parked the car in the yard, an hour and a half late.  I picked up the pieces of the phone, gathered my things, and headed towards the house.  I was dragging myself, focusing on the front door, and all I could do was sigh and shake my head.  I entered the house, but no one was in sight.  And obviously every one would be finished eating by now.  The house seemed empty, and I just stood there leaning back against the door with my eyes closed, enjoying the silence for a brief moment as I took a few deep breaths.  I was both mentally and physically exhausted, and I just wanted to get enough energy to go to my room, get in my bed and forget the whole day of work, the traffic, and any worries.  All I needed was to shut down and sleep.  
I didn’t hear Ms. Kane, but as I opened my eyes she was standing right in front of me.  She had a displeased look – what a surprise – and I thought of just saying something like, “Yeah yeah.  I know.  I deserve a spanking for being late and whatever else you decide I need it for.  Do you want me to take off my pants here??”  Instead I just looked up at the ceiling, sighed and said, “Whatever.  Do what you need to do so I can just go to bed.”  I continued to look with my eyes towards the ceiling waiting for her punishment objective.  However, her reaction wasn’t as I had expected.  She stepped up closer to me, and with a calm voice she said, “Amy, I am not going to do anything to you right now.  Instead, I want you to go straight to your room, and then I expect to see you in my office tomorrow when you get up.  Is that clear??”  I just looked at her, so she repeated, “Is that clear Amy?”  I found a few words,  ”Umm, yes.  I guess.”  Then she turned and went back to her office. 
I just stood there and watched her leaving.  I was so exhausted I didn’t even want to move.  I looked down at the broken phone I carried in my hand and suddenly my emotions began to grow within me.   They triggered a reaction, that without thinking, sent me following her to her office.  I stopped inside her door a few feet, and she turned to look at me.  ”You want to say something dear?”  My days frustration got the best of me, and I snapped, ”Don’t say that!”  Ms. Kane looked a bit surprised, “What is it that you don’t want me to say?”  I still blurted out, ”Don’t call me dear, or anything else like that!”   She nodded one time and walked over to her office chair, sat down and looked back at me.  “So is there anything you want to say?” she repeated, while she typed something on her computer.  I went over to her, placed the broken phone in front of her on the desk, and took one step back.  My frustration was still showing, “I tried to call you with this dinosaur of a phone, but it didn’t work, and I, I dropped it on the floor which caused it to break into pieces like this!”  She looked down at it and replied with a sigh, “Yes I see that!  Anything else?”  Again I could feel my emotions surfacing, and my eyes started to water up again.  I looked down on the floor, and I tried to control it, but at that point, because of my exhaustion, not eating yet, and feeling guilty, I was losing control.  I turned away from Ms. Kane, so she couldn’t see, and with my hands over my face I said, “I’m sorry.  I lied to you!”  After a few seconds she asked, “Amy, what did you lie about?”  It took all the courage and strength I had left inside of me, and I turned to look at her with tears in my eyes and started to disclose my guilt, “It was me who had changed your screen on your computer, so that it was upside down.  It wasn’t a virus.  I’m sorry.  And I know that will make you disappointed in me.”  She didn’t say anything.  She just looked at me.   So I kept confessing, “And that iPad of mine isn’t work related, and my employer didn’t buy it for me.  I always wanted one, and I bought it myself.   And, and that stupid phone….I didn’t just drop it, I threw as hard as I could in the car because it didn’t work when I wanted to call you!  I didn’t mean to be late and because of all that I don’t deserve to be called anything like dear!”  It felt so good finally get all of that out of my system.   She was still just sitting there watching me.  
After a minute or so I broke the silence,  “Okay then.  Umm should I go to my room now??”  Ms. Kane stood up and walked towards me, so I looked down, but didn’t move backwards. I knew I deserved whatever was coming to me, and I wanted her to punish me.  I could feel the heat building up inside of me, I was nervous and embarrassed. I knew she wanted me to look at her but I was afraid to face the disappointment in her eyes. 
“Amy, look at me.” she said with an almost gentle voice.  I slowly looked up but I couldn’t look into her eyes. I could barely breathe.  Once again she helped me by lifting my chin up, so I couldn’t do anything else other than face her. 
“CTRL + ALT + arrow down  is a type command I know about.  And I knew you played it as a prank on me, young lady.  I also know it was your idea and doing, after all that’s what you work with!”  I looked at her with big eyes, because I definitely hadn’t seen that one coming. 
She continued, “I was wondering when you would own up to it, and I was curious to see how long you would keep that lie going, because I don’t see you as a liar.  In fact, I’m very pleased that you feel this bad about it.  It shows me you do have a good heart.  Of course, it doesn’t mean that you don’t deserve a spanking.”  She peered directly into my eyes and resumed, “You, Miss Amy, will have to receive a serious severe one, because lying to me is one of the things I hate and never will tolerate!” 
“I know.  I’m really sorry.” I barely got out past my lips.
“You will not only receive a hand spanking, I will also be using the cane on you.” Again I looked at her with big eyes and I’m sure a look of fear,  ”I know you are scared of the cane, but Amy, I am not kidding when I say that honesty means a lot to me.   And, as it turns out it’s pretty important to you too.  I have absolutely no concerns about using the cane on you.   You know this is a very deserving reason for discipline.”
I stood petrified, and watched how she walked over to her cabinet and got the cane.  I almost felt sick to my stomach, or maybe I was just hungry, but either way, I was certainly afraid of the cane.  I couldn’t take my eyes off of the cane as she handled it, and somehow in my mind it seemed to grow in length and power.  When she stepped towards me again, I still only stared at the cane, and I couldn’t even blink, in fears it would attack me at any moment like an unrelenting monster. 
My eyes finally blinked when I heard, “Amy, take it!” as Ms. Kane handed the cane to me. I reached for it with both my hands as if it weighed a ton.  I couldn’t hide my anxiety, as both my hands were shaking. 
“I want you to hold it and look at it while I spank you on your bare bottom, over my knee, understood?”
“Yes Ma’am” I whispered without taking my eyes off the cane. 
Ms. Kane stepped closer, and I felt the warmth radiating from her.  I don’t know what it was, but somehow it was as if my senses had sharpened on some other level.  I even noticed the perfume she wore and I could hear her breathing.  I still never removed my focus from the cane, but did notice that she unbuttoned my pants and pulled them down.  Without thinking, I stepped out of them.   She walked around me and laid both hands on my shoulders and gently directed me towards the couch.  When we reached it, she sat down on it and guided me over her lap.  I was still holding on to the cane as instructed.  I couldn’t distinguish whether my brain interpreted the cane as something like a bomb that would blow up if I let go of it, or if it was a masterpiece of something very valuable, that would break if I dropped it.  To be honest, I didn’t even notice when she started to spank me, because all my focus was on that cane.  However after she had pulled my panties down the focus switched to my bottom.  She wasn’t holding back on anything and she definitely made sure that every part of my bottom felt the palm of her hand.  This spanking seemed to last forever, and I didn’t know if I was okay with that as long as I didn’t have to feel the cane, or if I wanted her to stop, so I finally could get on to the part where the cane was going to meet the skin on my bottom.  Either way I was not in a position to decide anything.  I could only trust Ms. Kane and hope she wasn’t going to break me. 
Just like I didn’t notice she started the spanking,  I didn’t notice she had stopped it before she suddenly said “Amy, please get up.”  I was so high on adrenaline that I almost jumped up from her lap.  I was still holding on to that cane as if it was some kind of safety line, and felt if I let go of it I would be risking a fall. 
Ms. Kane reached her hand towards me indicating she now wanted me to hand her the cane.  The fear started to rush through my body again, and I suddenly noticed the stinging and burning sensation from my backside.  She stood up and again looked into my eyes.   She didn’t look angry, irritated or anything like that.  She looked confident and somehow I could feel my anxiety lower a bit.
“Amy, I will introduce you to this cane with 10 strokes on your bottom.  I know you can take that.  And I also want you to know, that if you ever lie to me again, it will definitely be more than just 10, understand?” 
“Yes, Ms. Kane”
“I hope so.  Now go over to my desk and lean over on it please.” 
I did what she told me to, and walked towards her desk almost like I was in trance.  I bent over the desk resting both of my hands on the cold surface.  I could hear her footsteps and knew it was matter of time before the first swing would land on my bare bottom.  Ms. Kane let the cane touch my bottom very gently. Somehow I felt connected to it, and I figured it was because she made me hold it and almost bond to it. When the cane left my bottom I held my breath, swallowed spit that wasn’t really there, and noticed how the muscles in my bottom were preparing for the first hit.  It landed just that moment my muscles chose to relax.  The pain was so concentrated that I could feel the stripe it was leaving on my skin.  I wanted to throw my fist onto Ms. Kane’s desk so I could endure the pain, but I was afraid that Ms. Kane wouldn’t accept that, so instead I flinched every muscle in my body until there was a little relief in the pain.  Then the second hit landed.  It was intense.  The third, the fourth and the fifth.  I was nowhere else than exactly at that place at that moment.  I had never been more aware than this.  It was as if time didn’t exist anymore and I had no idea when it would return.  Every single part of me, every single fiber was enhanced and accelerated, so that when Ms. Kane gently stroked my bottom with her hand I got so surprised that I almost jumped up on her desk.
“Relax, Amy. I’m not hurting you.”  I couldn’t help but smile at that remark….
I could feel her fingers touch the stripes on my bottom and because of the hypersensitivity, it felt both great and painful.
“Okay, let’s get this over with shall we?” she sounded so relaxed and almost happy.
I pulled myself together and got ready.  She didn’t let me think or wait long for the last five strokes.  And when the tenth one landed I dropped to my knees and rested my face up against the side of the desk.  Even the hardest workout I have done in my life felt nothing compared to this.  I thought I was exhausted when I got home, now I couldn’t even imagine how I would get up and all the way upstairs. 
Ms. Kane went over to the cabinet and put the cane back at its place. She went to the couch and collected my underwear and pants and handed them to me.  Somehow I managed to get up and get my panties on.   As I stood there, Ms. Kane did a thing she never had done before, and which took me by surprise.  She hugged me and whispered in my ear “Amy, sweetheart.  You do not dictate what I should call you or not.  And it’s up to me to decide what you deserve.  I trust you to be a big girl and not lie to me again, okay?”  I let out a very determined, ”Yes”, but that’s all I could muster up to say.
She now looked at me, and with both her hands, she held my face, smiled at me and said, “You can keep that iPad, but let the big boy play with it once in a while!  And no texting during work!!  Now finish getting dressed and meet me in the kitchen.  You need something to eat before you collapse.” 
She went to the kitchen.  I touched my bottom for the first time, and could feel the swollen marks left by the cane over my very red hot spanked skin.  I took my pants and tried to get them on.  While I was doing that, I noticed the window reflecting Ms. Kane’s computer screen.   It looked weird so I went over and looked closer at her screen.  The screen was upside down, and I couldn’t help smile again.   I typed CTRL + ALT + arrow up to reset it. 

Annika (AmyDK) and co-author Lyndsy
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Results from the ‘Is Spanking Your Secret’ survey thus far.


Having received 199 responses thus far, here are the current results of the ‘Is Spanking Your Secret’ survey:



*   About 60% of respondents say they’re a ‘lone spanko’, versus 40% who say that they have one or more spanking partners.


*   43% of respondents say that their spouse knows about their spanking interest, with 28% saying that they’ve told their friends. 39% say they’ve told no one.


*   32% of people responding to the survey said that the people who they’d shared their spanking interest with were curious and accepting. Only 3% said ‘they freaked out’ when told.


*  A surprising 19% of respondents say they’ve been “outed”, without their consent. Wow.


*   When asked about online activity, 40% called themselves lurkers or newbies, 27% somewhat active, and 25% social networking wizards.


*   A full 57% of respondents said that there are, indeed, spanking implements in their homes – they’re just discreetly hidden. 9% admit to having theirs right out in the open.


*   The spanking-goes-mainstream question has, thus far, shown the goodwill and optimism of the spanko community, as 53% believe that, with a little awareness, people will understand us more. (Please note that this was, by far, the most tongue-in-cheek option offered by your survey author.)


This one is a lot of fun – thanks to everyone who’s participated!
 If you haven’t yet, click on the link in this post, or at the top of the blog.

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Governor’s Mansion’ : A fun F/F spanking fantasy


Readers,

This is a fun-to-imagine fantasy spanking story about a well-known person. Remember, it’s fiction, not politics, so enjoy the fun ‘Governor’s Mansion’.

–  Dana

PS. Asterisks are my edits, for slightly naughty language. Insert imagination there.

  

Governor’s Mansion



 If I could have my cake and eat it too, I’d admit my go-to location for the spanking of my life would take place in Ex-Governor Palin’s office.  

I sent my resume to her in May of 2009. In this fantasy she actually contacts me for an interview as her potential Administrative Assistant.

If you know or care, last year was Alaska’s 50th Birthday Party. This was the week I appeared for my interview. When I arrive at her office, she greets me with a gorgeous smile and shakes my hand. She gestures for me to sit on a leather chair and begins to describe the job responsibilities. I feel as though I would be a great asset to her and feel very capable of meeting my goals. About 10 minutes later she tells me that she is very impressed with my background and that basically the job is mine if I want it, but there is one small detail she must address first. Working for the government of  course requires detailed information of its employees’ backgrounds. 
Sarah tells me that she researched my school records and found out that I had great academic potential but a horrible disciplinary record. She knows that I received multiple warnings for corporal punishment and that none were ever carried out. Because this career move is an exciting new beginning, she wants me to start with a clean slate. At this point, I almost want to burst out laughing; a bit from shock? confusion? excitement? Before I can say a word, she tells me that the final phase of my interview is to receive a severe make-up for lost time paddling delivered by her. All of a sudden that familiar jolt/heat radiates through my *** and as I look into her bifocal covered eyes staring quite seriously, I know I have to agree to her offer. I took care to wear a great tailored pants suit and nice shoes. She tells me to hurry up and change out of that into jeans and a sweater and get back ASAP. Part of the perk for this job interview is an overnight stay in the Governor’s Mansion. I head to my guest room to change. When I return to the office, she is standing behind her desk holding a monstrous wooden sorrority paddle with a very somber expression on her face. She orders me to bend over the desk and touch the other side with both hands. Then she walks behind me and stands still for a few seconds. I am scared and thrilled to death at this time. Part of me thinks this will be easy to get through, she isn’t really going to hit me. No one does that to an employee. Do they? With her hand she gives my jeans covered cheeks a quick smack and says to stick them up higher.
 
With that taken care of I sense her stepping back away from me a bit. The crack that explodes across both of my butt cheeks takes my breath away. I have never in my life been hit so hard, and I actually gasp in shock. The next several swats are about 10 seconds apart and make my ass feel like it’s repeatedly getting stung by a swarm of bees. After a few minutes, she stops paddling and puts her hand on my shoulder. I am feeling very hot and having a hard time breathing normally. She turns me to face her and says I am pretty tough, but she is just getting started. I’m ordered to pull my jeans down to my knees and bend over the desk again. The next 5 swats are delivered in the exact same spot joining my upper thigh and base of my bottom. I try not to shout out, but I grit my teeth and wiggle my scorched cheeks. after the next 20, I cannot stop wiggling and wanting to rub my abused rear. She comes right behind me again and yanks my boy shorts down. It wasn’t until this instant that I realized how naive it was of me to doubt the strength of another woman. And …why in the hell did I chose boyshorts that has SASSY written on the back? She orders me to stay in position and walks to the front of her desk and grabbed some bottled water. She takes a drink and walks right behind me again. This time she pours some of it into her hands and begins rubbing them onto my bare rear. For the 1st time in my life I am sorry I was such a demon in school, but…I am excited beyond words that someone is correcting my misdeeds. I’m told I have another 50 swats to look forward to in honor of Alaska’s 50th Birthday and I should brace myself for the worst pain I could imagine. This series of cracks was delivered similar to the previous, except the spank spot stayed the same for 10 at a time. I did the best I could to take the pain, but I couldn’t hold back from swearing into the 3rd swat of this round. She whipped my body around to face her and told me that is my warning, if I curse again, I get 10 extra. I do what I can to redirect the temptation to swear into heavier breathing and saying many owws under my breath. After this 50th swat is over, she allows me to touch my bare behind. The heat eminating is intense. I feel small knots and extreme stinging. She pulls a wooden chair from the corner of the office to right near me and tells me to quietly sit bare bottomed until I’m told otherwise. With this she leave the room. The chair adds to my pain like nobody’s business. Squirming is a terrible idea. There is no unspanked spot to sit on. I know my face is a mask of pain because I did my best not to cry in front of her. About 5 minutes later she returns with 2 large ice packs and tells me to rise from the chair. Thinking I’m allowed some relief she sits down and yanks me face down across her lap. It’s hard to believe someone’s hand could hurt as much a wooden paddle, but believe me hers did. Years of sports made her an unbelievable athlete with a very strong arm. This hand spanking I was told was to give me an early heads up that any displeasing work performances would be handled on a next day basis in this exact manner. Prior to any staff meeting, every one attending gets to witness my punishment. I could not lie still for anything. This stung so bad I thought she broke skin. At last after yet another round of 50, she gently lifts me off her lap and lays the ice packs on the chair motioning for me to sit completely still for 5 minutes. I wince in torment as my cheeks connect with the frozen packs. Exhausting all need for punishment, Sarah tells me she’s never met a more stubborn, strong-willed individual in her life outside of herself. She says she admired my ability not to cry and if it were her, she’ d have struggled just as much too.
 
Finally, I’m told to stand and readjust my clothing. Just the simple act of bending again to grab my panties and jeans causes a new round of bottom throbbing. It is next to impossible to get my form fitting skinny jeans to completely cover my swollen ass cheeks. I grab my butt and laughingly utter another oww as she nods her head in agreement. Completely redressed she tells me that she can hardly wait for us to begin working together and that it will take 3-4 days before I can attempt to sit comfortably. Because I am practically staggering to the door, she comes to my aid and lets me lean on her shoulder. She pulls me to her again and gives me a warm hug followed by a pat on my back. As I walk out the door my panties feel *** *** ***.

 
 

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

New Spanking Story Contest! ‘What the Camera Saw’

Happy 2013!


Let’s start the year off right – with a new spanking story contest! 

In honor of the new year, I’ve decided to put a new spin on the usual Person, Place, and Thing format – this month’s contest is:


‘What the Camera Saw’



This time, the person is YOU.

The place can be ANYWHERE.

And the thing is your CAMERA PHONE 
(or videocamera, for us fogies).


Tell me a story (and give it a title, please) about what you captured on film…a spanking between partners you saw from your window, or a couple in a public place who thought they weren’t being watched. Maybe even something in which you participated…while the camera was rolling. Be creative!

Of course, your spanking story is meant to be fictional. Don’t go out and voyeur your neighbors in hopes of a better storyline.


Guidelines – Read Carefully:

  • You’re welcome to include as many or as few characters as you like, but your story should be told from your perspective, naturally.
  • Your spankings may be of any genre: F/M, F/F, M/M, M/F, or any other combination which suits your imagination.
  • All characters and references MUST be over 18 years of age for consideration and publication.
  • No overtly sexual scenarios, and keep the foul language to a minimum, please.
  • Contest ends January 31, 2012.
  • By entering your story, you agree to allow me to share it here, as well as other publishing platforms.
  • CHEATERS WILL BE PUBLICLY SHAMED.

When you’ve completed your entry, email it to me 
– either as part of the email’s text or as an attachment – 
at DanaKaneSpanks.com.


As is customary, the Winner will take his or her ‘Prize’ in the form of a spanking from me, in any of the cities which I visit (or Las Vegas, of course). If you’re not able to claim the ‘Prize’, please enter as a non-contestant, so that the Winner may actually claim said ‘Prize’.

Good Luck!

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Sunday DanaKaneSpanks.com Update: 12/30

Doomsday Strapping
Doomsday3



Click the title links above for more preview photos, scene descriptions, and download links, or visit HERE.
 
AND:
Part Four of Auntie Dana’s Naughty Nieces is now available for download – watch all four parts of the movie, featuring Ela Darling and Christy Cutie, HERE.

 

 
 
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ Part Five: A spanking epic!

Readers,

I’m sure that you’re all just as interested as I am in what these ladies have been up to, and they’re not going to disappoint! Enjoy part five of ‘The Reformatory’!

–  Dana


The REFORMATORY Part 5


I hate the so called punishment of being grounded.  It is so boring and because of that I get restless.  I must have been a pain to be around the two weeks it lasted.  I hate just sitting around, never mind in one room!!  Lyndsy managed to stay cool for the duration.  She just read, did a lot of doodling, some writing and basically relaxed by using her time to contemplate.  I however need to be physically active pretty much every day!!  Without using my pent up energy I can get really cranky.  I even considered taunting Ms. Kane so she would chase me when it was time for the “famous” maintenance spanking.  Just around the office desk a few times, daring her to catch me, and of course, letting her think she won by putting on the whole show of trying to get away from her, thus burning up some of my pent up energy! 
At one point I got my hands on a tennis ball, and lying backwards on my bed I would throw it against the wall at the headboard, over and over and over again.  It didn’t bother Lyndsy.  She was understanding of my need to move.  She would just put some headphones on and continued at whatever she was doing.  It DID bother Lori though, who suddenly burst through the door into our room, jumped on me, struggled to steal the ball, as I (deciding to burn up energy) struggled back to retain it!!  When I was tired of her in my face and her nails tearing my skin, I pretended to drop it, but she was so intense that once she had it in her hands she held it 2 inches from my face and yelled, “If you EVER throw anything up against the wall again, driving the rest of us nuts, I SWEAR, I will steal implements from Dana’s cabinet and WHACK you with them myself!!”  With that she left with a huff and a slam of the door.
Lyndsy smiled at me, “So, did you happen to find some relief from all that bottled up energy??”  I smiled back at her, “Oh yeah!  That was so worth it!” 
Lori seemed to have a lot of fun tantalizing us, not only because of being grounded but also as to WHY we were grounded.  So every Friday as she passed us on her way out, she would be sure to draw attention to herself and make sure we were in ears range of announcing that she was going to attend some kind of party.  To get back at Lori, we specifically started to eat cupcakes in front of her.  We could see drool run from the corner of her mouth because after all, cupcakes were her most favorite thing in the whole world!  Thanks to Ms. Kane having her on some kind of food restriction, we took advantage of the situation!!  Ms. Kane was observing all of this harassing going on, but seemed more amused with it all than anything else. 
Lyndsy and I returned to our freedom after receiving our maintenance spanking, so immediately I used the time to escape the house, and get some physical activity in and my body back in shape.  The cupcake eating had not helped with my dormant few weeks, but it was so worth it every time Lori looked at us so enviously.  We were sure to slowly lick and nibble and continuously comment on the heavenly tasting cupcakes. 
As days passed on, normal life had returned around the house.  During that time Lyndsy and I had found a new passion that we both shared together – that of playing video games.  We could spend hours playing in the evenings, either playing against each other, or as a team.  We would get so focused on each game that I think a bomb could blow up outside and we wouldn’t even notice.  It would seriously have to be something    powerful to break our concentration at times!
We had been absorbed in a game we both were enjoying and it sucked us right in.  We were playing the roles of special agents in one of the CSI cases, and it was ONLY us who could follow through to completely solve the crime.
It was Sunday, and we both had two slightly sore bottoms, so neither of us wanted to do anything else other than engage our minds and dive into capturing a criminal as Detective Amy and Detective Lyndsy.  We had barely started the new game before dinner, maybe an hours worth, so it wasn’t too intense yet.  But we were into it now, and wanted to continue so we just grabbed our dinner, brought it to the game room, and gobbled it down while we played.  It had been at least three hours from when we ate, and we knew we were getting close to the end of the game.  We just needed to figure out where the last clue was, and that should help us solve the case.  Ms. Kane came downstairs and said something.  I didn’t hear it so I didn’t answer.  Actually, neither one of us answered, because we were both so caught up in the game.  So Ms. Kane spoke up again, and it had to do with something about kitchen.  I wasn’t exactly sure what I heard, so I said, “What?”  I continued to focus on the TV.  After a moment I said, “Did you say something?”  Lyndsy started to chuckle which confused me.  I was serious about the game, and I was serious in my reply.  I didn’t realize anything to be funny.  Ms. Kane raised her voice a little more with a statement tone behind it, ”YES Amy.  I want you two to get upstairs and do your chores right now.  The dishes are not done yet and the flies are having a party!”  We never even moved our eyes from the TV for a second, but I answered, “Okay, we will get to it in a second.”  Then Lyndsy said, “Yes, we just need a couple of minutes more.”   Ms. Kane was trying to be reasonable I suppose, so she said, “Fine.  You have 15 minutes here, then I expect to hear you both in the kitchen!”  I said, “Okay.”  And Lyndsy said something like, “Yeah.  Yeah.”  We didn’t look her way at all.  She must have left the basement.  
“Hey, Lyndsy!  Jump into that dumpster there and double check to see if we missed something.”  We were so involved we couldn’t care less about flies having a party.  20 minutes had passed, and the only fingers we moved were the ones on the controllers. 
Ms. Kane was not impressed.  When she came to the game room this time, she stood right beside the TV so she could get some possible eye contact.  We didn’t even look.   “Lyndsy, lift up that box in the dumpster.”  She was just leaning there with her back against the wall, her arms crossed and a rather serious expression.  Still Lyndsy and I were focused on the TV.  We now heard her voice, “What did I ask of you two?”  ”Ahhh …to do the dishes.” Lyndsy replied still not looking at Ms. Kane.  ”Where the heck is that clue Amy?”  “You didn’t lift up the box yet.”  “Excuse me, but let me give the two of you a clue!  If you don’t get your butts upstairs and clean up that kitchen right now, you will not only receive another spanking you will also be getting more chores to do!!”  ”Come on.  Can’t you see we are almost done here?  Then we will get it done.  You know we always do our chores.” Lyndsy replied.  No immediate response.  Both our eyes slowly looked towards Ms. Kane.  I guess we were curious to see what she would do or say next.  She looked very calmly at us and slowly lifted her foot up and then backwards, and then with her heel she pulled the power cords from the wall.  Which in turn shut BOTH the TV and the game console OFF.  We looked back towards the black screen of the TV and our eyes got big.
“Oh man!  You didn’t just do that!  Do you not realize how much time we spent today just to get to one final clue?”  Lyndsy courageously blurted out to Ms. Kane.  “Yes, exactly 4 hours, 20 minutes and… ”, she glanced at her watch, ”Make that 25 minutes!”  ”Well technically we weren’t playing the whole 5 minutes you have been standing there.”  I boldly replied.  Ms. Kane looked at me, but still no signs of losing control.  She took a little piece of paper from her pocket and a little pen.  She made a little cross or something then tucked it back into her pocket without saying a word.
Lyndsy and I looked at each other with raised eyebrows, but then just shrugged our shoulders.  “BOTH of you go upstairs and clean that kitchen right now!”  We didn’t move immediately, so she took a step towards us which helped remove us quickly from the couch.  
When we got upstairs to the kitchen we looked around, and it wasn’t even that bad.  It would take us no time to get that under control.  Ms. Kane came to the kitchen as well.  ”What are you waiting for?”  I couldn’t resist answering while looking around, “The flies should really have a fair chance to finish their party, before we ruin it.  Oh, hmm, I guess they have already left!”  As I noticed there really were no flies, I also noticed Ms. Kane and her little piece of paper bonding as she made another mark.  Lyndsy didn’t expect me to sass back right then, and was doing everything possible to not crack up, so she turned her back to me and started collecting the plates. 
“Would there be anything else you’d like to add Miss Amy?” 
“Umm, should we make you a cup of coffee while we are at it??”  Another little moment with the paper and a mark or cross or something.
“Amy.  Catch.  Get the plates dried.”  Lyndsy threw a dish towel towards me, or maybe it was a white flag or something…  Ms. Kane left without a word again and went towards the living room.
“Wow, you’re wearing your brave hat today aren’t you!” Lyndsy smiled at me and I replied,  ”Well, after your remarks to her downstairs, I kind of figured I needed to do something to even the score!”  Lyndsy laughed, “Oh my goodness.  I think you will be winning this race by miles!”  It took us barely 5 minutes and the kitchen was done.  Ms. Kane entered again, looked around and said, “Looks good.  Here is a list for you Miss Lyndsy, and this one is for you Miss Amy.  I don’t care how you do them, together or separate, but they will be done.”  She handed us the lists which I just figured was the one she was scribbling at earlier.  We both took a look.  Mine said:  Vacuum living room, dining room and office.  Dust all three rooms.  Clean the big bathroom on the first floor.  Lyndsy’s list had the basement as the primary cleaning area.  These were chores that some of the others had or we used to do together.  “I am NOT doing Lori’s or Kevin’s chores!!”  I boldly stated.   ”Amy, go to the drawer and get me a wooden spoon!”  I looked at her with challenge in my expression, but my voice was barely noticeably when I asked, ”Why?”  Again, she took the little note from her pocket, and made another cross!  So the list we had with the chores, was not the same one!  She didn’t say anything she just pointed at the drawer with the spoons and sent me a look that could be translated into, “DON’T YOU EVEN DARE question me again!”  While I moved towards the drawer she continued to say, “Not only are you going to do your own chores and the others today, you will also be doing them for the whole week.  And Miss Lyndsy, you may as well start while I have a little moment with Amy alone!” 
Lyndsy looked apologetic at me, but I didn’t know why.  It’s not like she forced me to say anything and didn’t even dare me.  I was simply just acting out, and my mouth was how it was happening.  I didn’t have the sense to shut up….at least not for now. 
Lyndsy went to start on the chores as told, and I went slowly with the wooden spoon towards Ms. Kane as I rolled it back and forth between my palms.  I was still challenging her by doing that, and I’m sure my eyes had a look that backed me up.  I guess I was trying to send her some kind of message that I didn’t care.  Of course I did, but she shouldn’t know that!
I casually dropped the spoon on the table in front of her, and started to turn away, but she was fast and grabbed my arm before I even had a chance.  She stood there, with her right foot up on the chair, then bent me over her leg.  As I folded forward and my hands landed on the table, she very firmly advised me, “I would highly recommend that you keep count in your head, as it will be very useful information to you that you will figure out at some point.”  With that, she pulled my sweatpants down to my knees and started to spank me rather hard with the spoon.  I was counting and throughout the spanking I kept saying in my head, “Go ahead I don’t care.  I can take it.  I’m not butter anymore.”  When I got to 20 the spoon broke in two.  She threw it on the floor and I was just about to tell her she better pick it up to keep our kitchen clean, when she continued the spanking with her hand.  She put all her force into it and I’d now wished the spoon hadn’t broken.  She stopped by 30.  She stood up and turned me around to look in my eyes and asked, “Do you have anything else to say??”  I looked down at the floor to the broken spoon, and changed my angle a little,  ”Do you want ME to clean that up??”  I pointed at the floor.  And yet there was that paper again and another little cross placed on it.  She picked up the broken spoon, handed the two pieces to me and with a slight smile said, “Here is a gift for you, and I hope you remembered to count!  Now get going and get started on those chores.”
I looked down at the broken spoon, then pulled my sweatpants up and went to the living room where Lyndsy was vacuuming the couch.  She had a look of concern for me when I walked in, but when I raised my fists up and said, ”First implement down!  Yes!!”  She had to laugh and replied, ”You rock Amy!!  And, speaking of rocks, have you noticed that Ms. Kane has an awful lot of rocks around here?”
I looked around and she was right.  On the shelves, tables, and windowsills were all kinds of rocks.  “I am not going to dust all of them!  It will take forever!  And by the way, rocks don’t belong inside a house!”  ”So what are our options then Amy?”  “Collect them all and throw them outside where they belong! NO, that would probably not be a smart thing to do.  Hmm, maybe we should just hide them.”  And so we did.
We finished cleaning the dining room and then the living room.  We were just heading out to tackle Ms. Kane’s office together.  As we walked out the doorway, Ms. Kane walked in to do a little inspection.  We barely got 6 feet from the door when we heard, ”Ahem.  Will  you two get back in here please!”  We looked at each other and started to chuckle.  ”Yes Ms. Kane?  Is there something wrong?”  Lyndsy played her innocent blues and sincere look of faultlessness.  ”I think you both know what is wrong!”  ”Umm… Have we forgotten something on the list?”  I asked as I pulled out the list from my pocket and acted as if I was reading.  “Done.  Done…”  I said as I reviewed it.   ”Are you sure you didn’t forget to put something on the list maybe?  Because if you did, then we are innocent of all accusation.”  Lyndsy asked with a slight smirk on her face.  Ms. Kane got her little note out and made a cross, so I gently shoved my elbow into the side of Lyndsy indicating something like “HAHA! You got a cross!” 
“Since the two of you seem to be competing at the moment to get my attention, I will make this very easy for you.  Where are the rocks I have spent years to collect?”  ”Ohhhh, those!  Ahh, we might have been confused as to what’s garb…”   She stepped towards me again, and this time I didn’t dare to finish the sentence.  I just pointed my finger to the cupboard where we had piled them up.  She looked in that direction then back at me.  “You two are going to place each and every rock back exactly where they came from!  If you mix any of them up, I will give you another cross!”  She left the room calmly.  She had like 20 different stones and we had absolutely no idea where each one was placed, never mind which one.  So we scratched our heads, shrugged our shoulders and started to place them randomly.  Once done, we gave each other a high five and continued to her office where she now happened to be sitting.  When we came in to start our cleaning, she got up, left for a brief moment and returned.  She put the “special” piece of paper she had been nurturing so carefully lately, onto her desk with the pen and again left the room.
We both looked towards the paper, and both felt the urge to take a peek.  “I dare you!” Lyndsy said to me.  I grinned and slowly went over to the desk, after all, I HAD to dust it.  I looked down on the paper, and I saw 6 crosses for me and 2 for Lyndsy.  My arms flew up over my head again and bragged, “Yes!  I’m ahead!  I’ve got 6 and you’ve only got a measly 2 loser!”  ”Ah, if you move the pen that’s on the paper, you will notice that you have 7!”  I turned around to see Ms. Kane, who was standing very relaxed, leaning against a bookshelf, and slightly smiling at me.  I looked over at Lyndsy and she was fighting not to start laughing again.  I looked down to the desk, moved the pen, and noticed there were 7 marks.  I thought about asking to keep the paper as a souvenir, but knew that it would just get me another cross, and somehow it all started to fall into place….the counting….the crosses….
“So young ladies, how much time have you spent on these chores now?”   ”Like, 2 hours or something.” “Yes that’s right Lyndsy.  And how much time did it take you to clean the kitchen?”  Neither one of us said anything.  ”Do you want another cross?  How long did it take you?”  ”About 5 minutes” I spoke up. “5 whole minutes of your time.”  She started to walk towards her couch. “So tell me, was it worth it?”  ”Umm, worth it??”  Lyndsy asked.  ”Yes.  Instead of just using those 5 minutes to finish your chores, and then return to your gaming, you chose to disrespect the rules and me,…” she looked at me “…act sassy, and end up receiving a list of chores you will do for the whole week, PLUS receive another spanking.  Well, that would be the third one today for you, miss Amy!” Lyndsy and I looked at each other.   I didn’t need any further crosses, so if we wanted to make a reply, it should be Lyndsy, ”Well if you put it like that, then noo…”
“Okay.  Lyndsy, you will be first, because it will take me some time to get through with Amy”  She then looked at me, “Amy, do you remember the number you counted?”  ”Umm…Yes.  It was 30”  ” Good answer.  That’s what I counted as well.  So Lyndsy, since you got 2 crosses it will be 60 on your bare bottom!”  Lyndsy looked nervously at me, not because of her 60, she would get through that.  However she relaxed when she saw me turn away, trying to keep my laughing under control.  I didn’t laugh to earn any further crosses, I just couldn’t help but to love the way Ms. Kane always managed to play with our heads. 
“Amy, you may as well keep on cleaning in here.  I believe you haven’t vacuumed yet!” 
So I finished up, while Lyndsy got her 60 smacks.  When she was done, Ms. Kane sent her off to the basement to start to clean there.  But before Lyndsy was out of ears way, she raised her voice a little to be sure she heard, “And if I catch you playing games downstairs instead of cleaning, you will receive the same amount that Amy is receiving in just a minute.  Is that clear?”  ”Yeah, yeah.”  Lyndsy replied with just the smallest smear of sass.
Ms. Kane looked at me again with a hint of amusement.  “So my bold little bratty friend, how many crosses did you have?”  ”Seven.”  ”Seven.  Oh my.  That would be, hmm, what?”  She was obviously expecting me to say the number.  ”210.  But, but it should only be 180 because you already spanked me in the kitchen.”  She smiled, “Sweetie, that was just a bonus for your kindness to offer me some coffee, which I still haven’t received by the way.”  It was SO difficult not to smile or laugh when she said things like that, and I just knew if I did anything but look in tune to her, that the spanking would never stop. 
“Get over here missy” she slapped two times on her thigh.  I sighed, loud enough and exaggerated enough so that I knew she seen and heard.  I dragged myself over, pulled my pants down and bent over her lap.  “Well you still have some nice color going on, so you won’t be needing a warm up.  But I’m not cruel.  I will give the first 10 smacks slowly, and then I will pick up the pace.  After all it is 210.”  She leaned over to make sure I was listening,  “Oh yeah, and I again highly recommend you to keep count in your head!” 
It was so hard to keep track.  It went okay the first 40 smacks, but then I started to lose control over my body.  I was wiggling, almost trying to crawl away.  ”Amy, how many was that dear?”  I didn’t answer right away.  “You don’t want me to start over do you?”  ”NO ma’am, please.”  I was trying so hard to remember.  I know I got to 40.  Then I did kind of lose track, but I was thinking it must be near 50 or so.  So with a nervous voice I said, “50.”  ”That right.  But we still have a some work to do.”  Whew, good guess I thought.  She started to spank me again.  I really tried to focus on the counting, which also kind of helped me to control the pain.  “How many?” she questioned.  ”100.”  She started to spank a bit lower below my bum, and I kind of imagined that it was because my bottom was too damaged to be spanked much longer.  But no, that was not the reason, because she returned to addressing the smacks to my bottom again after 130.  When she reached 150, she paused.  I guessed her hand was hurting a bit by now also.  “How many?”  “150.”  “60 to go Amy.  I really hope for the sake of your bottom, that you won’t be getting yourself into any kind of trouble through the rest of this week!  Are you ready to receive the last 60?”  As if I had a choice.  ”Yes ma’am” came out, but what was screaming inside of me was, ”HELL NOO!”  ”Okay, then lets get this finished this shall we?  You also have a bathroom to attend to after this.”  And she started the spanking again.  My backside was burning and aching so bad.  And during the last smacks I was biting myself in the hand to redirect the pain away, but even at that, there was no way to get my focus away from my backside. 
I could barely stand when she was done.   I managed to pull my pants up very carefully and stand straight enough to face her again.  “So Amy,” she smiled at me, “Do you have anything to say?”  I was thinking for some time, and what came to my mind I just had to say, ”How would you like your coffee?” 
She gently shook her head, “Oh my.  I think I better go with you upstairs to the bathroom.  And, if you come out with any further smart remarks up there, I’m pretty sure you won’t be able to break the bath brush!”  I didn’t say anything at all while cleaning the bathroom, and Ms. Kane seemed to enjoy the look of me trying to find comfort while attempting odd positions to tend to my chore.  I bet it did look funny as I twisted, and carefully moved so as not to let anything near my bottom. 
At dinnertime I still didn’t talk, because it took so much effort not to let out any noise as I had to sit there with so much discomfort.  Ms. Kane told the other two that they were off house chore duty for the next week.  Kevin was just so elated and thanked us ever so kindly, and Lori just couldn’t help but praise the fine work we had been doing. 
“Oh by the way,” Ms. Kane looked at Lyndsy and I, ”You should take a look in the victim’s message log!  You might find some useful information he has in there!”

;-) Annika and Co-author Lyndsy
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

New Survey: Is Spanking Your Secret?

Loading…

I’ll post this new survey to the top tabs as well, so that new visitors will have the chance to acces it easily. Once we’ve gotten a fair number of replies, I’ll post the answers here.

– Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

A Christmas poem from Tampa Bratt


In the spirit of the holiday, a poem for you.

T’was the night before christmas and the sound  through the house.  Was the VBB’s spanking from his very angry spouse.
The “Open Bottom” pajamas were hung by the chimney with care.  In hopes that  Miss Dana soon would be there.
As she came through the door and headed my way.  Miss Dana opened her mouth and had this to say.
“Now Angel, Now Sarah I’ll soon settle your spat.  But first I must paddle a naughty Tampa Bratt. 

She lectures us all to be good this new year.  But soon we’ll be Bratting without any fear.
With a paddle and brush and “The Curse” under my tree.  My only Christmas wish is to be over Dana’s Knee.
As I return to my room with my bottom glowing bright.  Merry Christmas to all and to all a good night.
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Oh, Vengeful Wednesday! (A Day in the Life)


This is how glamourous my life is sometimes:


It’s been nearly two years since I started traveling quite a lot, and given the frequency of my air/train/taxi travel, they’ve been a relatively uneventful couple of years, transit-wise.

Until Wednesday. 

The alarm rang very early just outside of Washington D.C., and two cups of coffee later I was nearly awake and ready to head for the airport. 
Per my usual routine, I called down to the hotel’s reception desk and asked the front desk clerk to call for a taxi 20 minutes in advance. Usually, by the time I’ve made a final round through the suite (and almost always found something that I did, in fact, leave behind), turned out all the lights, and stumbled my way to the lobby, the taxi’s there. 
Wednesday morning it took forty-five minutes for the taxi to arrive. After three calls from the front desk clerk. And the hotel is only a stone’s throw from the airport. I knew it was going to be a trying day of travel.
Arriving at Dulles airport, I found exactly what I’d expected – dozens of commuter flyers standing in line at nearly every airline desk. Usually, I fly Southwest – I like ’em, they’re inexpensive (relatively speaking), and they let me check two bags for free. But Southwest doesn’t fly everywhere all the time, so this day I was booked on a flight with ‘Airline X’. The line for Airline X was just as long as all the rest, and I had no choice but to add myself to the queue. After about five minutes of stand-time, a smiling lady asked me if I had my boarding pass. I said no. She told me that I had to go to a kiosk and print out my own boarding pass, then go and get back at  the end of the line. 

Sigh. (Southwest A-plus preferred customer access service gets me right to the front of the line, by the way, and prints my boarding passes for me.   *Last Southwest plug, I promise*) This little series of maneuvers set me back another twenty minutes and six or eight spots in line. 
You cannot conceive of how many hours I’ve spent standing in those snaking little lines constructed of silver poles and seat belts. Like the world’s slowest conga line, people never stand so close together as they do when they’re forced into these little lines. I am not ever happy about my personal space limitations during these line-standing periods. But I’m digressing…

After finally making it to the front of the line, the lady inspects my documents and accepts my bag, points me in the direction of the security area. 
Thank goodness! – another long line. I was becoming nostalgic for the last one already.

As a frequent traveler, I ‘know how to do it’. I know how many little bins I need, never have anything in my pockets, and always put my laptop in a separate tray. I do not carry gels or aerosols. Forgive me this, but most everyone else seems to do it wrong. Every. Single. Time. On the rare occasion that I see someone unlacing his or her shoes while still three paces from the bin-stack, I know I’m watching another TSA pro. Wednesday held no such pros. The line moved excruciatingly slowly, and I admit to having to hold back the urge to shout at strangers (not for the last time that day).

Hurdle crossed, I re-laced my sneakers and proceeded to the departures screen.  (“Never, ever trust your boarding pass” should be one of the ten commandments of airline travel.) Having confirmed my terminal and gate number, I proceeded to grab my usual beverage and healthy-breakfast-option-if-available and took a seat at the gate, thirty minutes before scheduled boarding time, 5:30 a.m..  Not too shabby.

The flight from Dulles to LaGuardia was short and bumpy. Oh, I didn’t mention the layover? Yeah. Layover. Moving on.

Once again, I checked the departures screen, found my gate, and found my way there. Ebook reader in hand, I tucked in for the hour-and-twenty-minute wait for boarding.


Then they announced a delay. Thirty minutes. No big deal.

Then the gate changed. 

Twenty minutes later, they announced a second delay. Thirty more minutes. Still, no biggie.

Then, I swear on everything good and gentle, they changed the gate AGAIN. 

Less than twenty minutes after that, they announced another delay. An hour. I’m now two hours behind schedule, and still at the airport. I start scrambling to rearrange my day’s schedule to accomodate the new arrival time in Pittsburgh (my final destination). 

Near supposed-boarding time, there was an absolute glut of people around the gate door. The service desk line was twelve-deep and dozens of tired, irritated, late commuters were all standing way too close together. I was in the dead damn center of this mess when a young woman barreled her way through toward the front, shoving and being generally rude in the process. I don’t think she was feeling the vibe of the crowd.

You know what happens next, right? (No I didn’t give her a spanking, get your minds out of the gutter.)

This silly girl came back through, aggressive posture and zero manners, and tried to shove right past me..making my shoulder bag swing to the side.

So I elbowed her in the ribs. Hard. (Life is a contact sport, girlie, remember that.) The woman next to me took a step to the right and blocked her path in that way, too. 

Yes, we had discussed this in advance. Women are dangerous like that.


Then they cancelled the flight.

I was beginning to feel a little like Tom Hanks’ character in that Terminal movie, perpetually walking past the same pretzel shop for weeks, months, maybe years on end. And I can’t even eat the damn pretzels.

We cancelled travelers were informed that the next flight was scheduled for 3pm, and that, as it was full, we would be 31 stand-by’s for the flight. The flight after that was at 5pm, effectively rendering my day absolutely void.

There was no way that I was going to make it to Pittsburgh. 

I’ll spare you the detail on the arguments that took place with two Airline X representatives, and one floor supervisor, and with the first two telephone representatives. I will, however, credit Jason, Airline X telephone supervisor, who had the good sense, decency, and business acumen to issue me a return ticket to Las Vegas. 

Via Detroit. But who’s counting.

So Pittsburgh, it wasn’t for a lack of trying that I missed you. And you’ll be happy to hear that I’m going to brave the freezing temps of January to make it up to you. (Ask anyone who knows…sacrificing my warmish-weather climes in winter is an act of love.)

One day. Twenty hours. Four airports. Absolutely nothing accomplished. And they still haven’t found my suitcase.


Next.


–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

2013: Big plans for the blog and website


Readers,

I do, indeed, have some big plans for 2013. While time seems to be harder to come by of late, I’m determined to manage things more efficiently so that I have the time to do all the fun things on my list.

We’ve discussed the possibility of a ‘Video Q&A’, where questions submitted in advance would be read and replied-to via video, kind of like a POV. This still sounds like a lot of fun to me, so I’ll be working on it during the first part of the year.

I’ve also done some poking around in my interest in ebook publishing. While I still have it on my list, and am hoping to accomplish something with it throughout the course of the year, it’s a much larger and more time-consuming endeavor than I’d first anticipated. Just the formatting alone sounds nightmarish. That said, I’m still interested in opinions/preferences on content/theme for something of this nature.

There will still be lots of free video made. It has been a little while since I’ve done any Product Testing or Tips for Tops videos, and I’ll be working to fix that oversight soon. Angel and The VBB continue to get themselves into constant trouble, so they’ll naturally pop up here in video punishment glory from time to time. Nearly all the free videos are available on the Gallery Page.

On the premium video side of things, DanaKaneSpanks.com will continue to be the place to look for access to all my downloadable videos and DVD’s. While many of my videos will always feature My Bottom’s bottom – who is never long wanting for an excuse for discipline – you’ll also be seeing many new faces, especially in the F/F genre. (At the very bottom of the danakanespanks.com screen, you can enter your email address for new video updates.)

And the contests will continue!!

January will bring a new spanking story writing contest, and I’m interested to see what our participants do with this one.
As the photo contests have not garnered as much participation as I’d hoped, you’re all being disciplined by having them taken away – for a while. 
If you have an idea/suggestion for a fun contest for our spanko participants, please do let me know – I’m always looking for fun ways to give things away.

Imaginative spanking story writers are always encouraged to share their work with us, and I’m always happy to receive your works…contest or no. Send your creativity to me at DanaKaneSpanks@gmail.com.

On social networking: I’ve taken down both my Facebook and Flickr account pages. There’s only so much real socializing a person can do, so I’m economizing. I still have an account on Twitter, and on FetLife, and a Tumblr page for photos (which may or may not survive the purge).

There have been a couple emails concerning the font/shadowing on RSS feed emails. I am aware that there is a formatting problem between the chosen text colors on the blog, and the default emails received. While I haven’t yet figured out quite how to remedy this…well, I’m working on it.

Did I miss anything?

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ Part Four

The REFORMATORY Part 4

”I will never choose that stick again, unless I have to pick three implements someday!”
Lyndsy laughed “Yeah, I can see you have some nice striped ‘Kane artwork’ going on there!” I tried to twist myself around at my waist to look back at my bottom, but had to go to the bathroom and look in the mirror to see what kind of “artwork” I was displaying.  “Seriously!  What was I thinking??!!”  
“Hey Amy, let’s make an agreement right now.” Lyndsy looked serious at me.  “To NEVER let Kevin be the one to try and get us out of trouble again!! He literally asked for it!  And we all had to suffer the consequences!”  I smiled at her, ”Don’t worry… That’s a mistake I won’t try again.  If he wants to play hardball against Ms. Kane, he can do it alone!!  Personally, I’m only into softball!”
“But really, I must give it to him.  He can sure take some heavy whacks!  It’s no wonder Ms. Kane is in such good shape with all that intense training!  She definitely has a lot of stamina!!”  Lyndsy’ sparkle in her eyes lit up as she looked mischievously at me.  ”Maybe Ms. Kane should take exercise video’s to a whole new level!!!  Start a new trend establishing tips on how too…..”  Just then Lori burst into our room.  ”Hey guys, can I borrow some hairspray??”  I was still standing in our bathroom where I had been examining my bottom, and looked towards the shelf where the hairspray was kept normally.  I was just about to reach for it when I noticed Lyndsy’ eyes get big and her expression changed to a distressed look with the unspoken words of “Don’t do it” plastered across.   I knew what to do, ”Ahh, sorry.  I guess we are out of it ourselves Lori”.  As I pretended to look on the shelf I let it drop into the laundry basket below and dropped my pants over top of it.  Lori came into the bathroom anyway, so I just smiled at her and stepped back so she could look on the shelf herself.  ”Amy, I would suggest putting pants on to protect that beautiful artwork you are so comfortably displaying.  Unless of course, it’s your intention to scare anyone who comes by your room tonight.   ”Very funny, Lori. ”  ”So,  no hairspray?” she asked as she looked around.  ”Nope.  No hairspray.  We usually just give our head a shake and let it fall all natural!”  ”Fine.  Then I’ll just borrow some of Ms. Kane…” and her sentence faded as she left the room and was gone again…
I reached in and took the hairspray bottle from the laundry basket and tossed it to Lyndsy.  I couldn’t help but smile at her as I remembered the expression that came over her face earlier.  Now she just looked at the bottle calmly and then said to me, “Thanks for that!”  “For what?”, I wondered.  “Umm, I haven’t told you this yet, but I kind of refilled the bottle after we finished it off the other day.”  “Yeah, so?”  “Well, it’s not quite hairspray anymore.”  And she tossed the hairspray back to me.  I looked at it and then gave the little nozzle a push.  As soon as it entered the air, I KNEW what it was!!!!  It was her dear ol’ reliable pal JD!!!  “I didn’t want to get you into trouble for knowing Amy.”  ”Like, since when?” I laughed.  ”No problem Lyndsy.  I’m serious.  If it makes you feel safe or good or you feel it’s a need you must have it around, it’s fine with me”  I just realized I was still standing without my pants, so I turned to grab them and jump right into them.  
Over the next few days we were able to keep ourselves from crossing any lines with Ms. Kane. Both Lyndsy and I literally had to recover from the still lingering marks from the quartet spanking we were so kindly introduced to.  But by the end of the work week, we were starting to feel a little bit more restless, and our discomfort was barely noticeable any more.  It just so happened that by Saturday, we could feel ourselves heading in the direction that held a little more excitement.
Amazingly, we both woke up early on that Saturday morning.  Must have been because of the docile week we both put in.  Lyndsy yawned and stretched as she spoke, “Amy, we should do something different today.  Something fun for us.   Besides, even if we don’t get into any kind of trouble we will get spanked tomorrow for maintenance, so let’s do something.”  ”What are you thinking of?”  ”I  don’t know.  I could really use a girls night out.  You know, hanging at the club, loud music, dancing, a few drinks, laugh’s with a bunch of others.”  “ Sounds good to me!!  Hmm, now we just have to figure out how to get out of here, do our thing, and get back in without getting caught.”  I glanced around the room, then as I looked in the direction of the bathroom I said, “Hey, I think we could use that window!”  I jumped off the bed as I was pointing at it.  I then opened it and looked down on the street.  Lyndsy followed and looked out as well and questioned,  “Do you think we can get up this way as well?” I shrugged, “Don’t know, maybe.  Let’s go down and take a look.”   It was still early so the rest of the house was still sleeping.  We wouldn’t have to explain to anyone what we were doing as we left the house and stood on the street looking up to the window that led to our bathroom.  I went over and started to climb.  I managed to get to the second floor patio roof just below the window easy enough, and looked down at Lyndsy. “I would be content to conclude, that it can be done!”  We smiled at each other, gave the thumbs up, and I jumped down without fear.  We went inside, and considering it was still so early, and we were just so considerate of others, we decided to put together an awesome breakfast for the rest when they woke up!! 
Shortly after dinner, we put on the show that we were just sooo tired from being up so early that morning.  We excused ourselves and went up to our room.  We quietly got dressed for our night out and waited until the house seemed settled for the evening.  Lyndsy opened the door and listened.  She shook her head.  Nothing.  We had actually talked about just taking the stairs down and out, but they were noisy with creeks and squeaks.  And we thought, no big deal, we could be going down for a drink of milk or something, which happened on occasion.  But, we felt if someone DID happen to see us, we definitely were not in clothing ready for a quiet night in!!!  So, we pursued our original brilliant plan of using our bathroom window for the evening ahead of us.
Once we got down to the street, we turned to look back at the house. It was pretty much dark in every room.
That evening we participated in the best time we both ever had in months!  Downtown was busy, and bright and noisy, and we danced for hours!   I guess we were thirsty too, because it seemed like every time our drink was empty, it was miraculously refilled!!!  But we weren’t counting because we just knew we were having a hoot!!!  A much needed change of pace!!!
When we eventually returned to the reformatory we stood chuckling as we looked up towards our window. It was still open, just the way we had left it.  I went over and tried to climb as easily as the first time, but  ended up getting only 3 steps above ground before I fell backwards landing on my butt.  Lyndsy started to crack up, but contained it for the most part, ”Guess we better reconsider about taking the stairs darlin’.”  I was now laying flat on my back trying to form a sentence, ”Or maybe, maybe, we just stay right, right about here.” My head was spinning so fast.  “Lyndsy, please make this carousel stop!”  She stumbled over to me, reached for my hand and started to pull me up off the ground.  We giggled because we must have looked hilarious as we got into position to use each other as supports.  We headed towards the front door, but it definitely wasn’t in a straight line!!  We took all our limited concentration to focus on being as quiet as we could as we made our way.  “Ahhh, *hiccup* do you have your key?” Lyndsy shook her head and at the same time reached for the doorknob.  It turned so she said, “This must be our lucky day today sweetheart.  A door left unlocked!!  Maybe Ms. Kane will also forget about our little maintenance tomorrow!”  ”In what, *hiccup* world do you live in Lyndsy?”  ”In a world, in a world where, ahh, ‘girls just wanna have fun!’”   We smirked, but we also looked at each other enforcing recognition that we must maintain composure as we moved towards our room.  It must have once again been a sight as we fumbled hanging onto each other as we focused direction on the stairs.  
Once we got to the foot of the stairs we both dropped our hands forward for stability, and dropped to our knees to begin the journey up on all fours.  We were snickering, trying to whisper if we had to say anything, trying to sneak ever so slow and quiet, and by the time we reached our door we looked at each other with a grin from ear to ear thinking we had to be the most amazing, inconspicuous, couple of newly introduced friends who absolutely rocked!!!  We did a high five, but only our pinkies actually connected.  We almost busted a gut as we dropped lower to the floor than that of our crawling stance.  Once composed we sat up with our backs leaning on our bedroom door.  We both let out a big sigh of relief.  
Who else would be able to pull this type of thing off on Ms. Kane?  
In the next few moments, we were sure to realize, it wasn’t us!!
Lyndsy lifted her hand to turn the handle of the door.  As she did we remained in position and just laid back slowly and quietly as the door opened.  We continued to lay there for a moment trying to gather our energy to get up and get the other half of our bodies into the room so we could shut the door behind us.  As we laid there, we heard the sound of a clearing throat.  “Ahem.”  Both of us tilted our heads up and back to the direction of our room.  There, sitting on my bed, looking straight at us with her arms crossed, eyebrows raised, and the look of “How pitiful can these two be”, all we could do was lower our heads back, look at each other and I busted out laughing so hard!!!  I had to sit up to catch my breath, and Lyndsy followed, but she was sooo trying to contain herself!  She was laughing, but not as out of control as me.  Ms. Kane signaled for us to get up, and we did, which was not very elegant in any way, and all it did was make me crack up all the more.  Lyndsy couldn’t handle it anymore either and she bursted out a laugh, but at the same time she was backing out of the room saying, “Ahhh, I ah, I forgot something downstairs”  She had her right hand pointer finger raised, like “Just a minute”, and she was choking on her words but continued, “I will, I’ll be, I will be right back in a flash!!”
“YOU Miss Lyndsy, don’t even think about it!!!”, were the first words to leave Ms. Kane’s mouth.  ”But I…”, Lyndsy tried to get a couple words out, but the reply from the bed was a finger pointed right at her waving to not even finish that sentence!!   We were both shaking uninhibited, but it was not because we were nervous or afraid.  We were just trying to hold the laughter inside.  That in itself must have looked funny as our shaking was probably in a slow, wobbly type motion considering the present state we were in.  
Oh man, we were in such deep crap.  We were busted.  There was NO way of getting our way out of this one.  Ms. Kane got up from my bed.  “Get yourselves in here and close the door behind you.  I don’t need either one of you making any more noise than you already have in your silly adventure up here.”  Lyndsy started to chuckle again and must have thought she was whispering to me, which she wasn’t when she said, “That means no squealing missy!”  I just looked at her in agreement.  ”LYNDSY” Ms. Kane firmly spoke, “Sit down on your bed” as she pointed a rigid finger in that direction.  “And you Amy” she again pointed in the direction of my bed indicating I should sit down. 
“I am not going to punish you two for this tonight.  I want to make sure that you both understand how serious I am about this!  And quite frankly, neither one of you are in a state right now to be able to distinguish whether I was to give you a spanking or a hug!!!  And believe me, I am NOT going to hug you!”
We once again looked at each other with total connection and understanding of words unuttered, until Ms. Kane continued, “Now get some sleep, and I don’t want to see either one of you downstairs before you are sober!!  Is that clear enough to sink in past the liquid encompassing your brain??” 
“Yes, ma’am” we both agreed.
Ms. Kane quietly left our room, without another word, another look.  “Lyndsy” I whispered.”  “What?”   ”I, I think she is angry with us.” I solemnly continued.  ”You think?” was her reply.   The both of us were lying on our backs on our beds.  It wasn’t even a minute before I spoke up,  ”Nah, I don’t believe her.” I started to chuckle again.  Lyndsy looked at me trying to focus her eyes.  I added, ”I do still think I could distinguish the difference between a hug and a spanking!!  I’m not that hammered!!”  We both started to chuckle some more.  Lyndsy rolled back to stare at the ceiling again, then said, “Why don’t go over to her and tell her to spank you right now then?  Just to be sure she isn’t right.”  ”Oh yeah, right.  And I guess you want me to ask at the same time if I can take yours as well I bet!”  ”Amy my friend, you are a fast learner!!”
That was the last thing we remember talking about that night.  We both must have fallen asleep as we layed there, and we both woke up still in our party clothes.  Ewww.  I wasn’t feeling so good.  But it was different.  It wasn’t from the liquor we consumed the night before.  It was more like a troubled, worried stomach feeling.  I carefully moved up onto one elbow to look towards Lyndsy.  “Hey, how are you feeling?  Are you sober yet?”  ”Amy, I will NEVER be totally sober” she said without moving.  I looked down at my shirt and again started to laugh!!  “Oh my goodness!!!  I guess I can never wear this shirt again!!  Did you write this on me while I was sleeping?”  Lyndsy moved, while still lying on her stomach and stretched her head to see what I was talking about.  “Hmm, I don’t remember doing anything like that, but it sure looks like my handwriting.”  On my shirt was written in I think lipstick, but not sure, “100% BTS.”  After a moment of trying to pull it together, I could only say, ”I wonder what it means?”   Lyndsy rolled a little closer to the edge of the bed and stretched her neck as far as she could towards my shirt.  She looked at it with a bit of a frown while trying to focus more closely, “Nope.  I’m not recalling anything.”
“Okay.  I’m too distracted otherwise to really care.  I’m going to go take a bath, and then I will have to just face the music!”  I stood up and went to the bathroom.  As I soaked in the tub, which was for a long time, I couldn’t think about anything else other than what Ms. Kane had in store for us. 
I got dressed, and when I went to our room I noticed Lyndsy had fallen asleep again.  Oh well.  I shrugged my shoulders and went downstairs.  I couldn’t wait anymore to find out my consequences. 
The house was very quiet, and I wondered if anyone was even home.  On my way to the kitchen I glanced at Ms. Kane’s office door.  It was closed, so I figured she must’ve been in there, maybe waiting.  I couldn’t help but picture all the implements from her cabinet lined up neatly in a row.  I continued on to the kitchen, grabbed a piece of bread to make toast, and a cup of coffee.  All I could think to myself was, “Maybe that girls night out wasn’t such a good idea after all.  Maybe it wasn’t even…”  I lost my thought when I turned around to pour my coffee, and Ms. Kane was standing there.  “So, do you feel sober?”, she asked casually.  ”Umm, yes ma’am.”  I looked down towards my cup.  She slowly walked towards me, and instinctively I started to back up towards the toaster.  I bumped into the counter and felt it press firmly against my mid back.  I couldn’t back up any more, but she still continued to move towards me.  When she got within arms reach, she put one hand on each side of me leaning on the counters edge.  Damn.  Now what do I do, drop to the floor to get away?
“Amy, look at me!”  She was very serious, and this had to be one of the first times that I had absolutely no desire to smile or laugh.  I couldn’t even bring myself to look at her even after she asked me to.  I seen and then felt her right hand that had come up to my face and gently but firmly lift my chin up so that she could see my eyes. 
“Amy, did it ever cross your mind, that the two of you could have just come to me and told me that you wanted to go out on the town?”  I looked confused at her.  “This is not a prison.  When I say there will be no drinking, I mean there will be no drinking in this house.  So if you feel the need to cut lose and party it up downtown or with your friends, you are welcome to do that.”  She paused for a moment to be sure she had my attention, then continued, “But to jump out of a second story window, plan to try to climb up again, forget your keys, and not have the decency to let me know where you were off to, that is just pure stupidity”  I tried to look down again with embarrassment.  Her hand lifted my chin up again, ”Either one of you could have gotten seriously injured or something even worse!”  The little child inside of me was seriously hiding now.  She had crawled so deep I didn’t know if she ever dared to show her face again!!  I was feeling really stupid and actually really sorry to have put such concern on Ms. Kane.  I honestly hadn’t considered the risks in anything that we did that night.  We just wanted to cut loose and have some fun.  I kind of wished she would just stop scolding me and drag me over her knee to spank me, because I could see in her eyes that we had kind of hurt her, and I didn’t like it.  At least with a spanking I didn’t have to face her to see the effects in her eyes.  
I had to speak up, “I’m sorry, Ms. Kane.  I know it was wrong of us to be sneaking around like that and, and you are right.  It was actually pretty stupid.  We just thought you wouldn’t allow us to go out on the town and have fun and party it up a little bit.”  ”Well, I can tell you that because of your little irresponsible episode, you won’t be going out for the rest of this month.  Both you and Lyndsy are grounded.   You can obviously attend work, and you will certainly fulfill your chores around here, but besides that you will be staying in your room, where I can find you at any moment I choose.  Do you understand?”  ”Yes ma’am.”  I cowardly replied. 
“Good.  Now, in regards to the rest of the punishment.”  She took the coffee cup from my hands and grabbed me firmly by my forearm and went over to a chair.  She sat down without letting go of me, and dragged me over her lap.  I was wearing sweatpants, so in seconds she had them down.  She was annoyed,  I knew it without a doubt, but not a word was spoken, and that led to her spanking me quite hard right off the bat.   Also, it was different for me because I actually felt sorry that we had hurt her or affected her that way.  So because of that state of mind, it didn’t take long before I started to moan, and literally had to struggle to keep myself from crying!!!  My backside was already on fire, and no, I didn’t feel the urge to sing any kind of songs! 
Before I knew it, I was begging, “Please, Ms. Kane.  I’m sorry!  I promise that we will never do something like that again!”  She spoke up, “I believe you when you say you won’t, but honey, you can be as sorry as you want. Either way, I am not done with you yet!  Now get up!”  I stood up fairly quickly, and so did she.  She pointed towards her office and I started to walk, holding my burning bottom and with very short steps because my sweatpants were still around my ankles.  I was terrified.  I still had that picture in my head with all the implements lined up so carefully.  When I opened the door I felt a huge sense of relief because there was not one implement laying out anywhere.  I stood there in the middle of the room, and Ms. Kane continued past me and went over to her cabinet.  Inside my head I was praying, “No cane, no cane, no cane!” I guess someone was listening to me, someone with a sense of humor, because she didn’t pick the cane, but picked both the brush and the belt.  She proceeded to the couch and once again ordered me over her lap with just a point of her finger. 
Oh man, that brush was nasty!!!!  Every smack from it stung like there was no tomorrow, and she didn’t stop until every spot on my bottom was hit at least once and I’m sure colored very red to her liking.  I was wiggling, a lot.  And I guess that caused some kicking, which is totally not recommended, because that made her strike my legs twice!!  I literally started squealing.  I remembered Lyndsy talking about the squealing last night, but it was definitely a lot more funny then!!! 
She gave me a break when she was done with the brush.  She was gently rubbing my bottom and examining yet another masterpiece of her art when she spoke up saying,  “Amy, when I am done spanking you with the belt, you are then going to sit in the dining room and write 100 times these words:  ‘I will never jump out of a window again and I will always remember my keys.  And most importantly, I will always make sure that Ms. Kane knows where I am.’ “  She leaned to see as much of my face as she could and said, “Okay?  You got it memorized?  ”Yes ma’am.  I think so.”
“Alright then.  I still have to attend to that trouble making friend of yours who is probably still sleeping upstairs!  So let’s get started, shall we??”  I just nodded….
She had folded the belt so she could use it while I still was lying over her lap.  I couldn’t withhold the tears anymore.  It was painful and I hoped each smack was the last.  She asked me in the end to count the last 10 strokes.  I could barely get the words out, but somehow got to 10 with her satisfaction. 
I got up from her lap and stood sobbing in front of her.  She took my hands and said, “Amy, I was actually worried about you two last night, and I don’t like that feeling.  My job is to keep you safe, but for me to do that, I need you to be honest with me.  I deserve to know when it comes to your whereabouts, and although I am no fan of the drinking, you are both adults and should be able to have a good time and still be responsible while having it.  However, it didn’t quite look like that was the case last night!”  
She dropped my hands carefully, and backed up a bit.  “Take that notebook over there,” she pointed at her desk, ”and go write those sentences.  Lyndsy will join you when she is done with her spanking!”
I carefully pulled my pants up and went over and took the notebook.  She never said anything as to whether I should wait for Lyndsy or not before starting my lines, so I just kneeled on the chair, and leaned forward onto the table.   Man, my bottom was burning so bad I was almost expecting my sweats to catch fire!!   I laid my head down on my forearms and rested while I waited for Lyndsy to be dealt with and come to write her lines too. 
Right after Lyndsy came out, Ms. Kane followed and let us know, “I need to go do a bit of shopping, but I expect you both to finish this assignment.  And when you are done, you can leave the notebooks on my desk and go directly to your room.  Remember you are both grounded!”  “Okay, ma’am.” 
We both continued to kneel because there was no way of sitting as Ms. Kane had suggested when writing our lines.  Lyndsy finally said something, “Okay this is NOT the kind of spanking I want to receive EVER again”  ”I agree!!  And I really don’t like that we upset Ms. Kane like that either.”
We started to write. I think we both just wanted to get this final punishment over with fast so we could go to our rooms and tuck into our beds again. 
After some time of us writing and writing I asked Lyndsy a question.  “Do you think she saw us yesterday?  You know, when we jumped out of the window and then when we tried to get back inside again?”  Lyndsy looked at me, ”No.  She did tell me that she knew something wasn’t quite right because we were being too quiet.  She said something like, ’You two never stop talking and snickering, and sometimes I even think you do it while you’s are sleeping’”  I had to laugh, ”I really hope we don’t talk and chuckle while we are sleeping!!  Do you think she will forgive us Lyndsy?”   ”I think she already has” she quietly commented.
30 lines to go!! Whoo-hoo!!!  It was my own personal unexpressed excitement, but then I did say, “Hey, I have never been grounded in my life, have you?”  ”Nope” was Lyndsy’ one word reply.  I continued, ”It’s really not that fair if we get maintenance spankings next Sunday.  If we have to stay in our room, we obviously won’t be getting into trouble!”  Lyndsy looked up at me with her little smirk, ”Amy, you and I don’t seem to have any problems with getting into trouble, so I really don’t think a grounding is going to change anything.  But, if you want to argue with Ms. Kane, I’ll definitely back you up, or, or should I say, at least push you in front of me!”  That Lyndsy, her mind never stopped contemplating, and bratting about something or blaming ME!!
I was writing away and was pretty much done, when I suddenly remembered what BTS stood for!!!  And it WAS Lyndsy who had written it on my shirt!!  I started to laugh just out of the blue, and Lyndsy scrunched her eyebrows wondering what that was all about, ”What? You can’t just sit there and have a party on your own Amy!!”  ”Oh, sorry, but it just dawned on me, and I really hope that Ms. Kane doesn’t know what BTS means!”  Lyndsy still had a puzzled look trying to figure me out.  “Lyndsy!!!  It stands for 100% BratToSpank!” 
;) Annika and co-author Lyndsy
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Future of Spanking’ : Conversations with Spankos Ch. 14

Readers,

A couple weeks after a fun round of spanking and conversation with one of my wonderful playmates, I received an email from him, following up on our previous conversation.

We discussed that the era in which many of us were reared – one of acceptable, permissible, and even advisable corporal punishment – is coming to an end. Most public and private schools no longer employ the ‘three licks’ method of discipline, and many states and countries have outlawed the practice altogether. Also, many caregivers now choose other, less physical ways of teaching, like TimeOuts.

My friend and I wondered whether, by removing the experience, either direct or remote, of corporal punishment from early development would render the world spanko-less one day….or at least spanko-light. And whether the natural changes of lifestyles and environments would put a different ‘spin’, so to speak, on spanking play.

This is neither pro nor con early corporal punishment, and not meant to be a discussion of early-life experiences. Instead, I am curious whether, when taken out of the environment altogether, spanking would still become a distraction, and in such numbers as in previous generations. 

And, if the spanking fetish does still thrive, will the fantasies be contextually the same?  Here, I’m addressing specifically the seemingly very common thread which runs throughout the current, mature spanko population – conservative, traditional domestic scenarios. Current generations haven’t grown up on the same Sears&Roebuck catalog fantasies as their predecessors – they’ve cut their teeth on Victoria’s Secret and Brazilian bikinis, after all.

What do you think? Will the new generation of spankos be hard-wired in the same way as we? And how will the natural changes in the world around us change the process and execution of the fetish?

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

DanaKaneSpanks.com Sunday Update: 12/16

100 Strokes: The Holiday Scrooge
HolidayScrooge-001
Click on the title link above for more preview photos, scene descriptions, and download link, or visit


Sneak Preview!
Watch for new spanking model Red – 

coming soon.


Also, Auntie Dana’s Naughty Nieces, Parts 1 and 2, are now available for download.

 Part 3 coming tomorrow, 12/17!


Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

From Annika and Lyndsy: ‘The Reformatory’ Part Three


The REFORMATORY Part III
”Oh man.  I am soooo going to miss JD” she grumbled as she shook her head.  Lyndsy seemed more upset about JD being removed from her possessions than the fact that she wasn’t able to sit anywhere comfortably. 
Ms. Kane didn’t hold anything back because of Lyndsy’ little JD hiding game.  I was actually very proud of her, because she handled the spanking quite well.  Of course, I didn’t actually see the spanking since I had my face stuck into the wall, and didn’t DARE move it away, but the sound of it was sure intense!  Sometimes my body even reacted to the spanking sound by clinching my muscles all the way up my back when I heard the belt smacking against her skin. 
Ms. Kane wasn’t in the office when Lyndsy said she would miss JD.  We were instructed not to talk, just stand there in our corners and think about our behavior.  But the damn song inside my head wouldn’t stop!  I kept singing ‘I am titanium’ and sighed, because I was so far away from being anything like titanium.  If I were to think of something comparable, I would be something along the lines of butter!  I do have a tendency to laugh about weird or during stressful situations, so I couldn’t help myself and started to giggle, which caused Lyndsy to giggle, which in turn caused me to laugh.  I could just picture this situation from above, the two of us standing there in our corners, one singing titanium, the other crushed about JD, and both flashing very red, sore bottoms.  What a sight that was, no wonder it made me laugh!!  ”Shhh!  My backside can’t take anymore right now Amy.” Lyndsy whispered.
I heard Ms. Kane come to the office again, and I was able to contain myself.  I didn’t want to risk another round, especially right away.
“You two are free to go now, but I hope you both remember this session for a very long time!”  ”Yes ma’am” we sharply stated as if in one voice.  
I was very relieved that I was able to stand up at work over the next couple of days.  I hated the meetings I had to attend, but to be honest, I have no idea what the meetings were about because all my attention was directed to protecting the soreness of my bottom. 
Lyndsy and I didn’t chat during the day anymore.  We simply couldn’t with these old cell phones, so the conversations during dinner didn’t get the spark we usually would from our daily interactions.  We pretty much were in a well behaved mode.   But before we knew it, a new game had started.  Who would be the first one out of the four of us to give in to our inner brat and have it showing its face again? 
Of course there were always the weekly sessions we had to contend with.  And I was still scared that we would receive another spanking for the texting madness that was carried out prior, but it turned out that Ms. Kane does not spank twice for the same mistake.  Well, unless of course, you don’t learn from the first time and if I was to start texting again to Lyndsy in like manner.   Thank goodness she prevented that by taking our smartphones away, because seriously, I do not think either me or Lyndsy could NOT text each other if we had the chance!!  So, for this week it was a ‘gentle’ hand spanking just to make sure I would have a clean sheet to start a new week and send me off on my best behavior.  I really was thankful for that.  My buttocks couldn’t have handled anything more right then.
The four of us were hanging out in the basement, watching TV and playing billiards.  Kevin, bent over and while lining up his shot says, ”Lyndsy, what is the worst implement your butt has ‘tasted’ so far??”  She shrugged at Kevin and replied as cool as ever, “The belt.  What about you Mr. T.?”  I laughed at that.  Mr. T.!!  T-t-t-titanium!!  Kevin wasn’t as impressed with the name as we were, so continued, “Hmm, I’m not sure I have met the worst implement yet.”  And again the song started inside my head, t-t-titanium… Lyndsy says, ”Then it’s really rather a sad situation, because as long as you uphold your fine behavior you will never find out Kevin.”  ”That is true Mr. T.!!  You will never be able to prove how much “titanium” is in that backside of yours!” I replied.  Instantly Kevin popped out his smartphone from his pocket and flashed it towards me, ”You, miss Amy, can borrow my smartphone, and…” he looked over to Lori for her approval, “I’m sure Lyndsy can borrow Lori’s!  We don’t need to text message each other in order to be brats!”  He glanced daringly at me.  And I smiled back at him saying, ”Well fine.  We don’t have a problem using your phone, or writing messages under the identity of your names, because officially we don’t own a smartphone, so really, it would show up as you and Lori who are texting each other!”  Lyndsy pipes in, ”Yeah!  Hand it over Lori.”  ”You keep your fingers away from my smartphone, miss Lyndsy!!”  ”Why? Do you need it to place some more orders??” she sasses back.  ”Ha! Ha! Ha!  Ver-ry funny!”
Kevin speaks up, “Seriously guys, I don’t recognize myself when I have to behave all the time.”  ”Well what do you suggest, Kevin??” I asked.  Lori seemed a little more interested in the conversation now and says, ”Hmm, I have an idea.  Maybe we should work together!  It could be very interesting to see how Ms. Kane would handle the four of us all at the same time!”  Lyndsy, trying to convince us she’s innocent in this, says, “I will be the last in line if we get caught, and I expect all of you to take the biggest part of that spanking if I have to be part of this.”  I shake my head as I respond, ”Lyndsy, Lyndsy, Lyndsy.  If you continue to play the “innocent role” you like to portray, you might be the first in line!   Do you not think that maybe Ms. Kane already knows your tactics and that she doesn’t believe you for one second??  Anyways, I don’t think you have to worry.  We have Kevin who is a fine gentleman, and will take it as his duty to go first, right??”  ”Umm, if I go first, she won’t have any implements to use on you guys, and she would never risk that!”  Lori seemed intrigued with our conversation, and as she sat on the couch listening quietly she started to giggle.  But as she giggled, she was kind of shrinking into the couch.  
“What are you trouble makers talking about down here??”  The three of us looked at each other, then Lori, without moving anything but our eyes, and then turned around only to see Ms. Kane standing in the doorway leaning on the frame with her arms crossed.  We had no idea how long she was there, but to be leaning in such a relaxed state, odds are she definitely heard something!  I know the first thing I was thinking about was what the heck we had said last, when it deemed upon me that we were joking about the implements she owned!!!
Ms. Kane stood up straight then started to walk towards us.  She looked like she was kind of amused.  At least that’s what I hoped I was seeing.  Her walk was very relaxed, almost playful, and as she approached the pool table her hand slightly danced along the side of it as she made her way around to one end.  Instinct took over, and I started to move in the opposite direction ever so slowly, and without realizing it, my mind was already making plans of how and when I should run.  I guess she seen my eyes pondering options, because at one point she stopped,  looked straight at me, didn’t say a word, and I just froze in place trying to ease the pressure with a slight smile.
“So tell me again…” she picked up the 8 ball, held it up to look at it and then lowered it proceeding to roll it between her palms, “…what is it that I don’t dare to risk?”  With that she made sure she had all of our full attentions.
“Ahh, I’m not in on this.” Lori replied as she stood up and started to walk.  “Stop!  You stay here young lady!”, she sharply said, but still with a calm undertone.
There was silence for a minute as we watched Ms. Kane slowly pull herself up to sit on the pool table.  She took her time, and rolled a few balls under her palms against the green of the table.  She had her head down, and her hair was covering her eyes from my angle, so I looked at Kevin prompting him with my eyes to do something.  I figured he had the most experience, or at least should know how to get us out of this situation.  Oh boy, I couldn’t have been more wrong!!  This was a game he LOVED!!  To get caught and to dig himself into a deeper hole!! 
 The words that came out of his mouth were shocking.  “You know Ms. Kane, what you heard while you were listening, listening uninvited, which really, ah, is very inappropriate if I do say so myself, but anyway, what you heard was nothing that should be of concern or worry to you really.”
 I think my jaw dropped 5 inches and all I could do was stare at him!!!  My brain was yelling at him IS THIS YOUR WAY OF GETTING US OUT OF TROUBLE???!!!! 
Ms. Kane still didn’t look up from her smooth activity of slowly rolling the billiard balls around the table in a very small area.  I looked at Lyndsy and she looked as in shock as I was!  But looking at Lori, she didn’t even look concerned, never mind surprised.  Maybe she knew him better?  
I was really amazed at how cool, and contained, and unaffected Ms. Kane was to Kevin’s remark, and I just couldn’t get enough of how she played these head games with us.
Ms. Kane took a deep breath, left the balls alone and reached a few feet further for a cue stick.  She pulled it slowly towards her, but still left it on the table, and started to roll it back and forth, back and forth.  She then held it straight up pointing towards the ceiling and not taking her eyes off of it she said, “Darn.  Such a beautiful straight cue to have to be broken on somebody’s bottom.”  My heart jumped and I’m sure it made my shirt even move.  She continued with a sigh, “It’s such a shame to consider the fatality of such a perfect piece of wood.”  Now she looked to Kevin as she laid the cue back on the table, but continued speaking in her slow way of torture,  “And it’s such a shame to think it may only have the experience of tending to one bottom.”  Kevin just started to laugh.  Instantly I felt the urge to grab that cue and whack him with it myself!  Ms. Kane noticed my sudden facial expressions and said, ”Relax Amy.  I won’t actually use this on any of you.”  After she gave me a little smile she went back to looking at it and rolling it back and forth on the table.  She continued to speak in a slow, tantalizing manner, “It’s just too beautiful and expensive to waste by either breaking or warping it.” 
She jumped elegantly off the table and patted her shirt down.  Kevin was like a kid in a toy store, he had a smile from ear to ear, and he couldn’t contain his excitement, or maybe it was fear being hidden by his bratty self as a distraction!!   His demeanor changed fairly quickly though after Ms. Kane’s voice went from soft to firm in a moment.  “It seems that the four of you think that if you all act together, there is no chance of me handling you all at once.”   Damn!  She had heard a lot!!!
“You are all going to feel my ‘gentle’ touch” she said as she looked at me.  ”And Lyndsy, you will receive the same amount as the rest of the girls!!”   Lyndsy shrugged her shoulders with like a ‘whatever’ attitude.  Ms. Kane then looked at Kevin and smiled.  She never took her eyes off of him when she said, ”Girls, you will all go upstairs and find one implement of your choosing in my cabinet.   And you mister Kevin, I will be choosing three implements myself to use on you!” 
He wasn’t smiling as much anymore, but he still had this sarcasm about him that made it look as if he took it all as a challenge….a fun challenge.
“Off you go!” she said as she smacked her hands together and whisked us away. 
We all went upstairs, not dragging ourselves of course, but definitely not running!  Lori knew what cabinet it was that held the formidable tools of the trade.  And she didn’t waste any time looking them over.  She grabbed what she wanted and said, ”I will take the leather paddle.  You two can fight about the rest.”  Lyndsy and I looked inside the cabinet, then looked at each other.  I just shrugged, shaking my head.  I had no idea what half of the implements were capable of, so I couldn’t guide Lyndsy in this situation.  She pointed at the wooden spoon, and she smiled at me with that twinkle in her eye.  At least she still had a sense of humor in this situation we were in, and because of that it surely made me feel a bit better. 
We avoided the canes, the rug beater, the loops.  Well, pretty much everything.  So we had to look them over again and I started to be very thankful that we at least had a choice.  ”Ah, what the heck” Lyndsy mumbled as she grabbed a wooden brush and stepped aside.  I was looking at the belt, but it just felt too easy to take that one.  It’s not that it didn’t hurt, but at least I knew I could kind of handle it.  But it also felt strange in a way if I were to pick it.  Almost like it would be a sign of disrespect to Ms. Kane if I were to choose it.  Don’t ask me why.  I know, weird, but that’s the feeling I had.  So, without contemplating anymore,  I grabbed a wooden stick that kind of resembled a ruler. 
We stood there waiting, all four of us, and not one of us saying a word.  Kevin was the only one not carrying an implement which didn’t seem to worry him in the least.  Eventually Ms. Kane walked in, looked at us, looked at what we were holding, smiled and went over to the cabinet.  She didn’t take very much time to decide.  She took the rug beater, some kind of braided loop wand, and I must admit, quite an intimidating cane.  Once again I had many thanks for not being the brute end of this situation.
She walked over to the four of us and handed Kevin his three chosen implements.  She then took a look at Lori’s paddle, Lyndsy’ brush and the stick I had selected.  ”You think you can handle this one Amy?”  She took the stick and looked in the direction of the cabinet.  ”I kind of expected you to pick the belt.”  I was looking down at my feet.  She sensed that I was confused over the belt.  How does she do that???  She then lifted my face up with her hand making sure she had my eye contact.  ”You know I love all my implements, so I wouldn’t have been upset with you if you had chosen the belt.  But if you want to challenge yourself, that’s fine with me!”   All I could do was sigh.  Of course, not visibly.
“Okay all of you get over there, line up, drop your pants and face the wall.  And Lyndsy you will stand either first or last in the line.”  Lyndsy looked at her with a puzzled frown.  She continued, “I don’t care which end you pick, because either way, I will be starting with you!”  She waited as we got in line, and dropped our pants to expose our white bottoms.  ”You will each hold your implements, and when it’s your turn you will hand it to me.  Do I make myself clear and understood??”  ”Yes ma’am.” came out of all of us almost simultaneously.  ”And you Kevin, will start with the rug beater.”  ”Yes ma’am” he replied.
I was standing between Lyndsy and Lori, so as long as I was next to Lyndsy, I was obviously second.
Ms. Kane continued, “Good!  I hope that after today all of you will realize without a doubt that I can handle four of you without an issue.  And if we get more residents, that will not be a problem in the least!”
“Hand me the brush please young lady!”……SMACK…..”Ei-yi-yi!” Lyndsy let out without restraint.  Because I was beside Lyndsy, I knew it was my turn next so Ms. Kane didn’t need to say anything to me because my hand was already reaching the stick in her direction.  ”I want you to wait until I ask you for your implement Amy.  You don’t know if I am going to spank you next!!”  I let my hand with the stick fall back into place.  ”Hand me the stick please little lady.”  A smile stretched across my lips.  She was goooood!  I handed the stick to Ms. Kane, closed my eyes, took a deep breath and …SMACK…..  If you could read my lips, I’m sure I screamed something like “Owww!!  For Pete’s sake.”  She handed me the stick again and moved on.  I glanced over to Lyndsy, and she smiled at me.  I knew what the words were unspoken, “Did that hurt??”  ”Like Hell!”
It was good that there were four of us, because we got to breathe a little easier for a few moments once she dealt us our blow.  After some time both Lyndsy and I could barely stay on our feet when Ms. Kane ‘touched’ us, and it wasn’t ‘gentle’ by any means!!  Each wallop smarted like the first.  We definitely were not smiling anymore, and we weren’t whispering, or looking at each other, or anything.  I guess we were praying that it would stop finally.  At least that was the case between Lyndsy and I.  Lori seemed like she wasn’t being too affected yet, and Kevin – Kevin was stoic. 
“This will be the last round for you girls, and you know what the last one means.  It will be the hardest.”  How the heck can it be any harder I thought!  ”And after this, you three are going to watch the rest of Kevin’s punishment.”
“Hand me the brush please!” ….SMACK!
“Hand me the stick please!”….SMACK!
“Hand me the paddle please!”…..SMACK!
“Good.  Now go over there and keep quiet.  If you start talking, giggling or anything of any vocal or disruptive nature, you will face the wall again!” 
We were too busy rubbing our behinds and watching Kevin’s punishment to even think about talking, or even looking anywhere but straight ahead. 
Kevin was amazing!  What he could handle was way out of my league, and I figured I needed to behave enough to stay on the side where I would only ever meet hand, belt, probably brush and worst scenario, the stick!  After all I was still alive!   With that, a new song started to play inside my head!  ”Where there is desire, there is going to be a flame.  Where there is a flame, someone’s bound to get burned.  But just because it burns, doesn’t mean you’re gonna die, you’ve gotta get up and try, try, try.”  Oh man, my butt was burning.  And yes, I am not going to die from it.  But the brat in me?  She’s still gonna try, try, try!!
;) Annika and co-author Lyndsy
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

2013 Party Planning, Spanko Style


Fellow spankos,

I am planning to attend a few of the spanko community gatherings in the upcoming year. While I stand in awe of those hearty few who are able to attend multiple functions, I won’t have the luxury of being at all of them.

Boardwalk Badness is definitely on my calendar for 2013. I’m wondering whether the recovery effort from Sandy will still be ongoing by the time the party is held? The people and businesses there took a real beating, so I’m hopeful that this event will be held as planned.

I made a short stop in at last summer’s Chicago Crimson Moon party, and am hoping to attend this summer, as well. Yoni and the rest of the group were so friendly, and welcomed me (slightly nervous and ever-so-overwhelmed at my first spanko gathering) warmly. I’m also hoping to make it to their annual Halloween party one year.

It sounds like last year’s TASSP party was quite a hit, and I’m wondering whether to add that one to my plans, too..lots of great fun to be had in Texas!

I know that the Delco Spankos and Florida Moonshine group also hold excellent parties, as well as Shadow Lane here in Las Vegas and a few others.

I’m wondering: 

Do you attend any of the parties? 

If so, tell me about your favorites. 
If not, why?

(It should go without saying, but I’ll say it anyway: I’m interested in your experiences, opinions, and recommendations – but I’m not interested in any bashing of any kind. If you’re a fan of a particular group, please do tout their accolades! But if you’ve nothing nice to say – say nothing.)

Also, if you’re going to be adding of the upcoming 2013 parties to your travel schedule, let me know, and I’ll look for you there!

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Holiday Cheer, Blog Frequency, and True Sadism


Readers,

First, let me wish you all the most happy and relaxed of holiday seasons. Relaxation seems to be harder and harder to come by for most of us, so take time for yourselves…put your feet up…and chill. 

I’ll be doing a bit of that, myself, around Christmastime, after another wonderfully hectic year of indulging my fetish by way of professional disciplinarian-ing. 

For those long-time friends and playmates who’ve passed previous holiday seasons with me – my enormous gratitude and affection. You all enrich my life with your kind words, time, and generosity of spirit. And you all also deserve many more spankings…just on general principle.

And for new friends – thank you for finding me, and for allowing me to become a part, however small, of your lives and experiences. (You all deserve more spankings, too…by the by.)

Special thanks also to the many creative contributors to this blog. Whether you’re a story writer, contest entrant, photo sender, commenter, or regular reader, thank you. There is absolutely no way I could populate this blog without your help.


On that note, I recently received a comment about the frequency of others’ writings appearing on my blog, and the infrequency of my own. The commenter suggested that they’d like to read more from me, and less from other writers. I did address this comment, but would also like to address it to the rest of the readers of this blog.

I enjoy sharing the writings and imaginations of other spankos – and there are a whole big bunch of ’em out there who don’t maintain their own blog/site but still want to participate in the online experience. Some of our authors write prodigiously, which gives me the opportunity to share their writings often. The spanking story contests are another way in which I encourage readers to participate, by exploring their creativity – with a chance to get a ‘prize’ spanking in the arrangement. I hope, at least, that this is not only fun for the participants but also for people who enjoy reading original spanking fiction. These are not professional writers, and that’s another thing to love about the diversity of their stories.

With that said – yes, there is something in it for me. Content. 

Without the participation of a larger spanko community, this blog (excluding video updates) would likely post once or twice a week, at best. My own personal writings, such as Conversations with Spankos, Spanking PSA, and other random posts, are few and far between for a reason. 

I’m busy. A lot.

This is not a boast. I do wish, wholeheartedly, that I had more leisurely time in which to explore my thoughts and opinions and experiences. The reality is that I do not have that luxury.

So I rely heavily on other spanking enthusiasts who are willing to share of themselves on this blog. I cannot imagine that this could be a bad thing, but it is possible that there are those readers out there who have some disagreement with the content. I encourage those readers to explore the many high-quality personal spanking blogs and sites available – lots of which are linked directly in the sidebar of my blog.

(Then there are the random occurrences which cause all life and business to come to a screeching halt.)

A supposedly-simple dental appointment last week turned into a three-appointments-over-a-month root canal and crown procedure. I have had enough dental work to be completely convinced at this point that each and every doctor of dentistry is a natural-born sadist. 
Who else could look you in the eye and say ‘take a deep breath’ while sticking a needle in your gums?

So I am behind. Again. A little. But blame it on my dentist – I’d much rather be spanking.

Love,
Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ Part Two

Enjoy part two of ‘The Reformatory’, by Annika and Lyndsy! Much more to come from these two talented authors…

The Reformatory part II

”Are you ok Lyndsy??”  I asked.  She turned and looked at me with the biggest smile on her face ever. 
“Oh man!!!  When does it stop hurting??” she asked as she rubbed her bottom.  ”Well, I will tell you when I know myself!”, I replied.  “Hey, I thought this wasn’t your first spanking?”….”It wasn’t, but I have never EVER got a spanking like this one was!”  I looked right at her, “Soooo?  Are you still on probation??”  She laughed and replied, “Nope!!  Hey, we aren’t grounded, let’s kick this place and go out!!” 
She was right.  We were free to leave the house at almost any time.  Of course we had to be back at dinnertime for the most part, and definitely for the night, but besides that we were responsible for our own time management.  All of us had jobs which usually occupied our time during the day, so we usually weren’t home until dinner. 
When Lyndsy and I were not together we used technology to keep in touch.  We chatted a lot during the daytime, which made it very difficult for me to focus on work.  Mostly we taunted and dared each other to do different things or say different things towards many different situations, like work mates, or others who annoyed us, but more often than not it was in regards to handling things at the reformatory.  Because of that, the conversations during dinner sometimes took some strange turns as we deliberately interposed comments that we had mentioned previously and privately to each other, and this would trigger some kind of reaction from one of us.  
Lyndsy looked at me first with that little dare in her eyes, then said to Ms. Kane, “Do you like to sing Ms. Kane??”….”Yes Lyndsy.  Actually I do.  But not in public though.”  Lyndsy started to giggle, and looked back to me, ”Maybe you should sing your new song to her, Amy?”  I kicked Lyndsy under the table as hard as I could.  ”Yeowww!”  was her vocal reaction, although it was a little put on.  Ms. Kane looked at Lyndsy with curious eyes, then at me with more of a frown.  Right then the phone rang in her office so she excused herself and went out to answer it.
“What the heck are you two doing??” Kevin asked us as soon as she left the room.  ”What do you mean?” I answered as Lyndsy said at the same time, “We just asked her a question!  Why is that a problem?” 
“The only thing you are asking for is a sound spanking!  The two of you have been talking in round about  ways pretty much since you arrived here.   I’m just telling you to rethink your strategy a little better.”  ”What strategy?  We are not trying to get into trouble with it.”  I innocently replied.  ”Yeah that’s what I tell myself too” Lori pointed out.  ”Just remember one VERY important thing!!!  Ms. Kane never forgets anything!  And I mean NEVER!”
Ms. Kane entered the dining room and we all focused on our eating again. 
As Ms. Kane sat down she asked, “Amy, do you write songs??”  Lyndsy almost choked on her bite of food.  ”No, Ms. Kane.  I just like music.”  Ms. Kane continued, ”Me too.  I really enjoy a good song.  And I guess you didn’t know that I like to dance as well?”  Lyndsy stood up literally choking this time, *Cough* *cough* *cough*  “I’m sorry.  I have to be excused” and with that she ran off.  So there I was, not knowing what to do next, and left there by myself to try to continue with dinner without coughing any up myself!   I was really hoping, but pretty much knew Ms. Kane could probably see that I was struggling.   I mean, severely struggling.  As the moments slowly went by, my eyes started to water, and my stomach tensed up so tight because I was trying to hold it together without cracking up uncontrollably!  It’s got to be the hardest thing to do when you feel you need to be serious!!!  And it’s not that we had any problems with the fact that Ms. Kane liked to sing and dance, it’s just that me and Lyndsy had been texting about it earlier.   We were just saying something like,  ‘Let’s sing a song!  That can’t be wrong!’  And I think Lyndsy’ reply was, ‘Let’s not, and say we did.’  And then I suggested we could even invite Ms. Kane to sing along with us.  To which we both agreed it should be something that wouldn’t get us into any kind of trouble whatsoever.   
All this was going through my head, in my own little world, when Ms. Kane pipes up, “Is something wrong Amy?  You seem a little distracted or maybe not feeling well?”  Lori blurts kind of sassily, ”Yeah, maybe you should go to Ms. Kane’s office and take a nap on her couch!”  “I’m fine, really.  And I think I’ll just take a nap in my bed.  Thanks so much for your concern though Lori.”  Kevin turned his head towards me, hiding his face with his right hand so that Ms. Kane couldn’t see his lips moving.  Without a word he said, ‘You two are so doomed!’  I smiled back at him sending him a look that could be easily translated into something such as, ‘You think?!’
He was right – we were doomed.  There was little doubt about that.  But we had no idea when Ms. Kane would actually react or how.  Of course there was the weekly session to always “look forward” to, but after she announced that we were finished with the probationary period, or “the second chance” period, she could pursue a punishment at any given time.  I felt like I was swimming in a very deep ocean, no life jacket, no seeing a safe place nearby to swim to, and having these swarming sharks pressing in all around me.  I had no idea how to get out of this situation now.   And even without trying, I just seemed to fall deeper into “the abyss”. 
Ms. Kane didn’t react that night.  Lyndsy’ thoughts were we really were not that bad, and that technically, we were “cute” about it all and how we were handling this bratty side that we both let emerge.  Not to mention how we fed off each others natural ability to connect in this way.  I wasn’t that sure Ms. Kane would see it that way, but I definitely couldn’t deny that we were having a lot of fun!!  And even in moments when we didn’t know how she would react, Ms. Kane couldn’t help but smile at our tendencies at times!!!
The next day was fairly normal to us.  We carried on in our texting as per usual.  This time we had been chatting about inviting Ms. Kane to a Karaoke bar with us, so that she could show us publicly how she was able to both sing and dance.  We had our giggles and laughs.  I had to stifle myself at work so many times, because Lyndsy kept cracking me up, and my co-workers wanted to know what I was laughing at!!!  I couldn’t DARE tell them where I was staying or what happened to us in the reformatory!!!  
We got through our day, none the less affected by our connection.  Dinnertime however, had a little different twist to it than usual. 
At some point while we were munching down with casual conversation over dinner, Ms. Kane stood up, walked over to us, and put a phone directly in front of me, and one directly in front of Lyndsy.  At least it kind of looked like a phone.  Our noses and cheeks scrunched up on one side as we looked at each other, because what she placed in front of us was definitely not a smart phone in ANY way!!!  My guess was that they probably wouldn’t even recognize the cell phone signal never mind place a call!!   
Ms. Kane was slow in her actions, and she was very calm.  After setting the phones down, she reached her hands towards us, one in front of me, one in front of Lyndsy, with her palms facing up.  “Phones please.” was her remark.  I looked at the phones on the table and considered taking one of them and placing it back in her hand, and a big smile came across my face!  I thought I was hiding it, but immediately Ms. Kane voiced, “I don’t mean those phones sweetheart.  I mean your smartphones.”  Lyndsy kicked me again.  As a matter of fact, I had more bruises from her kicking then after the spanking I had received that last Sunday.  I abided by the calm demand.  Then she looked at Lyndsy.  “Same for you missy!”   Once she had our phones, OUR PHONES, she went back to her seat and started back at dinner like nothing had just happened.
Personally, I don’t delete messages.  I felt my phone was my personal possession forever, so I didn’t worry about it.  Lyndsy never either, because she knew that if she was accused of something, she could scroll back and double check if that was the case, or if something was misinterpreted, to get her out of a situation.  Sad thing is, Ms. Kane knew how to get inside our message logs.  I swallowed hard and whispered to Lyndsy, ”This is not good.”  “Yeah.  Tell me about it.  I think I need to make a run to find JD!!!”  ”Good!”  I replied.  “That means JD will be pointed at, and not me!!”  
“Seems it’s not us who are in trouble for once!” Lori said to Kevin.  ”Yes!  Since they moved in, I actually think we have been behaving very well!” Kevin replied with a corny twisted tone to his voice.
We had to sit there, all of us, as Ms. Kane was reading our phone messages me and Lyndsy sent to each other.  We tried to swallow our dinner, but each bite had a really hard time to get past our throat.  She would look up once in a while and just looked from me or Lyndsy to the other, with a slight smirk that neither of us knew how to take, making sure we got her eye contact, and then lowered her head to continue reading. 
I certainly started to feel the heat built up inside of me!  My cheeks felt as if they had been sunburned, and my mouth got very dry.  Literally I had to swallow each little bite with a gulp of water.
Ms. Kane looked at us again.  Each moment seemed like minutes!  She didn’t say a word, which was the scariest part of it all!  We couldn’t even hold the eye contact for a second, so we both just looked at our food and tried to refocus.  She stood up and left the kitchen, and both of our jaws stopped.  Our eyes followed her without looking directly at her.
“Awww, are you nervous girls?  You look like you’ve seen a ghost or something?”  Kevin laughed sarcastically, but controlled it at the moment Ms. Kane returned to the dining room.  ”Lori, Kevin, I want you two to either go upstairs or you can leave the house.  It’s up to you.”  Both of them chose to leave the house, but before exiting, Lori managed to whisper to us, ”I want details later!  Oh, and good luck!” 
As soon as the two left the dining room Ms. Kane started up, “Well, it is going to take me some time to get through all of these messages you two have collaborated together the past few days.  You both get this place cleaned up, and I will be in my office reading!!  When you are done, you decide who will come in to see me first.”  With that she turned and walked away.
We both looked at each other.  ”I guess you’re thrilled you have a sitting job hey Amy?!”  Lyndsy quietly said, but with a loud giggle.  ”Well, I am relieved that I can raise my desk, so I can also stand up while working!“  I replied with a big sigh.
We started to clean up, and because we are smart, we didn’t hurry at all.  The plates have never been as clean as the day they were bought!  And we just happened to find all these unkempt spots all over the kitchen that just so happened to need cleaning!  But, in reality, this only delayed the punishment by a mere few minutes.   It did not remove it.
“I’m the youngest, so you should take responsibility and go first” I piped up.  Lyndsy laughed, “Oh my dear Amy, it’s exactly why you should go first, because you are the youngest!  There are better chances for you to learn from a spanking at your age, so really, honestly, I believe it in your best interests that you go first.”  “I was first the last time Lyndsy!!”….”That is true, but….  Oh, what the heck.  I’m a fair person.  Lets flip a coin.”  I liked the idea actually, ”Fine!  Heads or tails?”  ”Tails!” Lyndsy chose as I threw the coin in the air and let it drop to the floor.  It seemed like it never wanted to stop spinning, and as we watched in anticipation, it stopped with the heads up!!!  Sigh…..”Fine….. I will go first.”  ”Feel free to take some of my spanking as well!” she said with a blink and a sassy smirk!
I slowly walked down the hall and knocked at Ms. Kane’s office door.  “Come in.”  I carefully stepped inside.  Ms. Kane was sitting in the same spot as the last time I was before her – behind her desk.  Laying directly in front of her she had our phones displayed neatly, and along side of them a brown leather belt.  My insides were restless and it came out through my hands.  They went from scratching my arms, to my head, to my hair until I managed to cross my arms at which I was hoping would prevent them from moving anywhere else.   Then, I got a shiver as I wondered if Ms. Kane thought maybe my posture might indicate that I’m not open to receive any kind of lecture.  But then again, my facial expression had to of indicated that I was very aware of her attentiveness, and very open to pay attention to everything she was going to tell me!….  And do to me!
“So young lady, I must admit, this has been somewhat of an interesting read” she said as she continued to keep my eye contact.  “Sit down.”  I slumped with my arms still crossed.  “Did you think I wouldn’t notice your little innuendo’s that you and Lyndsy have going on?”  ”Umm, no ma’am.”  ”Oh.  So you did want me to find out.  Interesting.”  ”Well, I guess I assumed you would clue in sooner or later” I shyly added.  ”Amy, I can barely hear you.  Speak up please.  You had the courage enough to write all of this to Lyndsy, so have the courage to say it to me as well.”   “Yes ma’am” I barely fumbled out.  
”You and Lyndsy have really hit it off, and seem to be on the same page with your little bratty ideas and instigating.”  ”Yes.  We did actually click right away.”  ”Do you two think of me as just a joke around here?”  My eyes got big, ”No, no, no.  I swear!  I would never even consider that ma’am.  We would never talk or, or write that much, about you if, if we didn’t see you as someone, umm, someone important enough to spend our time  and, and attention with.”  I tragically fumbled for words.  ”Relax Amy.  I know that.  I just noticed that the two of you like to get carried away with the giggling and sarcasm and jokes between the two of you.”  
She paused for a moment, but it seemed like eternity.  “Maybe you won’t be laughing so often when I’m done with you.”  ”Umm, probably not ma’am” I tried to answer respectively.  ”Well, I suppose you’ve noticed that I have found my old belt, and I won’t lie to you, this little piece of leather is going to hurt.  A  lot!  That little child inside of you has been coming out of it’s shell a little too much now, and that means it’s you, the adult you, that will have to face the consequences.”   ”Yes ma’am.  I understand” I said trying to convince myself.
“Good answer.  Now get those pants off.  Oh, and since you haven’t tasted the belt yet, I will be kind enough to give you a warm up.  However, it will have to be on your bare bottom.”
I stood up slowly, uncrossed my arms finally, undid and dropped my pants and slowly went over to her.  The adrenaline was racing intensely inside of me, which made my whole body quiver.  She took me by my hand, looked directly into my eyes and then slowly guided me over her lap without losing a moment of eye contact.  I shook my head.  ”Why are you shaking you head” she asked?  ”Because…  because I am so stupid!”  ”Oh Amy, you are not stupid.  You are a little brat, but you are not stupid” she said as she continued to lower me over her lap.  Then she started the smacking.  You definitely could call it a warm up, because my bottom certainly was burning very quick.  
First the rhythm was slow, but turned into a faster rhythm after 10 strokes or so.  She kept going for quite some time until I finally began to moan.  She rubbed my bottom for a minute.  ”I wonder how you will respond to the belt now little missy.  You are basically unaffected so far.  Stand up.”  I stood up without a pause and rubbed my bottom.  It was burning and literally sore already.  I looked up at her with big puppy sad eyes, and she smartly smiled back at me.  “Amy, don’t look at me that way.  It won’t get you out of trouble no matter how cute you may try to be, and it definitely won’t prevent the rest of this punishment.”  She paused and then pointed towards her desk.  “Go over there and bend over it.”
I gulped, hesitated momentarily as I considered what to say in defense, and then just did what she told me to. 
Again she gently rubbed my bottom, as if she was trying to find the right spot to hit, and then spoke as she continued, ”There was something I couldn’t quite understand from your messages.  That song you were thinking of the other night, I’d really like to hear it.”  I couldn’t help but let out a little giggle.  ”I’m sorry.  Honest, I am not laughing at you Ms. Kane.  But I, I… I just can’t sing it to you.”  And the first stinging hit landed square on my bottom.  “Owww!!”   I halfway moaned and laughed, which only made the belt hit my bottom again, and again.  Then she stopped.  ”I’m still waiting to hear that song.”  I had to contest now, ”But it’s, it’s really not my song.  Or, ah, it’s not intended for me.”  ”I don’t care who it’s intended for.  I still want to hear it.”
The belt swung again as she finished talking.  “Oww, please, no ma’am.”  I still halfway moaned and laughed, not that it didn’t hurt, but because she was playing with my mind.  Inside that head of mine I was singing EXACTLY that song, and no, it wasn’t intended for me!  I was not even close to being the person who should sing that song in front of Ms. Kane.  I didn’t even know if the right one dared.  ”I will spank you with this belt until you start singing that song Amy.”  
So…. I started to sing…… “I’m bulletproof.  Nothing to lose” ….SMACK…. ”Oww!  Fire away.  Fire away. Ricochet.  You take your aim.”….SMACK…”Owww!!   Fire away.  Fire away.  You shoot me down, but I won’t fall.  I am titanium.”…..SMACK…. And with that I literally burst out laughing!!  ”It’s not a song for me, ma’am.  I am not titanium!!”  She questioned, “Who is?”  ”I don’t know.” …SMACK…. ”Yeowwwww!!”   ”Don’t you lie to me!!  Who was this song for?”  ”Kevin.” I barely whispered.  …SMACK… ”I told you to speak up when you talk to me Amy.”…..”KEVIN!!”
She folded the belt neatly and placed it on her desk again.  I was still standing in the same position.  She bent over and looked at me from the other side of the desk, and I looked right back at her.  ”I like your sense of humor, but I can assure you that Kevin isn’t titanium either!  But honestly, I do think he would like that song!  So if I ever hear HIM singing it to me, I will drag YOU in here, and repeat this spanking!  Do I make myself clear??”  My eyes got big again, ”Very.  Very clear, ma’am.”  ”Good girl.  Now go over there to the corner and face the wall.  Lyndsy might as well get a glimpse of you, so she will know what to expect.”  I HAD to make a comment, so I said, ”But she doesn’t have a song, Ms. Kane.”  I didn’t expect to hear the reply I did.  ”Don’t you worry about that sweetheart.  Lyndsy might not have a song, but she has a little friend I’ve come to be aware of and has been referred to so discretely by the two of you as JD.”
Damn!!!  We did write about that as well!!

;) Annika aka Amy and co-author Lyndsy
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Conversations with Spankos (Ch. 13) Tickle Torture

Readers,

The subject of Boundaries came up in recent visits with one of my wonderful NYC playmates. He’s quite ticklish, you see, and I have an extremely difficult time – every time – in not tickling him mercilessly. 

I do believe that tickling is one of the purest forms of torture, given that the receiver is never really in any pain whatsoever, yet at the same time would likely sign over his or her firstborn if you’d only stop with the tickling.

This does not stop me from coming ever-so-close to crossing that boundary with my playmate.

Nor does the fact that I, too, am extremely, painfully ticklish.

I readily admit that, on the occasion of our most recent meeting, my poor and tickle-shocked playmate looked me directly in the eye and implored that I please, for the love of all things good and gentle, not tickle him this time. Please.

I finally managed to control my sadistic impulse, and we passed a lovely time of spanking, scolding, and stimulating conversation.

However, I cannot promise that it won’t happen again. Why? It’s not that I don’t respect my playmate’s boundaries – I honestly and genuinely do – but it’s just so damn hard to not slide my fingernails down his hips between spankings. There, I’ve said it. It’s completely selfish. I am hoping for strength on this subject.

Tickling is a boundary, and if I tickle this particular playmate then I’ve crossed his boundary.

Obviously, while tickling may not seem to you an unpardonable crime, boundaries come in all forms; many people have intensity and implement limits, lots of us have opinions on things like restraint, humiliation, and role-plays.

My question for you other spankos is this: How cognizant are you of your playmates’ boundaries? And how often are we compelled to cross them?

What, in your opinion, constitutes Unacceptable Boundary Behavior?

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Winner of the ‘Fellow Bloggers’ contest!


Readers,

I’m grateful to my ‘Fellow Bloggers’ for entering this contest and helping me get the word out about DanaKaneSpanks.com. The winner (chosen randomly, literally from a hat) will receive either a free spanking session with me or ten free video downloads (his or her choice). 

Let’s all congratulate Isobel at:


The English Vice ! 

Isobel is a spanking fiction writer, and samples of her work may be found on her site. I’m sure that most of my readers who enjoy spanking writing will be glad to find The English Vice.

My sincerest thanks to all who participated in the contest (and helped me advertise!) and to those who were kind enough to cross-post as non-contestants, too – please take a few minutes to check out the links below, which will take you to each poster’s article on their websites.

– Dana

Malflic.com

Kristian Comes Undone

Dark Secret Spanking

Angel Spanked

Femdom Times

Erica Scott – Life, Love and Spanking

Femdom Resource

Ganja Vibes

Sissy Maid Tiffani

Someone’s Gonna Get It


Also, Marcus over at Spanking Tube was kind enough to add a bit on my new DVD release “Auntie Dana’s Naughty Nieces” to his site. The article is linked below:

SpankingTube.com News Article

(If I missed your post, please do send along the link!   – Dana)

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Reformatory’ Part One

Readers,

Many more thanks to Annika, one of our favorite new authors, for her story of Amy, ‘Historie’.
Here again, Annika takes us on a lovely spanking adventure – this time with help from her writing partner, Lyndsy. I’m sure you’ll enjoy ‘The Reformatory’…

  –  Dana


The REFORMATORY

I used to walk around in this world believing I was the only one who had weird thoughts about misbehaving and the possible consequences of that.   My inner demons, or maybe just my inner child, struggled to get out all the time.   I suppressed those ideas, or needs because I was not a child anymore.  However, the needs were so strong that I often had problems functioning in the correct ways expected by society.  Especially when it came to authority figures like teachers, social workers, police and so on.  They all triggered this desire to misbehave.  To test.  To be bratty.  I never responded to normal problem solving, like talking sense or being lectured.   In fact when they tried, I usually thought of different ways to cross the line even more, and that always made me smile during these so called disciplinary discussions.
Anyways, one day my social worker stopped in the middle of one of these useless conversations and informed me that they have had it.  If I wouldn’t respond to anything that they offered, they would have to place me into a new reformatory where there was an old-fashioned approach to behavioral adjustments.
Well, seriously, I thought it kind of sounded like a fun place to be, so I just replied, ”Go ahead.  I don’t care”.
Before I knew it, I was moved into this reformatory.  It looked more like a very big house.  It had 4 levels.  A basement (fully equipped with several of social games like billiards, videogames and so on),  the ground floor (living room, dining room, kitchen and offices), first floor (sleeping areas, bathrooms) and second floor (also sleeping areas).
The headmistress, or whatever you call her, greeted me promptly on my arrival.  She looked friendly enough, and definitely had the perfect authoritarian charisma I loved to challenge.  Already in that  first moment I saw her, my inner child was jumping ridiculously inside!
“Hello.  You may refer to me as Ms. Kane.  And welcome to my place.”  Kane, I thought, what a perfect name!  ”Hi.  I’m Amy.” 
“The first thing I will do is show you around the house, and then it would be appropriate to talk about the rules around here, so you know what I expect from you and anyone else who is here to stay”  I just smiled and nodded in agreement.
She showed me to my room, which I found out I would soon be sharing with another “misbehaved” tenant.  “Your roommate is moving in tomorrow, so you get to choose which bed you’d like.” 
I never had a roommate, so this could be interesting.  Even more so if this person would be someone that I could relate to and be comfortable with.
“At the moment there are two other residents living here besides you.  They are not at home right now, but you will be able to meet them at dinnertime.”  I just kept following her saying nothing.  ”When your roommate arrives tomorrow there will be three girls and one boy, which I actually didn’t expect.”   She looked at me with a little glimmer in her eye and continued,  ”I thought it was the boys who didn’t know how to behave”  she said as she winked at me.  She turned and started to walk again.  ”But then again, we just opened and we are just getting started here.  And whether it’s a girl or boy, I am very observant, and can see through them and their little ingenuities fairly quickly.”  I thought she was being funny, but I don’t think she intended to be, but I sensed I probably shouldn’t start to laugh right at that moment.  Somehow I figured it was one of the unwritten rules, “NEVER laugh at Ms. Kane, when she is serious”!
After we toured the house, we went to her office and she asked me to sit down. 
“Well, like I said, you will meet Lori and Kevin tonight.  They have been here for some time, and they have received, should I say, a lot of firm guidance from me.  We are not quite there yet, not where I expect their behavior to be,  but if you ever doubt that I don’t mean serious business here, feel free to talk with them.”
She continued, “Amy, you realize, if you knew how to behave, you wouldn’t be here.  I do expect you to cross the lines now and then and you will learn quickly that every action results in a REaction!”  I wiggled in my chair a little.  “There will be no drinking of alcohol.  No smoking.  No lying or cheating.  And definitely no disrespect in my house!  I also expect you to participate in keeping it a functional place, meaning, you will help out in this household.  These are all part of my requirements for maintaining an appropriate setting for you to learn from.  You are allowed to voice your opinions, and you can even argue your concerns if you feel the need.  BUT, if I say stop, you stop!   Is that clear??”
Finally she stopped talking, and I carefully let out a, ”Yes, ma’am” 
“Good.  Well, I think you will like it here.”  I looked around searching for any evidence, or hints of her disciplinary ways to know what to expect.  And even though there were none visible, I had no doubt that she would have some kind of “learning” implements stashed somewhere.  
She observed me pondering the room and said, “I assume you were informed that we practice old-fashioned behavior modification therapy here?”  I looked at her and nodded.  ”Sorry, I couldn’t hear you.”….”Yes, ma’am”
“Very good.  For now I will let you unpack, and get settled, and then you are going to help me and our chef, Mr. Johnson, to make dinner.”
I went to my room and organized my things.  I checked the window to see if there was any escape possibilities.  Not that I wanted to leave, I just figured it might be a bit of good knowledge to have.  The window in the bathroom could be useful.  You would be able to jump out on the roof, slide down and jump down to the street.  I wondered also about hiding places.  I would probably find some with time, but for now I wanted to see how this would turn out. 
When I was done, I went downstairs to help out in the kitchen.  I loved to cook, so this was a chore I didn’t mind to have.
At dinnertime I had the pleasure of meeting Lori and Kevin.  They seemed very polite and well behaved, and so I wondered why they still lived here.  Not for long though….
“Lori is that a new shirt you got there?”  Ms. Kane questioned.  ”Um….yes.  But I didn’t buy it on credit.”…..”Well good for you.  Did you really need that shirt??”….”Ahh….nooo….but, it only cost me 10 dollars.  It went from 20 to 10 so it was a really good deal”…..”Lori do I need to remind you that you owe the credit card companies money??  And that 10 dollars could have been used to bring that debt down?”…..”But I also need clothes to wear Ms. Kane.”  Kevin started to laugh, but instantly stopped when Ms. Kane looked firmly at him.  Lori smiled as well and I immediately knew I was in the right place. 
“Okay, I think dinner is over.  I expected more from the two of you tonight.  You should be setting a good example to Amy, and not be showing her how to get into trouble.”…..”Sorry Ms. Kane.” they both said at the same time.
I was struggling not to laugh.  This was hilarious.  I was finding it hard to take for real.  Are they really trying to be that obedient?  I wondered how things would be once my new roommate was here too.  I was really looking forward to meeting her.
That night I could hear smacking sounds from downstairs.  Ms. Kane definitely used something more than just her bare hand, and I felt a deep respect towards Lori, who I could hear was the receiver of the spanking.  If Kevin got any that night I don’t know. 
The next morning I woke up with a lot of energy.  I was so excited to see what the day would bring, along with getting to meet my roommate.  It was Friday, and I didn’t have to work that day, so I was home.  Both Lori and Kevin again behaved very well during breakfast.  Lori seemed to sit a bit uncomfortably but managed it through.  I just observed and listened to the things they were talking about, and was actually surprised with the light atmosphere. 
“So Amy, what are you up to today??” Ms. Kane asked me.  ”Umm…I don’t really know yet.  I’m looking forward to meeting my roommate though.”….”Ah yes.  I think you two might have some things in common.” 
Lori and Kevin had things to do during the day, so most of the time they were gone.
Before leaving Kevin smiled at me and said “Don’t be afraid.  She won’t break you in two.  Knowing that, maybe I will teach you a thing or two if you dare want to play.”  He winked at me and left.
Oh boy.  A dare!  That always triggers something inside of me.
When my new roommate arrived I stayed in our room and waited.  She obviously had gotten the same tour and speech, and was now being shown to our room.  ”Lyndsy, this is Amy, and she will be your roommate.  Amy arrived yesterday, so you are both quite new here” Ms. Kane looked at me and said, “Amy I expect you to help Lyndsy to settle in and feel welcomed here.  The two of you will probably be spending a lot of time together, so respect each other and help each other, okay??”….”Yes, ma’am” I smiled at Lyndsy and she smirked back.  We had an immediate connection just through the glitter in our bratty eyes.
“Good.  I will be downstairs if there is anything either of you need.” 
“So what speech did you get??” I asked my new roommate.  ”Something about behaving.  No drinking….and then she lost me there!” she started to laugh.  ”I might be in trouble already!”  She said as she pulled a little bottle of JD out from her bag.  ”This is my friend Jack, and I like to spend time with him once in awhile.  I surely didn’t expect that would be a problem, or rule.  I mean, we ARE adults, soo…”…..”Don’t worry.  I won’t tell, and I won’t drink it”  She laughed again, ”Good to know!  Then you can be my new BFF!!!  Brattiest Favorite Friend!!”  We both laughed for a few moments.
Then Lyndsy looked at me a little more serious and said, “So, ah, does she mean it??”…..”What?”…..”Does she like really spank??”….”Well, I think she does.  I mean Lori surely got something last night”….”Really?  You could hear it??  Or see it???”…..”No not see it, but definitely heard it!” 
“Oh man!!!  I’ve never been spanked in my life,  but am a 100% brat!!  A sneaky never caught brat”  I smiled so big inside, yet I just knew that this relationship between the two us had the potential to turn out really bad.  But it was so easy to talk with her.  And her brattiness seemed innocent, much like mine.
She then asked me, “How about you?  Ever had a spanking before??”……”Yes”…..”Did it hurt?”….”I don’t really remember.  I would say yes, and no”…..”Hmm.  Well, I guess if she is ever going to spank me, she will probably take it easy.  Or at least should.  Yeah she will.  Because I’m just an “innocent” kind of a brat”… I had to laugh at that and replied “I’m not sure it works that way Lyndsy.”
“By the way, there’s a guy here, Kevin, you’ll meet him later.  He wanted to teach me a thing or two and I’m guessing it’s about bratting, if I dared”….”Really?  Awesome!  Think I can join??”….”I guess so.”
She unpacked her things, and looked for a hiding place for that little bottle of JD…..”What do you think?  Do you think I need to hide it?”  I shrugged my shoulders, ”I wouldn’t be caught with it to find out”…..”Hey, I could make it obvious, place it in the living room with a note on it saying something like, ‘ITS NOT MINE, but keep your fingers away from it’.  Do you think that would work?”….”I guess it depends on what you want to achieve?  You could put it into some container that doesn’t look like a liquor bottle.  Like a Tupperware container or something?”….”Good thinking!  You are a smart brat!!  I could use you on MY side.”
We went downstairs and found a suitable container for Lyndsy’ JD. “I don’t really drink this too often” she said,  “but it’s just nice to know that JD is around if I need him or if I should get into trouble.  You know, the blame it on JD kind of excuse.  But then again, now with you here, I could just point at you and say, ‘she made me do it!’”   She smiled at me, but I immediately replied, ”Go ahead, but I might point back”  We both giggled as she tried to not spill a drop as she poured.
It was dinnertime and we were all gathered again.  Lyndsy and I sat next to each other.  So it was really difficult to stay focused on the conversations, because every time something was said, that could mean a lot of other things, she kicked me, but I kicked back.  At one point Ms. Kane was looking at us with a quite serious expression on her face, so we both put on our innocent look and tried to control our self.  It definitely wasn’t easy!  It was so hard not to bust a gut laughing out loud!
Somehow we managed to get through the dinner.  In the kitchen Kevin, Lyndsy and I had to do the dishes. 
“Kevin did you ever get spanked with this??” Lyndsy showed him a wooden spoon as she smacked it into her palm.  ”I have broken plenty of wooden spoons my dear!  Does that answer your question?”…..”What is the worst thing you have been spanked with?”  She said as she pulled out a wooden spatula.  At that moment Ms. Kane came to the kitchen, so we all smartened up our work and kept quiet.  ”What were you three talking about??”…..”Lyndsy was just interested to hear about my experiences….with…..ahh….cooking.  Yeah.  That’s what it was.” Kevin replied. 
I started to cough to prevent laughing out loud.  ”Yes and it turns out he advised us he is a master with wooden mixing spoons” Lyndsy followed up.   I kept coughing because I was ready to lose it.  Ms. Kane looked at me, “Amy, do you need a hand?”…. ”Oh oh.  The offering of the hand is the first warning” Kevin said, and he had to laugh now.  He knew that he just crossed a line with that sentence, yet he didn’t seem scared, and even more expectant.  “Go to my office right now!   I’ve had it with you young man.   I have asked you to be a role model to the new residents, and this is not the way!  Off you go!!” 
She looked at us. “You two are going to finish up in here, and then it’s straight to bed!”….”Yes ma’am”
She went to her office where Kevin was waiting. 
Lyndsy and I just looked at each other and started to giggle.  “I don’t know about you Lyndsy, but somehow I’m not sure that this place will get the best out of us”….”What do you mean, maybe this is the best part of us finally being able to be expressed??!!”
We finished up and went to our room.  Once again you could hear the sound of a severe spanking downstairs.  ”How does he do it?  It almost sounds as if he is laughing sometimes.  Do you think it’s for real?”….”Well, why don’t you go downstairs and take a peek Amy?”….”Yeah right!!  On the other hand it might be wise to receive a spanking after Kevin, because I’m sure she must be tired!”….”I dare you!” Lyndsy said encouragingly.  “Ahhh, I don’t know.  I don’t want to get caught being curious.” 
The spanking sound seemed to have stopped.  We both listened quietly for a minute.  Lyndsy says, “I wonder if he’s dead, or just broken?” and her eyes got big with a huge smirk on her face.  “You better not go spy now, you would be caught for sure!!!”  We both laughed at each other but also knew there was a sense of uncertainty in our future.
Shortly after, there was a knock on our door.  Our eyes got big, and we got serious, and both had a look of worry.   We both replied, “Yes??” 
Kevin came into our room.  “I am here to apologize to the two of you for encouraging bratty behavior.  I must also warn you that it won’t pay off to be bratty here.   There is very little fun bratty, but very much irritating bratty to Ms. Kane.  So, even though she told me to tell you that, I would suggest personally that you brat carefully!!”  He winked at us as he turned to leave.  As he got to the door he looked back and said, ”Oh yeah and I just broke another implement of hers.  Chaching!  One less to worry about!!”  We all giggled, but underneath there was a lot more concern as to how much to expose our brattiness.
The next day Lyndsy and I tried to behave ourselves, and we succeeded for the most part, but it was mostly due to the fact we weren’t together most of time.   That night we had a lot to talk about.  ”So who do you think will get the first spanking, you or me??”, Lyndsy asked.  ”Well if she finds your JD you most definitely will”….”Nah, won’t happen.  Not something she would concern herself over.  Maybe she will never feel the need to spank us.  I mean, we’re bratty, but we’re ‘cute’ about it.  We’re not rude or ignorant.”  I quickly answered,  “Umm, yeah, but it’s still bratting, and I think she is keeping track and just waiting for the right moment.”
Lori knocked and came into our room.  ”So are you excited about tomorrow??” she said in a real uppity tone.  ”Tomorrow??” I questioned.  ”Yes.  You know, the weekly session?”…..”The weekly what??” I asked further.  ”Oh, ah, I guess she hasn’t told you about that…oops.  Oh well, good luck anyways.  Sweet dreams you two.”  And then she was gone.  We looked at each other.  Lyndsy says, ”I didn’t like the sound of that.  Wonder what that’s all about.  What ever.  You moved in before me, so I guess you will be the first to find out!!  Oh, and even better, you can just tell her tomorrow that the two of us have a mutual agreement that you will take any of my necessary disciplinary actions as well!!”  She laughed.  “Lyndsy, I am not taking yours, but I will be here to be fully supportive when you come crawling up the stairs”  We again smiled at each other, but our concern was intense.  Neither of us got that much sleep that night. 
Now it was Sunday.  During breakfast, Ms. Kane told me that she wanted to see me in her office right after I was through with eating and cleaning up.   Lyndsy kicked me and chuckled in an undertone, ”I won!”…..”And Lyndsy, as soon as Amy and I are done, you will immediately see me next!”…..I kicked Lyndsy back and whispered with my hand hiding my mouth, “Remember to breathe during the spank!”……”Ahh, she will be too tired to spank me after she is done with you missy” she whispered back.  I couldn’t hold a giggle in no matter how hard I tried, which earned me a very strict look from Ms. Kane.  I had to look down because I was so ready to burst out with more than a giggle out of nervousness.
So here I was, in her office again.  I was really anxious this time.  I could feel how I blushed, and my heart was beating faster.   She came in and sat down on the other side of the desk.  I tried to look anywhere but.
“So Amy, how are you?”….”Umm, I’m fine” I choked out.  ”Good.  Well I haven’t told you about this yet, but I request a weekly session with each of my residents.  The biggest reason I haven’t said anything is because I wanted to observe you as who you are, how you react, or act on your own.  If you knew that you were going to see me today, you would have behaved very differently.  This session is used to give you a clean sheet to start a new week.  You might not think I’ve been watching you, but really, you are not that hard to read.”  She gave me a smile.  ”Like now, I can see that you are nervous, but your eyes also carry a sparkle of excitement.”….I looked down….”Don’t be embarrassed about that, I don’t mind.  You and Lyndsy have a quite good connection going on.  In fact, I’m not sure it was such a good idea to place the two of you in the same room.  It might not be to your best benefit.”….”I’m glad you did, because I like her.  A lot.” I immediately jumped in.  ”Yes I realize that, but you two are risking a lot by egging each other on.  I do have limits, and I only tolerate those comments from anyone for a certain amount of time”…..”We…  Well…  I will try to behave?”…..”Only try??”…..And again, darn it, my nervousness made it so that I couldn’t help smiling…..”Amy I want you to tell me, so that you realize what just went through your head and what made you smile!”….”Umm…..I think…..I guess….”  Ms. Kane cut in, ”No, no, no.  You don’t guess.  You tell the truth!!”…..”Okay.  I was just telling myself that I am going to sit here again next Sunday either way, so why behave all the time?”….”Hmm, well that’s up to you.  But, there is a big difference between getting a hand spanking and a spanking with, let’s say the belt!  I think you should consider yourself lucky that you haven’t been here a whole week yet, so today you will only receive a 5 minute hand spanking.”  5 minutes?  That didn’t sound that bad.  But then again, what did I know.  It had been ages since my last spanking.
Ms. Kane stood up and went over to a nearby couch.  She sat down, looked at me, and slapped two times on her thigh, indicating without words, that I should get over her lap now.  Again I couldn’t help smiling, and looking at her, my eyebrows raised with that “are you serious” look.  ”Amy, I will add 1 minute to your spanking every time you smile at me like that.  Get over here, now.”  I went over to her and got over her lap.  I closed my eyes and waited. 
“Amy, take this, and keep an eye on it” as she handed me an hourglass.  “When the 5 minutes are done, you let me know”  SMACK…”Yeow!” I said to myself inwardly.  ”Go ahead turn it around.  Let’s not waste any time.”  Then the spanking started.  No wonder I couldn’t remember how it felt to be spanked, because I was never spanked like this!!  I was so surprised that she had so much power behind her swing, because to be honest, she didn’t look that scary, or strong, or like anyone who could spank with that kind of force.  I managed to keep myself under control, but that was only because I still wore pants.  After a minute or so, she ordered me to pull my pants down.  I did, and I controlled every muscle in my face to avoid smiling.  Good thing my face was out of her view!!  ”You must realize, your bottom will be very red when I’m done with you.”  The spanking started again.  I knew Lyndsy could hear this, and again I had to fight the urge to smile!  I glanced at the hourglass, and it was only half empty.  By now I couldn’t stay still, and I had problems breathing.  ”Amy, relax.  I know it hurts, but a punishment is supposed to hurt.”  Smack, Smack, Smack.  And as she smacked she talked. “Your probation time is over now Amy, so if you misbehave during the week, like you have seen Lori and Kevin do, there will be an immediate consequence, do you understand?”….”Yes ma’am”…..Smack, Smack, Smack….I stared at the hourglass as if I could make it run faster by looking at it, but it only seemed to run slower.  I reached over, but it didn’t help to shake it gently, and besides that Ms. Kane spanked me harder when she noticed I tried to manipulate the hourglass.  I whispered “5 minutes” as soon the time had run out, and let out a sigh.  I had to close my eyes again, and try to focus and redirect the pain away from my bottom.  I tried to sing a song in my head, but I couldn’t remember the lyrics, and I didn’t dare to sing out loud.
Ms. Kane was so kind and asked me to sit next to her for a moment.  At least I wasn’t smiling now.  ”Amy, I don’t mind that the little child inside of you needs to come out once in a while, but if you want to act like a child, I also have to treat you like one.  So when you cross the line, you will end up over my lap, Okay?”….”Yes ma’am”…..”Good girl.  Now go upstairs, and send the other “child” to me!” 
When I walked in the room, Lyndsy looked very curiously at me.  ”That took some time!”….”Yeah”……”And how was it??  What happened??  How did she do it??”……”Well I think you will find out yourself soon enough.”…..”Come on!  Tell me, please!  Was it bad?  I need to know what to expect?  How to react.”…..”Ahh, let’s just say, I will be thinking of you.  Oh, and by the way, you better hurry downstairs.  I wouldn’t make her wait.”
I was lying on my bed, trying to ignore the burning of my bottom as I was listening to the smacking downstairs.  Once again I admired Lori and Kevin, because what I received, was ‘just’ a hand spanking. 

;) Annika aka Amy and co-author Lyndsy

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Historie’ Part 7: The Final Spanking


Readers,
Here is the seventh and final chapter in Annika’s beautifully-written story of Amy. 
But don’t despair, as Annika has been hard at work collaborating on a new series with Lyndsy. Stay tuned!

–  Dana

*****


The final spanking
My last spanking I received from my aunt happened one day after I had received one from Michael.
Michael had moved to USA to finish his education and to be near me. We attended the same school, but I still lived at home, and he had a small apartment near school. Of course you might think this gave us plenty of opportunities to explore each other, but he made it very clear to me, that my aunt’s rules still counted. He didn’t want me to get into trouble and wanted to stay on good terms with my aunt. I tried to assure him, that he had nothing to worry about, but that didn’t help, and he just told me to be patient, which is not one of my strong sides.
Well besides my lack of patience I also kind of liked to drive a bit faster then allowed. My aunt had warned me about it, but as so often before I thought I wouldn’t be caught. So the day I got a speeding ticket, I was quite embarrassed, and planned not to say anything to anyone….I would just pay the ticket.
Michael had an ability to sense small variations on how I behaved and knew exactly when I tried to hide something. So when I tried to act cool, when he asked me, if I had experienced anything interesting that day, he knew that I was holding back on something.
“Amy, why do I have this feeling, that there is something you aren’t telling me??”….”I don’t know….ehm….I really haven’t experienced anything important today….”….”Okay, but you know, I don’t like if you are withholding something I should know about”
It took me too long time to think about his last sentence before I responded, so at that point he knew I had a secret. So he stepped up to me, asked me to look into his eyes and to repeat, that I have been telling him the truth. I started to blush and smile nervously because I couldn’t.
“I’m sorry I didn’t think it was such a big deal, I would just pay it and move on…” “Pay what??”
“Ehm…the speeding ticket…..” I was looking down at my feet and I knew I was in trouble.
He didn’t say anything he just still stood very close to me. I looked at him and then tried to be ‘cute’ “I was just in a hurry to get to you, and didn’t focus on the speedometer” I smiled at him….”And that justifies it? That you wanted to see me??”….I didn’t answer….He gently whispered in my ear “Amy go to my bedroom and get my leather belt. On your way I want you to think about what waste of money this is but most importantly there is a reason why there are speed limits, it can save lives if you respect the limits!” “Go”
Aww….he didn’t think I was cute, he was very serious about this, which also explained why he always drove according to the Highway Code. I got his belt and went back to him. He ordered me to bend over the back of his couch. “I hope you will remember this the next time you feel the urge to step on the speeder”
I counted inside my head. When he got to 20 he stopped. He stepped behind me, and gently rubbed my bottom. His hands moved in front and unbuttoned my pants. He dragged them down and gently stroked my bottom again. He stepped aside raised his hand, and started the spanking. I tried to move, which was really stupid because the belt instead of hitting my bottom landed on my flank which really hurt.
“Amy, stand still. I don’t want to hurt you unnecessarily”……
After ten more strokes I started to moan. He stopped.
“Its okay sweetheart, you know I love you right??”…”Yes”…..”I don’t think this punishment is enough, but I will let your aunt decide the rest of it….!”….”What??”…..”Yes, you will tell her about your speeding ticket!”
“You still live with her, so it would only be natural if you tell her, what you have done, and I got feeling that she too will prefer honesty”….”And sweetie I will talk with your aunt and if it turns out you haven’t told her, you will receive another spanking from me…..and probably one from your aunt!”
Yay how lucky was I, but I couldn’t help to fall deeper in love with him. His deep blue eyes who demanded my presence and honesty, his smile that made my knees weak and his arms holding me, guarding me.
I didn’t tell my aunt when I got home that evening. The truth was, I had no idea how to start a conversation like that….”Hey Michael wanted me to tell you I got a speeding ticket, he already spanked me, so feel free to do nothing….”. I couldn’t risk that she would notice the marks on my back, that would just be to embarrassing. However I knew I had to tell her before Michael would talk to her, because he wasn’t kidding. So it was all about the timing.
The next morning he called me and asked if I had told her. When I told him no, he responded “Okay, shall I call her now??”…”Nonono, I will tell her today…”….”Okay I trust you, but remember every time her phone is ringing, you don’t know if it’s me”
I stood up, went to the bathroom and got dressed. The phone was ringing downstairs, so I jumped down as fast as I could and my aunt had just picked it up when I smashed my hand on top of the phone so it got interrupted. “WHAT on earth are you doing??”….”I’m sorry but I need to tell you something first”….the phone rang again. We both looked at it and she moved to answer the phone. She looked VERY firm at me, telling me without words “DON’T YOU DARE”. She answered the phone, and it wasn’t Michael, it was some friend of hers….I felt relieved….though only for a short time…..
When she was done talking to her friend, she turned around and said “Okay young lady, I want an explanation for that behavior!!”….”Yeah figured…..”…sigh…I went outside to get the ticket, because that was probably the best way to explain it all. I gave it to her, she looked at it, then looked at me….”So are you telling me that the police are trying to call me???”….I looked like a huge question mark…..”Well who did you think would call me about a ticket??”….I looked down and whispered “Michael”…..”I can’t hear you!”….I looked at her and said “Michael”….”Oh, and why would Michael call me?”….”He thinks you have the right to know about my ticket”….”Meaning you don’t??”….”Ehm no I do, but I would just pay it”
“Well you are going to pay for it, but I have warned you so many times haven’t I??”…”Yes”….”Good. It has been some time since your last spanking”…..yes exactly 13 hours and 23 minutes….
She took me by my hand and went over to the couch, sat down on it, and told me to pull my pants down. I hesitated, but obeyed. She guided me over her lap again, and if I could I would have buried myself or something….”mmh I see, it looks like someone else have had an opinion on your behaviors!!”…I couldn’t help to smile, and I had no idea how to explain it. I was a bit afraid that she would think I’m weird, and also afraid that she would be angry at Michael….”Michael kind of spanked me for the ticket”…”Kind of….well your bottom doesn’t look like a ‘kind of spanking’” She gently touched the mark the belt had left on my flank….”You know what, I really like Michael” she replied.
Then the spanking started. My bottom was still very sore from the spanking the day before but that didn’t prevent her from giving me a sound bare bottom spanking. She took a break one time, just to ask me what Michael had used to spank me with. She seemed rather delighted, when I told her it was his belt.
She stopped when I reached a limit, where I couldn’t hold still, keep quiet or breathe.
“Amy, come take a seat next to me….”…..Gee thanks, that’s what I really want right now….
“I think it is time that we two talk serious about Michael”….”You do know I love you right?”…”Yes”….”Good, Amy, I see you as a very competent, intelligent, funny and loving young girl. You can achieve whatever goal you want, but at the same time you need someone in your life, that can provide you with a safety net, someone who can guide you if you spin out of control, which you do tend to do, because you are so curious about everything”….
“I think Michael is a very fine young man, who can give you exactly that, and I don’t doubt that he and I agree on a lot of things regarding what is right and wrong” I nodded because she was sooo spot on.
“Good, then I can finally rest my hand…..but this doesn’t mean I won’t be here to guide you if you need me, okay?…”Ehm…Okay”
We hugged for some time, and my world was back into one piece.
The phone rang, my aunt answered it….”Oh yeah….Hi Michael, how are you dear….”
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Doctor Hansen – more great F/M spanking fiction!


Here’s excellent proof that sexual harassment in the workplace will not be tolerated. I’m sure that ‘Doctor Hanson’ is very well-behaved after this encounter with his nurses.

–  Dana


Doctor Hanson
Doctor Hanson was a young new doctor at the hospital department I used to work. He was handsome, well-spoken but very flirtatious. Guess he had some of the same fantasies about nurses, like a lot of other men. As a nurse I can inform you, that we hate that. We don’t see our self as sex objects, especially not while we are working and trying to be taken serious. Doctor Hanson used more time on trying to be cute, complementing and sometimes saying creepy things like “you know how I like my women???” “No and I don’t care…” He wasn’t good with the patients, because he was more focused on the nurses. My colleague and I really felt harassed by him and went to our chief of nursing. She wanted us to deal with him, and it was up to us, what we thought was fit for him. She would support us no matter what.
So we sat down and talked back and forth, but nothing seemed to be right. A more experienced nurse overheard our conversation, and then said “have you two ever noticed that some of the doctors tend to avoid chairs??”….”ehh, noo???”….”Well some of us believe that a good spanking does a lot of good” she smiled and left. We looked at each other. “That’s a punishment I can relate to” I said…”And I have the first implement we could use” my colleague went over to our bookshelf and took a theory book out and threw it on the table. I couldn’t stop laughing when I read the title; Pain – A theoretical introduction both physiologically and psychologically. “Perfect”
We went to the kitchen to look for other implements we could use and found some different spoons, some made of plastic and some of wood. We took one of each with us.
So the hardback book and spoons was the implement we wanted to use on him. Now we just needed to get him some day. We placed our implements in the room we had chosen for his session and waited for the right day to come.
We didn’t have to wait that long. Lisa (my colleague) and I had prepared for rounds and were waiting for some doctor to show up. When Doctor Hanson stepped inside, she and I just smiled at each other. It was going to happen today.
“Oh it must be my lucky day to go rounds with the two most beautiful nurses around”…..We stood up smiled at him and replied “well yes this must be your lucky day dear…..we have something to show you in the next room”. We tried to send him flirtatious signals, so he would go with us. He blushed and looked surprised but did follow us.
Inside the room he stood close to the door, so I went slowly towards him, still smiling and looking him directly in his eyes. I kept eye contact and I think he believed I would kiss him instead I reached behind him locked the door, and stepped backwards.
“You know Doctor Hanson, you might think this is your lucky day, but in fact I think it’s ours” Lisa said. She reached her hand towards him, signalizing he should come closer. He smiled and said “Do we have time for this?” Lisa and I looked at each other and I replied “this is worth taking the time for”.
“Come put your hands on the table and bend slightly over”. He obeyed.
Lisa was the first to go spank him, so I went around the table, and went down to a level where I could look him straight into his eyes. I smiled at him, he smiled back, but got a quite different expression, when I said “you have been a very bad boy, Doctor Hanson, and we are going to give you a severe punishment” “You are flirtatious, disrespectful, annoying and cannot seem to concentrate doing your job taking care of the patients”…..”It is unacceptable in this department, and we hope you will change your attitude after we are done with you” “Otherwise we won’t hesitate to repeat this over and over again”
“The chief by the way agrees on this, so accept this and change so you can become the doctor we know you can be!” “Understood?”
I didn’t expect him to actually say yes, but he did. Maybe some of the more experienced doctors had been warning him about our department, I don’t know, but it surely did make it easier for us.
I looked at Lisa nodding at her, so she could start, when she felt like it. She loosened his uniform pants, and pulled them down. He and I were still looking at each other. He looked quite expectant and slightly nervous.
Lisa took the book in both hands. Took aim, and then smacked him. She let the book rest at his buttocks before she took aim again. His expression was priceless. He wasn’t smiling anymore; he looked choked about the pain the book had caused. He was breathing a bit faster, but stopped, when Lisa removed the book from his bottom taking another aim. SMACK. “Awww…” he moaned.
“Shhhh, we wouldn’t want your colleagues to notice how bad you have been or would we??”  
Lisa started to spank him faster now, and he could barely stand still. He was looking with pledging eyes at me, but I just shook my head and said “you can count right?”…..”We are two in this room who are very annoyed with you”
Lisa gave him 5 more after that. She put the book with the title upside on the table, so he could read it. He sighed and shook his head. I went over to get the spoons. I placed them on the table so he could see them, and then asked Lisa, which one she would like to use. She chose the plastic spoon so I took the wooden one. We stood on both sides of him. His bottom was red and warm. I gently stroked the one side of his bottom with the spoon, looked at Lisa who nodded back at me. I lifted my hand and slammed the spoon on his left buttock. Lisa participated by slamming the plastic spoon on his right buttock. We took turns like that for a few minutes then gave him a break. I sat on the table and looked at him.
“Do you really believe we like to be treated as if the only purpose with our work is to wait on you, and that we find it okay for you to be flirtatious?” “Do you even know anything about us, who we are, what we like, what we care about and which work skills we have?”
He just looked at me. I could see he was really thinking about it, but didn’t answer, so I answered for him “I guess no…mmh….well maybe from this day on, you will pay more attention”  
Lisa and I switched sides, so his buttocks would receive equal spankings with the plastic and wooden spoon.
As before we took turns on him. He wasn’t in control anymore. He was moaning and wiggling. He hadn’t said anything before he broke down on the table “please I am sorry, I promise to be the best doctor I can be, and I will never treat you or any other nurse disrespectful again, please stop”
The spoons had left some marks on his bottom and I didn’t doubt one second that he was honest. His eyes were shut and he looked exhausted. I looked at Lisa and without words we agreed, that this was enough. I went over to a sink got a cloth and soaked it in cold water. He twitched when I gently put the cloth on his bottom.
“Doctor… Lisa and I will wait next room for you….so come, when you are ready to go rounds”
He managed it through the rounds, not as smart and bold like he used too, but professionally.
It took some time for him to recover. He wasn’t exactly scared of us, but seemed nervous. He paid attention to us and other nurses, and was interested in who we were instead of what we were.
One time he and I were alone in the office, and I could see, that he wanted to ask me something, but too nervous to do so. So I asked him, if there was something he wanted to talk about.
“Well I was just wondering; you are married right?” I nodded. “Do you punish your husband when he misbehaves?”…..”I’m sorry I know this is out of line for me to ask you that”
I stood up went to the door, before opening I turned around and said “My husband doesn’t need to be corrected, I’m the one who is misbehaving back home” I smiled at him and left the office.
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Spooky Spanking fiction!

Another excellent Spooky Spanking Story Contest entry. (Asterisks are my edits..)

–  Dana

My appointment was set for 7pm and I was running late. I knew that she was going to make me pay for that but I had been putting off seeing her because I was nervous. So many questions were running through my mind. What was it going to be like? How much trouble was  I really in? All that would soon be answered in just a few minutes. 

It was a Halloween night. The air was crisp and the moon was full. It had been so many years since I had seen a full moon on a Halloween night. It was setting the stage for what was to come. 
How did I let myself get talked into this. 

***

As I turned down on the country road at night I could tell I was almost there. The leaves were almost gone from the trees and the moon hit the branches just right. There was a light wind and it made the trees almost seem alive. I could almost imagine two Trick-orTreeters going down this same road just a few hours ago. Going from house to house. One dressed as a Ghost and the other one dressed as a Witch. They were holding their booty of candy from the night of begging. 

I looked at the odometer It must be just around the corner. I was almost there. My heart was racing now and I felt my hands going clammy. Maybe it was just the anticipation and it was not going to be really that bad. At least that is what I was telling myself but I knew I was secretly hoping for more. 

I pulled into the driveway of the old house. It had been many years since I had seen a house like this one. It had a gray slate roof. The sides where made of old stone  with a fireplace that had puffs of smoke coming out of the chimney. 

I parked my car and turned off the engine. My heart was pounding about a million miles a minute. I walked up to the door, there was a note that simply said  ring twice. I did and I waited a few seconds. I could hear the sound of high heels clicking across a bare floor and it seconds the door creeked open. 

In front of me was a very slender lady with short dark hair. She had a smile on her face but a fire in her eye.  She opened the door and took me to a parlor where she asked me to wait while she finished gathering up some things.  

When she left the room I could not help but notice a  mysterious old book lying on a table. 
The edges were ragged and torn. There was simply a note next to the book that simply said do not touch. I wandered away from the book wondering how much longer my host was going to take. 
I waited a few more minutes and curiosity got the better of me. I went back to the book looking at it and thinking how out of place it looked. I carefully picked up the corner and just as I did I felt a chill run through the air. My blood ran cold and I felt a firm hand on my ear. A voice simply said “ not only are you late but you can not seem to follow simple directions about touching other peoples things. 

My pants were stripped from me and before I knew what was happening I was lying across a couch my ass in the air and a very angry lady next to me holding a rubber paddle.  The words Do not touch echoed through my mind. Before I had time to dwell on it, I felt the first blow. Fire ripped from my behind and a gasp and a yelp excaped through my mouth. She simply said “Stop that, there will be no yelling.” each time the implment landed it was the same thing over and over. Fire that was so hot it felt like I was being branded. It ranged from the tops of my thighs to the top of my bottom. I tried to get away but each time I was met with a firm hand on my back holding me in place. 

Finally the blows subsided. My backside felt like a charred landscape after a forest fire. I felt a familiar tugging on my ear. She led me to a corner  and firmly planted my face against it. Stand there was the last thing she said. Next time don’t be late or it will be much worse for you. Through the tears a Yes Maam managed to escape through my dry throat. Then the heels clicked away from me and went off into the distance. 

The end. 

 
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Another fun Spooky Spanking story!

You’ll enjoy this entry for the Spooky Spanking Story Contest. Thanks again to all the participants, this month and every day.

–  Dana

*****

She said that she was not going to conclude either of our punishment spankings until she felt we were truly sorry and committed to changing our bad behavior. We had both accepted her terms and she patiently explained that she would administered real spankings to our bare bottoms. Spankings that we both deserved. The spankings would appropriately fit our wrongdoings as she saw fit. She would decide what implements she used on us, the positions, and length of the spankings. We would address her as ma’am and tell the truth. These were her terms and I still couldn’t believe this was happening.

 
More than an hour ago my college room mate and I were making our way through the 33rd and 8th Ave side of Penn Station on our way to an exclusive Halloween party on Long Island. Slung over my shoulder was a back pack holding a change of clothes, a rubber devil’s mask and a bottle of cheap vodka. Jon’s backpack held a change of clothes, a Beast mask and a carton of jumbo size country fresh eggs. The party was being held at someone’s country mansion and the women who invited us insisted that we come. Jon had meet her through some friends at his work and she had sent us directions in an email. We were to give her a call when we get off the train and someone would pick us up.
 
The forty four mile train ride is long and boring. To pass the time we begin sneaking sips from the vodka bottle in my back pack. I didn’t realize how light the bottle was getting until I hear a recording announce the stop that the women has told us to get off at. The station is deserted and the desolate country surroundings sober us up. We are definitely not in the city anymore. Jon tries her number but the call goes straight to voice mail. I try texting her but get no reply. The air is very cool for October and I chuck the vodka bottle into a trash can. Jon figures the party must be near the station somewhere and he thinks we should start trick or treating our way towards some lights in the distance. We put our masks on and before walking away from the train station Jon tosses one of the jumbo eggs straight up and directly over the windshield of an SUV in the parking lot.
 
The black top we are on turns into a country dirt road and the lights of houses seem to be moving further away from us instead of getting closer. Its hard to see through the devil mask but I can see that stars are visible in the sky. I am also making out the shapes of trees and bushes along the sides of the narrowing dirt path. We are periodically tossing eggs at darkened houses as we pass in front of them. The homes are getting further apart and the silhouette of a larger house is becoming visible in the distance. As we continue walking in the direction of the pointed eves of the roof I can see dim lights on behind shaded windows. For some reason I become hopeful that someone is home and I start to think that this must be the party house.
 
Jon gets the idea to see if he can look through a window before knocking on the door. The light from the window is faintly shinning on the leaf covered lawn and I think I can see movement inside the living room. What I don’t see is the aluminum trash cans that Jon and I trip over. A flood light immediately turns on as Jon and I fall to the ground tripping over each other and the barrels. The carton of eggs is smashed and smeared over Jon’s jacket. A women is now standing on the stairs to a back porch and looking down at us. She is holding a cell phone and threatening to call the police. She looks to be about ten years older than we are and she doesn’t look scared in the least. I try to explain our predicament but she isn’t buying it. She thinks we are throwing eggs or stealing or something. Her pumpkins have been smashed and she has had trouble on Halloween in the past. She is still threatening to call the police and for some reason I am still lying on the ground trying to reason with her. Maybe I am getting through to her because she is making her way down the porch stairs and heading closer to us. Her phone is still in her hand and she looks ready to use it.
 
We both are begging for her not to call the police. At this point we both realize that if we could run away where would we go? The police would surely find us and how could we explain any of this anyway? She sees the broken eggs splattered on Jon’s jacket and the open cardboard carton on the ground. She has a police style flash light in her other hand that I hadn’t noticed before and she is shinning it into our faces. She looks at each of us one at a time with out speaking for a long time. When she finally talks to us again she says she works as a security guard and that she knows that vandalism, trespassing and public intoxication are serious crimes. She also tells us that she is good friends with every police officer in the town and they would only be to happy to lock us up for the night if she were to give them a call. She says that we both deserve spankings and She wants to know if we will accept her form of punishment. If we do she will not call the police and we can go back to the city.
 
We both agree. The next thing she does is ask for our wallets, back packs and cell phones. She then reads off our names and where we are from on our licenses. She also finds our college Ids. Then she tells us to come into her kitchen while she begins to explain the details of our punishments. Once inside we are to remove our sneakers while she calls us by name and begins to lecture us for our bad behavior. We are to address her as ma’am. She explains that she won’t stop until she determines that we are truly sorry for our unsuitable behavior. She asks again if we understand and agree to her terms and we both give her a quite, yes ma’am. We art told to face the wall and drop our draws. I am hesitant and she says boxer shorts too. We are facing the wall while she is getting ready. At this point I am freaking out but also intrigued. I have never been in a situation like this before. She tells us that she wants us to think about what has led us to this position. She also promises that we are about to be made very sore.
 
Jon is first and I heard her tell him to get over her knee. She is lecturing him and I can hear the slap of his ass under the palm of her hand. He answers lecturing saying, yes ma’am to everything she has to say to him. The sound of Jon’s ass getting spanked gets louder and he also sounds more out of breath with each yes ma’am like it is getting more and more difficult to find the words. My heart is racing imagining what is to come for my self. After a while Jon is sent back to the corner again and it is my turn. She lectures me in the same way and my ass quickly becomes sensitive. My head fells light over her knee and my arms are getting cramped. I have stepped completely out of my pants and feel very vulnerable. It is also weird to have Jon as a witness to this as I had been his witness, hearing everything he was going through and now it is my turn. If I am not quick enough with my, “yes ma’am” she hits the same soft spot on my ass repeatedly with something that fells like a wide wooden spoon. The sting really hurts and I think I am losing my composure more than Jon had.
 
Next I am sent back to the corner and made to stand with my ass exposed next to Jon‘s exposed ass. Both of our noses are touching the wall. We are left standing like that for sometime and occasionally she addresses us and we answer her. She is now taking two kitchen chairs and putting them side by side in the middle of the room. She then tells us to bend over the backs with our palms flat on the seat of the chairs. She says she is going to use the strap on us this time. The noise is much louder and the sting is more abrupt. Her lecturing is more forceful and our reply had better be loud and clear. My eyes start to tear up a little and my voice is wavering. This goes on for what seems like an hour and my legs are tight with tension. When this is over she sends us back to the corner.


It was quiet for sometime and we can hear her writing something. When she speaks again she says she had put our names, addresses and phone numbers in her magic book. She says that she would like to place photos of our punished red asses with our written apologies and signatures in her mysterious book. We booth agree with a quite, “yes ma’am.” She snaps off some quick digital shots of our red behinds and prints them out in the next room while we are writing our apologies in her mysterious book. She makes us sit on the hard wooden chairs that we have just been bent over. The wood against my throbbing ass is very uncomfortable. We are made to read aloud what we have written and she asks us if we know why her book is magical. Neither of us want to venture a guess and she explains that her mysterious book changes peoples lives. She then randomly flips through the pages of the book stopping at different places to show us the apologies, confessions and snap shots of a few other bad boys and girls she has disciplined.
 
We are both sent to the corner once again and we both spend one more session over her knee and another strapping before she is satisfied that we have truly learned our lessons. My ass is swollen and bruised for several days and this is one Halloween that I will never forget. A real lesson learned.
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Sunday DanaKaneSpanks.com Update: 11/25

Humiliated in Tight Jeans
TightJeans2
POV: Keep your Hands to Yourself
POVhandstoyourself-001
Click the title links for more preview photos, scene description, and download link – 
or visit HERE.

 

*****
Cruisin’ for a Bruisin’ is now available for download! 
(Broken down into four parts due to filesize limits, all four parts will be available 
in my clips4sale studio HERE.
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Procrastination’ : A favorite playmate writes spanking fiction

This excellent piece of spanking fiction highlights exactly why procrastinating should be avoided. Enjoy!

*****


Procrastination 




You know what the saying is about 20/20 hindsight? It is supposed to help us make better decisions for the future. I contemplated that as I yet once again was standing  there nose pressed into the corner, powdered dish soap in my mouth and my ass and thighs were once again on fire. 

Let me jump back to the beginning. Today had started off like any other day. I woke up and started my morning routine Which included making my bed, getting dressed and letting the puppies out for the day. My morning coffee pot alerted me that breakfast was ready so I sat down and stared  at my list of things that needed to be done. 

Somehow it happened again. Time was slipping through my fingers like sand. Here it was almost noon and I still had a list of things that needed to be done. I looked at the clock  I still had a few hours before she got home and I had plenty of time to get things done. I hurriedly ran down stairs and put open my shoes and started the dart to my car.  

As soon as I flung open the door There she was and I almost plowed her over.  Who would have guessed that under this cute, little, petite frame was a active volcano that I had just sent into overdrive. 
She shoved me back and eyed my list. Which was gone out of my hand faster then a falcon grabing its prey out of mid air. Then came the barrage of questions “ Why isnt this done”. “What were you doing” 
Who would have thought that such a tiny movement  almost undectable to anyone else would bring down the fury of the gods. I rolled my eyes. 

Before I knew what had happened she had a hold of my ear leading me like a dog on a leash. What she was saying no longer mattered the only thing I could think of was the pain that was  on the left side of my head. She twisted and pulled that little piece of flesh as she walked through the house swearing that by the time that she was done that attitude problem would be fixed. 
When we got to our destination she ordered my clothes off and tied me down to the spanking bench. Then she did something that she had never done before. She took some rope and lashed my hips to the bench faster then a sailor would tie off the main sail. I was pinned and unable to move. I could hear her walking around behind me. Choosing what would be the implment of my demise then I heard it the unmistakable sound of a cane being drawn from its housing. I only thought that I had said it but I soon realized that the F word had slipped out of my mouth. There was a long uncomfortable pause and time stood still. I could hear my heart beat. The cars out on the street. Even a fly that had managed to get in.  I had done it. Broken the cardinal rule I had used a word that was expressly forbidden. 

Then it hit and it felt like someone had just sliced open my skin  with a razor knife. My head popped up and I gasped for air. Instinctively I wanted to grab my ass and check for damage but I could not because of the way that my hands were fastened I was completely helpless. Stroke after stroke landed each one burning more then the last.  Each stroke landed with deadly precision and each stroke just below the last. 

She worked her way from the top of my ass to the middle of my thigh paying special attention to that little crease where the butt meets the top of the thigh. Sweat and tears were now flowing freely from me my heart was pounding and I honestly thoght my backside was going to expold then it stopped 
before I knew it I was being lead again by that same little piece of flesh to a corner the only word she uttered was “Open” I complied and soap was poured into my mouth. 

So here I am yet again  nose in the corner my backside feeling like I was drug down a dirt road and that familiar taste of soap in my mouth. This time I swear I will learn  Until next time that is. 

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Updated Travel Schedule Nov 2012-Feb 2013

Upcoming Travel


November 2012:

    27   Charlotte, NC

28-29   Tampa, FL

   30   Ft. Lauderdale, FL

December 2012:

       6   Denver, CO

    7-8   Cleveland, OH


    17   Atlanta, GA

    18   Washington, D.C.


    19   Pittsburgh, PA


January 2013:

   10   Vancouver

11-12   Seattle, WA

   22   Memphis, TN

   31   Kansas City, MO

February 2013:

    1   St. Louis, MO


More dates added regularly. Stay tuned!

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Sea Tale of the Terrible Ordeal of The VBB’

  Readers,

I’m sure you’ll all feel very sorry for the Very Bad Boy after reading his woeful account of his tribulations at sea, via the Wonderful Wife and me. Personally, I think he needs a thorough thrashing.

–  Dana


 “The Sea Tale of the Terrible Ordeal of TheVBB”  


There are many tales of the sea, some dark some light hearted, some fearful and some fanciful. Some tales turns a young man’s fancy towards the sea while others cause the most harden seaman to flee the sea as fast as he can. This is just one tale of the sea but one that will cause the strongest amongst us to go weak in the knees. A tale that will make the bravest turn and shriek in utter fear while searching for a  place to hide in the darkness. This tale will make the darkest and most fearful nightmare seem like a child’s fairy tale, beware all ye who read these words and hope and pray that ye never find yourself in such a tale. Because if ye do  you will never be the same, you will be scarred for the remainder of yer pitiful life.  A life that was once filled with hope, aspirations and potential will now be filled with brokenness, dashed dreams and utter helplessness. Beware what ye read, turn back now while ye still have the chance. You have been warned Matey, don’t say ye haven’t.
This tale takes place in the midst of the Gulf of Mexico where Montezuma seeks his revenge and the mighty Krakens have made their way from the seas of Norway and Greenland to give birth to their young in the warm gulf waters. The tale is one of horror and desperation, of muffled screams and the evil laughter of those who bring the crushing weight of the lash across the back of the most innocent and disadvantage among us. It is a tale that makes the blood run cold and the life spirit of a person freeze in absolute horror. Fear this tale my friends and hope ye never find yourself in cabin 7425 on a balmy autumn morning when two ladies who have spent the week holding back their playful urges finally let them loose. The world has never seen the furry of two Tops who were itching so badly to let loose their skills upon a most hapless and defenseless male.  This is the horrific story of TheVBB and his near death experience at the hands of the Wonderful Wife and Ms. Dana Kane Professional Disciplinarian. If only TheVBB had experienced the terror of being dragged into the depths of Davy Jones locker to be subjected to decades of forced labor in the depth of death and despair. He truly would have fared much better than the few hours he faced in cabin 7425 in the midst of the unforgiving Gulf.
The warm Gulf waters were calm that morning; the sun was peaking behind the low laying clouds and peaking through the curtains of cabin 7425. It promised to be a lovely day, a day filled with fun and promise but soon that promised was dashed and the first inkling of disaster came upon TheVBB. It seemed innocent enough; a folded yellow page from a small notebook was slipped under the cabin door sometime while he was asleep.  As he made his way towards the folded note on the floor he saw his name on the sheet and incomprehensively read the words Western Caribbean Vacation Receipt. TheVBB had previously gone on a number of cruises and this was the first time he had received such a receipt in his cabin. As he made his way back to the bed he opened the folded paper to discover two yellow pages with writing on it. Again TheVBB was still unsure what he was reading but he knew whatever it was could not bode well for him. As a strange Easterly wind began to blow the ship gradually begin to respond to the building storm that was about to take place. In short the receipt was for perceived wrongs TheVBB apparently committed during the week. As TheVBB finally made sense of the folded paper he noticed the bright daylight was beginning to turn dark and the calm seas were becoming a bit more disturbed. What was this all about? TheVBB wondered why there was a receipt signifying he was to receive 225 swats for these so-called indiscretions. He felt a cold numbing sensation flow over his body and a slight twinge of terror run down his spine. If only he had known what was about to take place that morning, he would have rushed out of the cabin seeking the protection and sanctuary of the captain of the vessel. Yet his hesitance to do so sealed his fate and doomed him to a nightmare that will haunt him for all eternity.
Within thirty minutes of reading the note a small and barely noticeable knock came at the door of cabin 4725. The air seemed to instantly freeze and time came to a stop for just a moment. TheVBB walked slowly to the cabin door as though an unforeseen force, a force that would lead him down a journey that would only end in despair, was drawing him. As he opened the door the cheerful and smiling face of Ms. Dana Kane Professional Disciplinarian greeted him.  As he welcomed her in, he was unknowingly drawn to the two yellow notebook pages, which were sitting near the TV. As though someone had reached out and taken his hand TheVBB unwilling picked up the two sheets and sat on the bed. Before he knew what was happening his mouth was opened and out come words that he would later regret. TheVBB was unwittingly speaking words that were not his own, making bratty comments that would only come from the most ill mannered among the bratty. As TheVBB sat there listening with disbelief the words that were coming from his mouth he felt the darkness close around him and the sense of evil aboding taking over his soul. The Wonderful Wife just stood there; listening to TheVBB. She made no effort to stop him. He later found out she was actually on the side of Ms. Dana Kane. Within a few minutes of this unfortunate conversation, Ms. Kane asked for the receipt and she added an additional 50 swats to the tally for a total of 275. Which TheVBB in defiance said “lets just make it 300”.  At that point the seas commenced to roll, the howling of the dreadful Krakens sounded over the waves of the gulf and the fate of TheVBB was sealed forever. He heard the dreaded words, which will be, repeated throughout his lifetime in the twilight of his sleep the words “that’s 300 for me and 300 for the Wonderful Wife.”  The sea swelled and the waves crashed upon the ship while the sun reversed its upward course and once again receded into the horizon.
There was a slight break while the ladies feasted upon the early offerings of what passed as the morning meal. While TheVBB sat nearby humbly nibbling at the meager portions that was allowed to fall his way, unknowingly his life was about to take a turn into the deepest and darkest experience of his short life. The waves crashed harder upon the ship and the mighty Krakens grew restless and eagerly awaited the fate of TheVBB. After the two ladies filled themselves with the morning meal they led TheVBB down the long lonely hallway, which lead to cabin 7425. TheVBB followed behind dragging his feet desperately seeking some safe haven to hide, no matter how much he wanted to run away he was bound by what felt like a powerful spell that dragged him deeper and deeper into what would soon became a nightmarish hell. He walked the hallway as a condemned man walks towards the gallows, wishing with all his might he could escape but being forced by fate to keep taking one more step towards his inevitable doom. What seemed like an eternity TheVBB finally arrived at Cabin 7425 there was a strange deep orange glow emanating from under the door, as he placed his hand upon the door latch he felt uncomfortable warmth radiating from the door. This was it, it was the last and final warning of what awaited him, yet TheVBB opened the door and walked solemnly into the cabin and the dread that would soon greet him there. As on cue, TheVBB was given a short reprieve as Ms. Kane announced she would be back in 30 minutes or so. As the door closed behind her, TheVBB made his way to the bed and crawled beneath the covers hoping this coming nightmare was just that, an unpretentious nightmare. Despite all his effort, he was unable to wake himself from this dream; he tried over and over again to wake himself. But to no avail, this nightmare was real and it was happening before his very eyes. Soon there came a knock at the door. The wind blew harder, the ship rock side to side in the growing waves. Darkness overtook the room as TheVBB hid under the covers mournfully wishing this matter would simply go away.  But it only became more real when he heard the wife bellow, “Get out of bed she is here!” He delved into the covers hoping somehow he would find some sort of sanctuary from the coming storm. But instead of finding solace he only heard the voice of Ms. Kane saying, “get out of bed” he tried his best to ignore the command but a quick and painful lash of her European Martinet fell upon him.
The room rapidly became dark and the two ladies turned serious, they told him to disrobe and prepare for his fate. They utter aloud we are going to take you beyond your limits today. Ms. Kane informed TheVBB he was to receive six hundred swats 300 from her and 300 from the Wonderful Wife.  But first she would have to prepare his bottom for the oncoming onslaught. TheVBB was unsure what that meant, as Ms. Kane walked over to her bag of wares, she told him to roll over. She returned and sat next to him on the bed. He was nervous and tense because he did not know what it was she had retrieved from her bag. As she reached out and lightly rubbed his bum, he felt cool lotion being applied to his bum. TheVBB sighed a sigh of relief and relaxed for he always enjoyed when she rubbed lotion on his bum. A few seconds latter Ms. Kane said, “I wish I had some plastic gloves” that caught TheVBB’s attention and for a moment he was taken back. He felt a bit hurt, why would see want to wear gloves? She never did that before and he had just taken a shower, so why? Ms. Kane then declared “I could use a washcloth” as she walked towards the restroom the slightest warmth began to build in his bottom. The warmth quickly increased in intensity, then it hit him she had not applied lotion to his bottom but Capzation cream. His heart began to race as he realized how much she had applied, by the time she returned a nice burning sensation had already taken hold. TheVBB yelled out “you can’t use that on me!” He panicked; he attempted to move away from her. But it was already too late, the cream was spread and the fiery result was already taking full effect. His bum was fully on fire, the more he moved the hotter his bottom became. He rolled in agony and made the fatal mistake of rolling over on his back. As soon as his bottom made contact with the towel the heat intensified a hundred fold, the pain was so unbearable he immediately rolled back over. Within just a few minutes TheVBB was murmuring and crying out loud, all he could think of was the pain he was in and how long it would take for the fire to stop.  As he accepted his fate the seas grew more restless and the wave grew higher. The darkness overcame him and the ordeal of a lifetime enclosed around him.
Not a single blow had landed yet and TheVBB was already thinking of a way to make this end, but the cream had done its dastardly deed and there was no turning back for once Capzation takes its hold it will fight to the bitter end to never release its grip. Ms. Kane glanced at the Wonderful Wife and said with a grin “why don’t you start first” What implement was used to commence this evil punishment will be forever absent from the memory of TheVBB. For his focus was on how bad the pain would be once that first blow landed. Time stood still for a moment as she prepared to land the first blow. The air grew astonishingly hot as though the very gates of Hades itself had opened and swallowed up the room. The deafness of the roar of the fires blocked out any noise as he waited with horrifying anticipation of what would come from that first blow. The blow landed with a sounding and fearsome whack, the pain shot through his bottom as an eternal struggled developed between the Capzation and the sting from the implement. The battle ensued to see who would be master of the pain, the stinging from the implement or the burning from the Capzation. TheVBB’s eyes rolled up in his head, the pain was excruciating and just as the first blow landed a second and third and forth landed all in a row. The battle between the burning and the stinging grew to a rampant pace, all he could do was roll in pain crying out for mercy but never finding a hint of relief. He rolled over to far and unable to stop rolled up on Ms. Kane who immediately impaled TheVBB’s back with her sharp nails, the sharpened pained cause him to stop and roll back the other way.
There has been many a battle fought on the seas, some damming and deadly but none so fiercely fought that day. All the powers of the sea came together that day to join forces with the best of the Tops. The pain was so intense that by the time six hundred blows had landed TheVBB had reached his tolerance. Many a blow has landed on TheVBB before, yet without much result as he often smirked “I could have taken more.” But on this day the battle was lost, TheVBB had met his match. The skills of the Wonderful Wife and the expertise of Ms. Kane along with their allies Capzation, Delrin and canes had met together on a historic battlefield.  They had brought their worst, which was way too much for TheVBB to handle. The battle was finished, six hundred blows landed hard. The burning had won its match against the sting and was celebrating by maintaining its burn at the utmost level yet. He lay there defeated, exhausted and warn. He wondered how he had made it through such an ordeal. But he had, and now he wished for a way to make the burning stop if there was such a way. As he lay there in defeat the worse was yet to come, for there awaiting him was the scourge of Dana… her European Martinet. From the depths of the seas the mighty Krakens joined in, raising their evil cries to laugh at the fate TheVBB was still to face.
            No story of the sea is complete without the telling of a lashing, a lashing so severe that it makes the hardest of men shriek in fear and yearn for the safety of their mother’s breast.  Simply the number of lashes that are felt does not always deem the intensity of a scourging but under the circumstances they are dealt. TheVBB was already defeated at the hands of Ms. Kane and the Wonderful Wife. There were no smartass remarks coming from his mouth, no bratty attitude or slight smile of defiance, only a silenced, humbled and well submissive bottom that was put in his place. Now all the evil forces had gathered together in that place that once was cabin 7425. It now was the very center of the entire underworld the dwelling of all that spankos fear the most. Ms. Kane approached TheVBB with a riddle from the darkest netherworld “Listen here ye beaten one, for I shall tell you a riddle that will truly warn yur soul. Consider wisely the fate ye journey on. For ye chose this day any number ye wish, any number ye fancy. But remember this, the number will double on yur back as each one of us engage the whip. We then return to the single number ye wished, as we switch from the back to yur front and make our presence known to ye. When this is done and the beating grows short, then once again we double ye number on the bare of yur feet. Choose wisely young man as time is running out. As ye make your choice just remember this, that what ye say is what ye get. Ha!
The sea grew calm as the dark clouds parted and a small sliver of sunlight flooded into cabin 7425. For a short moment there seemed to be some hope, some chance of escape. But it lasted only a moment and it disappeared as quickly as it came. Before TheVBB knew it, it had grown even darker. The sea grew more restless and the ship was tossed in a violent manner as the Krakens rose to the surface to gain a better view. Ms. Kane walked over with her nefarious martinet, as she slowly swing it back and forth; she anxiously waited for his answer. One could clearly see the wonder lust that filled her eyes; she wanted nothing more than to apply her malicious skills with her precious martinet. TheVBB found himself in a sinister deep-seated trance, as he looked deep into her eyes. He want to shout for relief, he struggled to roll off the bed and seek to crawl to the door where he thought there must be waiting for him some sense of wellbeing. But he could not move, he was trapped in a paralyzing fear, which only drew him deeper and deeper into her gaze. He knew what waited him was nothing but more untold horror. Yet there was no way out and he was stuck in-between life and death until he submitted to the demands of Ms. Kane and the Wonderful Wife. He resisted with all his might, he faced a dilemma that no man should ever have to face. Does he call out a small number and face the ridicule of   being a wimp. Or does he call out a much higher number in hope of some how appeasing the lustful desires of these two infamous ladies. He was unsure what made him do it, for he called out what he thought was a simple number. Four can’t be bad, for it is easy to handle he thought for was TheVBB after all.  The four was then doubled to eight and then doubled to sixteen as each lady was given her chance of brandishing the lash. TheVBB was confident in his choice. Eight from each of them, it was a respectable number; after all he had just received 600 swats and survived. What was another sixteen lashes? Ms. Kane gave the martinet over to the Wonderful Wife and gave her the first shot at TheVBB’s back. As she lifted her arm and brought the lash down with what seemed like little effort. The lashes landed with a sudden thud and at first the stinging pain was felt only on the surface. For a short moment he thought this is not bad I can take more than this. Then the deeper more intense white-hot burn took over. The pain came from deep within his body and made an unbearable burning appearance on his back that burst into a million tiny strands of unyielding pain. He rolled over onto his side trying in vain to wish the pain away. Yet the pain built in intensity and seemed to linger on with no chance of receding. Finally what seemed like an eternity the pain was reduced to just a smoldering heat. TheVBB prepared for the next lash that awaited him. Time moved slowly as the Wonderful Wife took her time allowing each and every lash to fully travel its hateful road of mild pain, to unbearable pain and back to a smoldering pain. By this time the burning of the Capzation cream was forgotten about what once seemed like an unyielding burn was now ignored with the outlandish pain that the martinet had brought.
Finally the Wonderful Wife handed the martinet to Ms. Dana Kane Professional Disciplinarian. As her eyes grew wild with anticipation she ordered TheVBB back on his stomach so she had a clear shot at his back. Ms. Kane’s approach to the martinet was different. Instead of allowing each lash to take it full journey of pain before proceeding to the next. She layered the lashes on one after another. One would think this would be the fastest and easiest way to take the lashes, but in reality it only caused the pain to go from unbearable to horrendous intolerable pain, which seemed to never end. As each lash landed across his back the journey of pain began it course, but was not allowed to finish as the next one landed. By the time all eight lashes were done, the journey of pain was so intense with so many stages that there seemed to be nothing but piercing and excruciating pain. TheVBB had finally met his match, he was beaten into complete submission, what seemed like an unlikely and unimaginable moment finally came. TheVBB was ultimately brought to his knees and forced to admit he was broken and defeated. He had without a doubt found a new respect for both the Wonderful Wife and Ms. Dana Kane Professional Disciplinarian. TheVBB felt a stirring deep within his soul and before he knew what was happening a part of his bratty attitude departed his soul. The journey finally came to an end after two more lashes landed on his chest and another two landed on the bottom of his feet.
While this tale touches on only a meager of details the dreadfulness of this yarn is too great to continue. For the world cannot bare the telling of what happened that day, it is a horror is too great. The fear it would bring to light to those who read this tale would paralyze the reader with unremitting trepidation, which one has never faced before. Let it be known to all ye who read this story that in the mist of the Gulf of Mexico there did one day raise a battle so appalling that it can only dwell in the memories of those who participated. Hope with all ye soul that ye never find yurself in cabin 7425 in the middle of the sea when the Krakens give birth to their young. As two Tops wonder the hallway looking for an unsuspecting and vulnerable bottom to fulfill their lusts of beatings and lashings. Dread with all ye soul the dreaded tools of the trade, Capzation, Delrin and canes, for ye may not be as fortunate as TheVBB was. Even if ye do make it through the ordeal ye will never be the same again.
      
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Historie’ Part 6: A Visit from Denmark

More excellent spanking fiction, and another chapter of The Story of Amy, by Annika:



Here is the long-awaited sixth installment of ‘Historie’, by one of our favorite new spanking authors, Annika.

*****


A visit from Denmark
It was my luck that my bottom wasn’t that sore, when we had to fly back to USA. It would have looked very strange if I stood up during the most of the flight. The worst part of leaving Denmark was that I had to leave Michael behind.
I have never used my computer as much as I did the following months. Michael and I were chatting as often as we could and on the strangest times during a day/night because of the time differences. My aunt usually had an opinion about how much time I should use on “useless” time wasting on the computer, but she understood that Michael meant a lot to me, and probably knew she would have to do a lot of spanking, because I wouldn’t stay away, no matter what.  
Well my aunt wasn’t the only one to set rules on our chatting habits. Michael did so too. I didn’t really think that much about the time differences, so I often accidently wrote him at times where he was asleep….I always seemed to have forgotten, that he had told me he went for bed…..He often told me to stop waking him up, and that I should watch it, otherwise I would be very sorry the next time I saw him…..I loved to tease him. I found it really racking to ‘play’ with him.
He even warned me one time, that if I wouldn’t stop he would write a letter to my aunt and complain about me, because I wouldn’t let him sleep……I dared him……
So the morning my aunt actually sad with a letter from Denmark I almost started to laugh out loud, but controlled myself. Instead I just asked if the letter was for me….. “No its addressed for me”…..”Okay is it from mom…?…..”No its from your Michael”….”Oh he didn’t”…..”You really don’t need to read it, it is just for fun”…”Well I will decide that, thank you”
Damn….so I didn’t sit down, I studied my aunts face while she was reading….to see if I could read any reaction that would indicate whether I was in trouble or safe. I’m not as good as my aunt to read people, so the verdict could be anything really…
“Amy is it true that Michael has asked you several times to let him sleep, and you just ignored that??”
“Ehm well yes sort of….”…”sort of? What didn’t you understand?”…..the time zones I thought but didn’t dare to say, and that would have been a lie as well….
“I’m waiting…What didn’t you understand?”…”I’m sorry I don’t know what to say…”…”Well how about the truth!”
The truth….well I love Michael, I wish he was here with me, I want to touch him, feel him, kiss him, hold him and so on….
“Okay…then Yes….he did tell me and I did ignore it…” I couldn’t help smile, which was a thing that sometimes incited my aunt at least when she was serious about something, and for some reason she took this very serious.
“Well young lady, I thought you were old enough to manage your chatting habits, obviously you do have some boundaries issues, and it must mean something to Michael as well”….Yeah he wants you to spank me, because he can’t do it himself…
“Michael only wrote you because I dared him”…”I know….Michael wrote that too”…”So you think it’s funny to get into troubles in risk of getting spanked?” “No no no, No I ehm, did he write that??” she smiled, which confused me a lot.
“Maybe you have forgotten that a spanking isn’t for fun”….well depends on who is giving it….”No I haven’t forgotten” “I’m really sorry, and I will let Michael sleep, when he wants to sleep…”
“Good, and the next time you chat with him, you can inform him as well, that you got a little reminder”
“Get over here”
I might as well have said out loud “come on this is just too stupid”, because that was what my aunt could read on my face. So on my way to her, she wanted me to get her belt….so my expression changed from this is stupid to please nooo……But she wasn’t kidding.
So I got her belt, and thought of Michael all the way to my aunt. Would he still think this is fair???
Looking at the belt I also had to think of my cousin….mmh well now it was my turn to try this one…
I gave the belt to my aunt. She folded it while I was looking. The letter was still lying on the table, and I couldn’t help noticing that it was a rather long letter….way to many words just to tell her that I kept him awake….
“You want to read it?”…”Yeesss…”
She took the letter and gave it to me. “You can read this letter while I spank you, Michael likes to write a lot”
Oh yeah now I remembered the humor she had while she spanked my cousin….
I went over her knee. She gently lifted my skirt up and sadly pulled my panties down. The spanking started, and I read the letter….
        Dear Ms… I know that I might be very out of line to be asking you for your assistance regarding Amy. I have asked Amy several times not to write me, when it is past midnight. I have to focus on my education, but it is hard to get any sleep, when Amy doesn’t seem to stop. I have warned her a lot of times, that it would have consequences for her. She thinks it’s funny, when I tell her, that I will involve you in this problematic, and even dared me. I love Amy very much, she means a lot to me, and I am saving money, so I can visit her someday, if you of course will allow it. I need to rest, and yes I could just turn of my phone, but it is also my work phone, so the line has to be open. I know that Amy respects you a lot, so I hope you will help me to get Amy to understand, that she has to respect the time difference.
Of course I wasn’t able to read this letter just like that. Shortly after she started the spanking I wished she would use her hand instead. I could read one line at a time then I had to focus on breathing, holding still, the pain. The pain seemed more endurable after reading he was saving money to get here. And to be honest I couldn’t wait to show him, what he made my aunt do to me…..I hoped he would feel sorry….My aunt switched from the belt to the hand. After a few minutes she asked me if I thought Michael would be satisfied with the punishment I had received…..somehow I really felt that the two of them had conspired or something…..”Yes I think this was what he wanted….”
Later that day Michael and I video chatted. “My aunt got your letter today….” He just started to smile and looked very expectant “And???” he replied…..”AND I should tell you, that I got a reminder”
“A reminder??”….I stood up, turned around, and lifted my skirt so he could see my still red bottom.
He started to laugh, which I found very unfair. “Doesn’t it hurt to sit??”….I just pulled the pillow up to the camera, which made him laugh even louder.
“Well I’m glad this seems to amuse you!”….”I’m sorry sweetie, but this is funny, and by the way, you shouldn’t have dared me!”…”Yeah yeah, fine…so when will you have enough savings to get here??”
“Well if it’s okay with your aunt, I would have enough savings to come visit you next month”
I jumped down to ask my aunt, and was overexcited when she actually allowed it.
So three weeks later he came. It was a struggle to keep my fingers away from him at the airport, in the car on our way home (my aunt was driving), I was just so happy to finally have him next to me again.
When we got back home, my aunt wanted to talk to us….naturally….So we sat there around the kitchen table and she started “I can see that you two really like each other, and that’s fine, but Michael I do have some house rules I expect you to respect”…..”And if you break the rules….” I continued….”Amy maybe you should just sit in that couch over there and let me talk with Michael!!”
I went over and held both hands over my mouth, to prevent me from laughing. My aunt explained the same rules to Michael as she did back then, when I moved here. She did add one more rule, which was no sleeping with each other. When she said that, I just felt like hiding of embarrassment.
Michael stayed cool and when she asked him, if he understood the rules he just said “yes, and I will make sure, we both will respect them!”…Well the two of them seemed to have a mutual understanding.
It was his first time in USA, so of course he wanted to see everything he could. I was more interested in looking at him, touching him, kissing him and so on but controlled myself, after all he was going to stay with us the next two weeks, so I would get plenty of chances get it my way as well.  At least I thought so….
We got home late that first day, and my aunt wasn’t home, she had some appointment, which opened for some possibilities. Michael saw possibilities as well, but not the same I had in mind.
We went up to my room and were lying on my bed. “Amy?”….”Yes??”….”The spanking you received from your aunt for keeping me awake….was it not effective enough or why did you keep writing me when I was asleep??!” “What?? I behaved!” “Amy do you really think I would accuse you for anything without facts?” He took a letter out of his pocket. You could see every text message I had sent the last few weeks, and at what time it had arrived in Denmark……Okay yes I might have sent a few messages to him.
“I warned you about this behavior, Amy” he was lying halfway on top of me looking straight into my eyes. I couldn’t help smile back at him. “Amy, I know you think I’m kidding, but I am very serious”…”I want you to go downstairs and find three implements, then get back up here”  “You will receive a spanking with all three of them!” he pointed at the door.
Something about his expression reminded me about my aunts so I instinctively reacted by walking towards the door…”And Amy if you choose implements like a feather or something like that, I will go find the implements, and I can guarantee you, that you will be very sorry about that”
I wasn’t scared, and I was smiling all the way down looking for something useful. I was excited in a whole new way.  I went to the kitchen, grabbed a wooden spoon…..I had secretly imagined how a spoon would feel like…..Two more…..I didn’t dare to take anything from my aunt (brush/belt) because how should I explain it if we accidently broke something….So I went to the hallway and took one of my slippers…One to go….Why couldn’t he just use his hand as a third thing?….I went to the bathroom and got my own brush (plastic). I took all three things upstairs and handed them to him. He looked at them and then nodded.
“They seem fine to me”….he was sitting on my bed, and with his hands he touched me gently from my knees slowly up my thighs and to my bottom. It felt great and I didn’t want him to stop. He guided me over his lap, and kept rubbing my bottom. “I think you deserve a little warm up”
He started to spank me with his hand….so his hand was the fourth thing…..I was surprised about how hard he spanked. It wasn’t harder than my aunt, but I kind of expected him to be a bit softer….I still had pants on, so I actually enjoyed lying there on his lap…..which also was quite a new kind of feeling…..
“mmh I can feel the heat from your bottom”… “Stand up”. He looked at the three implements lying next to him. “I want you to take your pants off and get over my lap again”…..”What if my aunt comes home, she might think we are doing something else?”….”If she comes home, I’ll tell her about your misbehaviors, and maybe she will join!” “Get over my lap”
I obeyed. I could feel the rough side of the slipper against my skin. I closed my eyes and took a deep breath. It certainly did hurt, and I started to wiggle. He paused and rubbed and massaged my bottom. “Some nights I only got 2 hours of sleep because of you, do you have any idea, how difficult it was to pay attention during class?”… “Noo”….”I could have failed my class because of you”
He switched from the slipper to the spoon. The first hit with it stings so badly that I couldn’t help to squeal…”Awww…”….”well sweetie this is what you get from choosing a wooden spoon”. He spanked me faster this time, and I tried to get away from him at some point. I was amazed by his strength. I had no chance to get away. I could feel his muscles work and felt a different kind of desire grow in me. This feeling competed with the pain and it had a relieving effect on me.
“You think you will remember next time you are texting me to check what time it is??”…..”yes, I will, I’m sorry”
“mmh, I don’t know if I believe you, after all your aunt did a good work the last time, at that didn’t prevent you from texting me!”
He took the brush and soothed my sore skin with the cold surface. “Your bottom really has a healthy color”
“So Amy lets get through this last part of your punishment shall we!”
The spankings started again. I wondered how he could be so instinctively in his way to spank. He spanked as if he had never done anything else in his life, and every time I almost felt like starting to cry he took a break, asked me to relax, or to breathe, and then he would start again. The last two hits were clearly the hardest and my bottom was burning.
He helped me up, and pulled my panties and pants up. He looked deep into my eyes, and gently kissed me.
“Amy, take these back from where you took them”
I went downstairs and had even a bigger smile than I had before, when I had to find some implements.
My aunt came home, just as I put my slipper back at its place….
“Hi Amy”….”Hi” and I started to blush…..
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘The Book’ : Spooky Spanking story contest entry

‘The Book’ is yet another example of the excellent time our participants had with the Spooky Spanking Story Contest. Halloween has passed, but the treats just keep coming…

–  Dana

*****
The book
” we´ll never get to the party on time”…”Why did we absolutely have to take that crappy car of yours??
“Relax honey, we will get to that party”…”RELAX? We are in the middle of nowhere dressed in costumes that won’t get any reasonable human being to pull over and help”…”I have had it, I’ll walk”
“Come on sweetie you can’t walk all the way besides its dark and the only light we have is the one from this “crappy” car”

At that moment the life of his beautiful red mustang ended. And there were not lights anymore.

“Well at least your car agrees with me….”

She started walking down the road. There were no houses or anything else in sight. Her husband stood still for a while, then shook his head and started to walk.

It wasn’t the first time he came tumbling after her. He had learned early on that it was easier just to let her have her will. It did annoy him, but every time he had tried to reason with her, she kept going on for hours arguing. He simply didn’t have the energy for that. He had often imagined, putting a stop to this just by grabbing her, pulling her over his knees and spanking her until she would shut up.
He was thinking of exactly that watching her from behind. She had a perfect bottom, especially with these high heels. The tight cat suit she was wearing just made this picture perfect. He couldn’t help to smile.

“What are you smiling for? Do you really think this is funny?? What if we won’t survive this night???
“Well…” and as so often happened before she responded before he got to say anything. “Just spare me for your explanations, you will pay for new shoes, because these are worthless right now, my feet are killing me”
She took her shoes of and threw them away. She kept walking, but he just stood there and looked in the direction of the shoes.

“Well if we won’t survive to night. I will finally find some peace and you will for once shut up”

He missed his wife. He missed the woman he fell in love with. The girl on fire. She used to shine, to laugh, to smile, to listen and care. She used to be so spontaneous and alive. Nothing was good enough for her anymore.
He glanced after the shoes once again.

“Are you coming?!” she yelled….

He started to consider his options…..They were all alone, no one would hear her, he could stop this right now. He could take her and give her the spanking of her life, and if she should leave him for that, well so be it.

A car passed them. She tried to get it to stop, and the look of that made him start to laugh. The car of course didn’t stop. She stared at him with disbelieve and anger which stopped his laughing.

He didn’t grab her, he didn’t stop her, he just started walking again like she did.

The road seemed as a never ending road. He found it strange because he knew this road, and usually it didn’t seem that long. He saw something that caught his attention on the road a few steps ahead. He looked down at it, and was surprised to see an old book. He picked it up, studied the cover. It had no title, but was pretty thick. He wondered how his wife could miss this book. He opened the book and read the first page.
                           This book is dedicated to all of you who have had it.
                           Are you sick and tired of being bullied by the one you love?
                           Do you feel disrespected? Do you want to change that?
                           Beware to read on because there is no turning back.
He turned the page and started to read.
                           Welcome to our newest residents, Alex and Sarah……
A flash of light appeared and disappeared just as fast. He was still standing with the book and couldn’t believe what he was reading….Welcome, Alex and Sarah. That was their names. He read on….
                           Follow the road and you will soon get to your new home.
                           We are awaiting you

“Hey I can hear music, we must be near some residence”
He looked at her and just nodded.

Around the next corner a little town revealed itself. It looked like any other small town at this time of the year. The houses were decorated in various Halloween themes, but no one seemed to be home. At the very end of the main street they could see a huge mansion. The music came from there, so Sarah just steered straight to that place. Alex studied every house they passed, and noticed that the last house next to the mansion had a little welcome sign in the window.
They went up to the front door, where they were about to knock on the door. Just before touching the door, it opened by itself. Sarah didn’t seem surprised, but just commented, that they used to use the same trick every Halloween back where she grew up. She walked inside and Alex after her.

“Wow look, they have really tried to make this look like some kind of correction facility”

She was right. On the walls were different kinds of implements exhibited. Sarah stood quite some time and looked at them. He was surprised when he noticed a little smile on her lips.

The music came from the end of the hallway. They reached the massive door, which just like the entrance door opened automatically. Both of them took a step backwards. People inside the room were all looking at them. They were all dressed in costumes, and it seemed they had a theme which was authority versus submissive. The people smiled polite at them, and then started to dance, talk or whatever they had done before the arrival of Alex and Sarah. Alex couldn’t get his eyes of a young woman who held a man in a leash. The man tried to get her attention, she ignored him, but he wouldn’t let go, so at one point she lifted her hand to indicate she would beat him, he instantly threw himself at her feet. Alex turned his head away very fast, after she looked straight at Alex and smiled.

“Well at least our costumes seem to match this party theme” Sarah repeated.

An elder man stepped up to Alex and reached his hand as a greeting. Alex took it.
“I am John and the beautiful woman in that corner over there is my wife”….Alex looked at John’s wife and he wasn’t lying. She was beautiful. She looked kind of ashamed and stood there gently rubbing her bottom. Suddenly Alex understood why the hand of John felt so warm.
“I’m sorry, I haven’t presented myself, I am Alex and this is my wife Sarah”…”Ah yes, the one that could use some guidance….” He blinked at Alex and went on. “Guidance??”

Alex felt a strange urge to look to his right. A dark haired man was watching him. He had a very strong physically appearance, and for some reason Alex grabbed Sarah by her arm, and started walking toward this man. It was as if he wasn’t in control over his own body at that moment but just responded to an unspoken command.
Sarah tried to get free of him, but first succeeded when Alex let go of her. She was about to yell at him, when this man stepped right in front of her. His power over her was instant. She couldn’t move nor say anything. The man turned his head towards Alex. “So Alex, I will teach you to control the behavior of Sarah”…”And Sarah” He looked into her eyes. “You and I know you have longed for this for years”
Sarah was about to say something but was interrupted by him “Did I ask you to say anything right now?!!”
“Alex, go outside and find something on the wall you find fit for her and when you do that, remember of all the times she has acted out like a little spoiled child!”

Alex went outside in the hallway and studied the implements. He wasn’t nervous anymore, he was fascinated by the control and power this person expressed, and wanted to learn how to be like that. “Longing for this….” He took a brush, and then remembered the look on her face when she was looking at the cane. “Let’s see if you still smile when you feel this one”. Alex was very excited and thought this man would show him how to punish Sarah.
When he returned with the implements the man smiled. “I see….you expect me to punish her?”….Alex didn’t respond. “Thanks for the offer, but this is a gift for you and Sarah will see it as a gift for her as well”
Enter that room and you will know what to do.
For some reason Sarah obeyed and followed Alex into the room. It was a huge bedroom with a bed placed in the middle of the room. The room was lit with dim light and had a pleasant atmosphere to it.
Sarah looked at Alex, and down on the implements.
“Sarah I love you to death, but I am fed up with the way you treat me and other people. You behave as if there is no one else in this world that has needs” “And when you threw those shoes away I wanted to give you the spanking of your life. Believe me when I say, I think you deserve this!!”
Alex once again grabbed her by her arm and went over to bed. He laid the brush and the cane neatly next to each other. He sat down on the bed and looked up. Sarah was standing quite still and looking at him. She didn’t say anything but just had an expectant look. He pulled her down over his lap. He gently stroked her bottom, which really looked perfect in this cat suit. She seemed to enjoy his gently touch, so he lifted his hand up in the air. Sarah held her breath and waited for the first spanking which she secretly had been longing for. He waited just until she had to breathe, then he started to spank her. He counted inside his head. 1…2…3…4…5…6…7…8….9…10. She started to wiggle and hold her breath again. He stopped.
“You know this is just a warm up, I haven’t started the real punishment yet” Sarah responded by breathing heavily. “I hope you will remember this, otherwise I will gladly repeat this until you know how to behave”
The spanking started again. Alex felt great. He loved the feeling of power and loved the way her body moved on his lap. For once he was in charge and she had to trust him without questioning. 25…26….27…28…29…30. Sarah started to hyperventilate so Alex took a break and gently rubbed her bottom again. “Aren’t you happy that I bought this tight cat suit for you??” “Sarah, answer me….”
“Yes…..I am sorry, please I will behave now”….
“Stand up”. Sarah did as commanded. She looked so small and vulnerable, but Alex knew her. She was a master in appealing. “Take that suit of, I want to see what impact I have on you”
Sarah looked surprised but did what she was told. Alex smiled at her and said “god girl, I see you learn fast”
He turned her around to watch her bare bottom. He felt pity for her, but only a little. He asked her to get over his lap again. He took the brush and let the cold side of the brush sooth her red bottom. He noticed her breathing again; it wasn’t a breathing that indicated that she was in pain. He smiled, then lifted the brush and started to spank. She couldn’t hold still now. She was wiggling, moaning and tried to crawl of his lap. “Sarah! Keep still or I will keep on going longer than planned”. She tried to control herself. Her bottom change from light red to dark red, and radiated a quite nice heat, he thought. She started to cry, so he stopped again. “It is okay sweetie, I know it hurts, but this is your own doing”. His hand gently stroked her hair, down her back to her bottom. He kept doing this move until she had herself under control again. He lifted her up from his lap. She still seemed very vulnerable the way she stood there in front of him, but this time he knew that she was vulnerable. He lifted her head so she looked into his eyes. “Sarah you are almost through your punishment. The cane will hurt a lot, and I will only spank you with it because you really crossed the line by throwing your shoes away” “you will get 10 strokes with the cane, 5 on each buttock, and you will count them….okay?” She nodded. “Good, bend over that bed and hand me that cane”. Alex did start to feel a bit sorry for her, but knew he had to do it, because this would push her further out, and he would be the one to catch her.
It was hard for her to count, to breathe, to stand still. The cane left marks on her bottom, but she got through it. With the last stroke she landed on the bed, breathing fast and heavily and started to cry again. Alex lay down beside her, and comforted her whispering “I am so proud of you, you did really well” “you are so beautiful, and I’d give the world to you, I will take care of you, if you just let me” “please look at me”
She did, and there she was. The girl on fire. She was glowing, calm and smiling. Then she snuggled up to him. Shortly after she was sleeping like a baby. Alex found the old book and read a few chapters. He read about the young woman with the man on the leash and skipped to the last chapter, which must have written itself because it was all about Sarah and Alex.

A year later…..
She was sad because she knew she couldn’t please her boyfriend the way he liked. She didn’t know how too, and he wouldn’t explain it to her. Instead he went out to let other women dominate him. It was his idea that she should dress up like a dominatrix for Halloween, but he seemed unsatisfied with her.
The streets were deserted and she felt very lonesome even though he was standing next to her. They were waiting for the bus, so she took place on a bench. When she put her hand down on the bench, it more felt like leather. She looked down and saw this old book with no title. She took it, opened it and started to read……
                           This book is dedicated to all of you, who want to give,
                           but don’t know how.
                           Do you feel inadequate? Do you feel everything you try
                           just don’t seem to be right and satisfying for the one you
                           love? Do you want to learn?
                           Beware to read on because there is no turning back.
She turned the page…..
                           Welcome to our newest residents, Michael and Jennifer

                                                       The end…..
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Trick or Treat?’ This is a GREAT Spooky Story Entry

The Spooky Spanking Story Contest brought out a lot of creativity in readers. In the case of this story, titled “Trick or Treat”, it brought out a little more. 

My sweet little Angel wrote this story, then submitted it under a pseudonym – trying to sneak her way into winning a contest which she’s not permitted to enter. 
Angel was surprised when she didn’t win, and (while spanking her soundly for the offense) I explained that cheaters NEVER win.

Nonetheless, Angel’s penned a beautiful story, which I’m sure you’ll all enjoy.

–  Dana

Trick or Treat?
“Why are we spending Halloween this way?” Cleo asked her boyfriend, stepping over wet mud and not liking it at all. “There better be something amazing down this country road. You realized this giant neon yellow sign says “No Trespassing, right?” she reminded him as he sloppily splashed through the muddy puddles.  “We have so much candy anyway, I can’t believe we’re still trick-or-treating at our ages.”
Edward chuckled at her annoyance, “I have a surprise for you. I promise you you won’t be thinking about the mud in a few moments.  We’re not trick-or-treating here.  We have enough candy to last us ‘til next Halloween.” He stroked her cheek but her expression conveyed that she was not convinced. She smiled slightly, “We could have done this “surprise” in a luxury hotel like last year Eddie, you cheap ass.  You were only outta work for a 3 weeks and you came back with a bonus so crying poverty ain’t gonna cut it. ”
Edward laughed, lightly wrapping his fingers around her long dark locks with a gentle tug. “Now that’s not any way for a lady to talk, now is it?” he pretended to scold.
Cleo had the immediate reaction of grabbing his fingers and twisting and bending them loose as he yelped out in pain, she wasn’t used to having her hair pulled. “Owww. Honey, what are you doing?” His digits throbbed as he shook them furiously in the air to shake away the pain.
“What am I doing?” Cleo answered with her own question. “What am I doing?” She was clearly miffed. “What are YOU doing? You don’t touch my hair like that.” She huffed and treaded onward as Edward quickly rushed behind. “You’ve been a douche all weekend, Eddie. I don’t know what you think you’re doing trying to pull my hair and talk to me like a big-shot but you need to cut it.”
Edward continued on dejectedly trying to explain, now competing with the stirring winds for his girlfriend’s attention. “Honey,” he called out, his voice echoing behind him, “Can you just slow down a minute, please?” He waited for Cleo to slow her pace and then proceeded to explain.
“Oh, good,” his girlfriend scoffed while removing the matted hair from her face. “You have an explanation for your bizarre behavior? Well save it ‘til we get to that place up there. This better be good.”
It had now started to rain which only added to her aggravation. At least she saw some lights in the distance. Hopefully this was some kind of romantic bed and breakfast tucked into the woods. She’d be able to take a soothing bubble bath, enjoy a prepared dinner and nice glass (or 10) of wine and then snuggle into bed with Eddie while they watched their favorite horror movies and ate their candy. Or maybe that would all be ruined, she thought as the rain suddenly pelted them furiously, interrupting her warm fuzzy fantasy. Cleo didn’t know if she would get past this. She ran towards the dimly lit house, losing a shoe along the way and making a new one of clay-thick mud.
Eddie lagged behind, slipping and accidentally taking a bath in wet dirt. Normally Cleo would have laughed at this, but her annoyance dictated her allegiance. She took shelter under the porch covering of this strange, eerie house while she waited for Edward to catch up, not losing any time when he did. “What is this place? Where are we? Why did you do this to me?” She angrily hurled a slew of questions at him. Unlucky lad, he couldn’t answer any of them when he looked at the house. Maybe he should have mapquested the party location after all.
“Cleo, first off, please don’t be so angry. I don’t know where we are but this is not the place I thought we would end up. We can just wait ‘til the rain lets up and go back to the car.”
Cleo sighed in frustration, her wet mascara running into her burning eyes and her false eyelashes becoming displaced. “This is probably going to be the worst Halloween ever.”
“Snap out of it,” he barked back at her. “You can put on all the stupid makeup and costume jewelry you want but you’re not really Cleopatra, you know! We were supposed to be at the 50 shades party.”
He suddenly had her attention. “At the WHAT?”
It sounded stupid, even as he said it. “You know. That book, Fifty Shades of Grey. I know you hate it but you never gave it chance, you only read it half way!”
This was just about all she could handle, “And you read it ALL the way?” she asked behind gritted teeth.
“Yes, I did. Thank you very much. Me and the guys in the book clu… uh nevermind. Come on. All the chicks love it.” He was unable to conceal his nerves and was fumbling about in his actions and speech. “And like, like I found a Halloween party, like erotic… an erotic party. On craigslist. It looked pretty awesome. That’s why I yanked your hair a little before. I thought you’d like it. That’s what the girls are into now.” He was talking at the speed of light and she could barely keep up.  Finally he sucked in a breath along with some kind of flying bug that had hitched a ride with the wind.  “Ick,” he altered her to his horror.   He wiped his mouth and then he wiped the water from his brow and took out a book from his backpack. THE book. He handed it to Cleo who was too shocked to refuse it.
Cleo looked ill. “O…M…G, where the hell did you get this, Master F*ckFace? My trash can? I think my ‘inner goddess’ is about to puke,” she said sarcastically making gagging noises for dramatic effect. By this point she was nearly growling the words. “You know how much I hate this book,” she hissed. “Why the f*ck do you think I would want to go to a party about it on my favorite night of the year?” Her anger made her look genuinely possessed.  “You are a zombie.  I am Cleopatra.  We are supposed to be at a COSTUME party where I can be admired for my awesome makeup skills and THIS is where you bring me?”
His words were ringing through her brain antagonizing her: That’s what the girls are into now.
Edward had this dumb expression on his face, the one where his eyes become slightly crossed and the corner of the right side of his mouth hangs down like someone is dragging on it. “I just thought we could try it out. What’s the big deal? Even my mom read it… twice. Maybe three times. Coulda been fou…”
“Shut up!” Cleo commanded, “This is what I of think of that dumbass book.” Maybe it was the near-full moon that possessed her as she leapt off the porch and started digging a grave for the thing with her bare hands. Edward was too terrified to protest and just watched her fling heaping piles of dirt to both sides of her, toss the book it and bury it. She didn’t even seem to mind that her perfectly manicured nails now had little mounds of mud inside of them.
“This book is ridiculous,” she screamed, her pitch rising with every word. “You think can be Christian Grey and I can be Anastasia whats-her-face? Let me tell you something, pal. The only reason that worked was because THAT guy was rich and FAKE. Seattle skyscraper? You live in the basement of your mother’s ranch house! You can’t even afford a pony, never-mind one of those luxury cars that fictitious moron sports around!” She was talking with her hands now, slinging mud with each gesture, some of which entered his nostril, eliciting a gag.
She misunderstood. “Oh, now you are going to make sounds at me?” She stood up wildly.
Edward retreated with a silent shake of his head as he pointed to the mud dripping from his nose. It was likely Cleo was annoyed enough to slap him but she was interrupted when someone flung open the door. Both of them had forgotten where they were, and most importantly, that they were not alone.
Much to their mutual shock, a beautiful dark haired woman was glaring down at them. She glanced down at Cleo with a scolding expression. Her blue glass-colored eyes looked almost translucent with the light of the moon behind them. “Why are you screaming like that, young woman?” she asked, “And what are you doing to my property?” Why are you digging in my front yard and slinging mud at my house?” Her eyes darted from Cleo’s makeup stained-face to the muddy grave and then to Edward and his faded zombie scars and dirt covered bodys. “Didn’t your mama teach you any manners?  Didn’t one of you see the NO TRESPASSING sign?” she asked without awaiting an answer. “Come inside,” she demanded.
The couple looked at each other and began apologizing simultaneously which made their words sound like a foreign language. Finally they managed to simply decline with the universal no gesture, a shake of the head with more than a hint of enthusiasm. The woman looked at them and her ruby lips began to form into a crooked smirk. “I’m sorry. That wasn’t really an invitation kids.”
“Whoa, WHOA,” Edward chimed in. “I’m not a kid. I’m nearly 33.” He pointed to Cleo. She’s even older than me. We’re not some dumbass teenagers.”
The woman looked at them crossly and examined their mud drenched appearances.  “Coulda fooled me,” she said sarcastically. She put her hand on her hips, expressing a subtle gesture of authority that made them both quiver. “As I was saying before being so rudely interrupted by a little brat (regardless of his physical age), that was not an invitation. That was a command. Besides, you’ll never make it back to wherever the heck you came from with this torrential downpour. But the cops can sure make it down here. Those fellas understand what ‘no trespassing’ means, and they just love my homemade cider.  I’ve got ‘em on speed dial, wanna meet ‘em?”
They knew she was right. If they didn’t take shelter they’d end up swimming in the mud with the… book. And they’d likely be in trouble if she called the cops. That seemed a tad drastic but the weather was too severe to protest. They were a little stuck.
Begrudgingly, they walked up to the porch and started to go inside. But this mysterious woman stopped them at the door with a look that said they must be batshit crazy if they thought they were entering her house looking like they just had a fantasy mud wrestling match. She told them to strip of their costumes and shoes and handed them two towels that hung on the coat rack, almost as if she had been expecting them in their dirtied, pitiful conditions.
“I’ll make some tea. The two of you go shower. But NOT together. I don’t care about your personal relationship whatever that is. No hanky panky here. She pointed to Cleo, “You, upstairs two doors to your left.” She turned her attention to Edward, “And you, downstairs first door on your right.” She addressed them both. “I’ll throw some clean clothes in the bathrooms, I can’t guarantee they’ll fit but those muddy clothes are staying on the porch, and you’ll just have to make do. Then you will go to the spare bedroom down the hall and take a nap. There are two beds. You will not be napping together. I am having a Halloween party later, which you are welcome to join. But I don’t need you in my hair when I’m getting it together and the guests arrive. Don’t do anything stupid either. No wandering, no stealing…”
It seemed like she went on rambling forever. Neither of them was exactly tired when they got there, but after the long winded speech, shower and tea, they both dozed off (in separate beds) for several hours.
Edward woke up first, in a panic. He rushed to the other bed and frantically shook Cleo. “I don’t know what happened. We just took a shower and “nap” in some stranger’s house in the middle of nowhere. I think we should get the hell outta here.”
Cleo was still groggy. She pushed his hands away, annoyed. “I need five more minutes. Edward.” She must have still been miffed because she used his full first name, which he strongly disliked.
“I’m serious, Cleo. Wake up!” 
She slapped at his hands this time.  “Get away from me, I’m tired!”
The agitation in Eddie was rising.  “I swear to God, Cleo.  Please!  He pounded his fist on the nighttable and a book fell from the bottom shelf, right onto his foot.  “Oww,” he screamed, hopping up and trying to shake off the pain. First Cleo bent his fingers all the way back and now a bible-heavy book fell on his foot.   Except it wasn’t a bible.  It was a thick book, leather bound and ancient looking.  Eddie thought it resembled something out of a Harry Potter movie and as he handed the book to Cleo, who was now sitting up in bed, he forgot about his pain.
Cleo, who could never control her curiosity, had suddenly found the motivation to be alert.  “What is this?” she asked aloud, really to no one in particular.  She knew Eddie couldn’t possibly know.  She examined the book, running her fingers over it as if it were brail.  “Hey, Eddie, look at this.  Make that light brighter.  I think it says something.”
Eddie sat back down on the bed after adjusting the dimmer switch.  He watched Cleo run her fingers over the cover of the book, tracing the indent of old, fading letters.  She looked at him curiously, “Look closely and use your fingers to make the outline of the letters,” she told him.  “I think it says ‘The Curse of Dana’; and it looks like a witch’s book.”
Suddenly the “kids” heard footsteps approaching and Cleo stashed the book under the bed with great effort, due to its weight. “We’ve gotta get back to this later.”  She had wanted to say more but the woman entered, looking entirely transformed.  The two moved close to each other, startled by her appearance.  She had dressed like Maleficent, the evil Queen from Snow White, probably for the party she was talking about hosting earlier. Her costume was complete with a thick black velvet robe with purple trim, and a beautiful glowing prop wand. Her eyes looked even more incredible now, almost as if they weren’t real at all.  They wondered if she had been wearing contacts.
The woman invited them to join her downstairs for some hot cider and snacks.  On their way down they noticed a sign on one of the doors that said, “Anyone who sets foot in this room shall experience the Curse of Dana.”  They both eyed each other but kept silent, not wanting to appear like they knew something.  Rather they waited for the woman to prepare the snacks and drinks while they hurriedly discussed the sign.
“We gotta go back up and see what’s in that book,” Cleo spat out.
“I know,” said Eddie.  He began to whisper like an excited child.  “Who do you think Dana is and what kind of curse do you think the book contains, and the room?”
The woman came in abruptly with the items.  She must have heard a bit of the conversation.  “I’m Dana,” she said politely.  “With all that ruckus I forgot to introduce myself but from the screaming I gather you are Cleo and Edward.”
“Please call me, Eddie, Ma’am.  I hate Edward.”  It took a second for it to register that this woman just introduced herself as Dana.  Cleo bit her lip when she realized.  Eddie started to move about anxiously as if he were doing in the wee-wee dance.
Dana immediately picked up on their anxieties.  “Well, eat up.  We only have about half an hour before everyone starts comin’ on it.  So why don’t you two go back up with your cider and see if any of those Halloween costumes fit you.  There are a bunch in the closet next to the room you napped in.”  She looked at them with raised eyebrows.  “I’m a pretty good hostess but don’t go pissin’ me off.  Some things are off limits, like rooms with signs.  I’m warning you now because somehow you missed the blinding yellow one about 100 feet off my property.”  She smiled with a mildly sinister expression.  “Go on, I promise you’ll have fun here!”
Dana left the room to finish preparing and the two headed back upstairs, whispering eagerly the whole time.  “We have to get the book,” Cleo insisted.  “That lady must be THE Dana. Maybe she is a witch, like one of those who practice Wiccan or maybe the black arts.  We need to find out.  She might have spells or hexes in there.”

“We have to get into that room first,” Eddie countered.
Cleo shook her head.  “Dumbass, maybe we should read what the curse is BEFORE going into the room?” she asked sarcastically.  “If there really is a curse, maybe we don’t want to experience it.”
“Oh come on, seriously, Cleo?”  He dragged her up the stairs as she was going too slow for his taste.  “There is no such thing as witches or black arts or whatever.  Let’s just go into the room.  We can look at the book later.”  He paused a moment as if he just had a brilliant idea.  “Or you can like go get the book and I’ll go pretend to use the bathroom so she doesn’t get suspicious, then we’ll meet at the forbidden room.”
Cleo thought about it for a second.  “I guess that sounds ok,” she said. 
Eddie became serious, his brows scrunching together to emphasize the gravity of his request.  “But please promise me that you won’t read the book or even open it until we meet back there. We’ll read it before we go in, but we gotta do it together.  You know… just incase this woman is some kind of nutjob or something.”
“Ok,” Cleo promised.  “But we gotta do this fast.  I’m getting a little nervous and her people are coming in like 20 minutes.  Let’s just get back here as soon as we can.  Hopefully there will be something awesome in that room and we can take pics with our cells and post it on facebook and twitter.”
“It’s a plan, let’s go.”  Eddie and Cleo parted ways, meeting back at the forbidden location within five minutes.  The sign was ominous and as they approached they realized the sign was actually a small chalk board with white chalk letters written on it.  “What is she a teacher?” Eddie joked nervously.
“I don’t know,” Cleo snapped.  “Let’s just do this, ok?”
“Do what?” questioned a stern voice approaching from the distance.  Both Cleo and Eddie froze, still as statues, as if this would make them invisible.  Neither of them either bothered to turn around to face the voice, this is how scared they were.  They waited as mere moments dragged on for eternity until the voice reached them.  “Face me,” it said.  “I will not tell you twice.”
The pair turned around, feeling very much like naughty children who had just been caught doing a very bad deed.  Cleo wanted to drop the book but it was much too heavy to do anything with at the last second.  It remained in her hand as evidence, as the doorknob to the off-limits room which was super-glued to Eddie’s hand by his nervous sweat.
They both noted that Dana did not look pleased.  They wondered if she would kick them out in the storm, or call the cops, or both.  But her expression turned somewhat soft as if she had a moment of reconsideration.  “I see you are curious as to what’s inside this room, and that you were about to go in it.” She eyed them with a near parental authority, “despite the fact I specifically told you not to.  So let’s just get this over with.  Let me show you.”  Her eyes were a deep impenetrable crystal, and although there was no lingering anger, they were nothing if not painfully intimidating.
Both Cleo and Eddie wanted to protest, but neither did.  Dana pushed past Eddie and pried his wet fingers from the doorknob.  She told Cleo to carry the book into the room, and she proceeded to very slowly open the door.  She also proceeded to hum eerie tunes, cheerfully, to torment them.  Cleo’s eyes were wide opened and ready for any surprises.  Eddie had his half closed, as if squinting them shut could protect him from any impending doom.  However, what they saw when they entered was what neither of them expected, and actually turned out to be disappointing.  It was just a room, a bedroom, a spare bedroom… nothing spectacular, nothing terrifying, certainly nothing curse-worthy.  This is what Cleo was thinking anyway, but she dared not say the words aloud. Instead she just glanced down at the book in her hands as if transferring her thoughts onto it.
Intuitively, Dana addressed these very thoughts.  “You are cursed now, you realize?” she said without malice and almost nonchalantly.  Nobody had the courage to speak.  “Come here,” she told them, guiding them with a finger motion to come close to her while she took a seat on the bed.  “Hand me the book, missy,” she instructed Cleo, who at this point was beginning to tremble with dread.  She complied.
 Eddie, acting quite useless, remained in very un-heroic statue mode.  Cleo gazed at him with venom.  “Good to know I could count on you in an emergency,” she hissed.
Eddie didn’t even twitch.  “You be quiet,” Dana scolded as she sat the heavy, aged book on her lap.  “You are both so eager to know what’s inside this book, so I’ll show you.  Keep your eyes open… Edward,” she demanded.  “You too, young lady.”
Thoughts were racing through their minds.  Was she going to put a spell on them?  Was the thing possessed?  Was she going to write their names in it like Death Note and kill them that way?  Their thoughts were halted and they were again shocked as Dana opened the book, only to reveal… that it wasn’t a book at all.  It was a box made to look like a book.  They both looked on in awe as she opened the cover (which was a clever front for a lid) and removed something from inside. 
“This, is the curse of Dana,” she informed them, ever so pleasantly.  And I know it’s not really a book, but I do have a little poem in here.  It’s for naughty trespassers.  They get a special treat if they actually find this little treasure.  She recited the poem to them.
                Use your wits you fools who dare
                And wonder if it’s wise
                To look upon this book so brave
                While wearing your disguise
                Take care to know the consequence
                If curiosity’s your aim
                For you might not be so eager when
                I let you lay your claim
The two of them starred at it dumbly trying to decipher the poem and the connection to this thing, a thick piece of rubber with a handle.  What kind of spell could this produce?  Neither of them knew how to respond until Dana stood up, turned around and whacked the bed with the strap.  The horrifying sound echoed throughout the room.  Cleo cringed while maintaining a little shred of dignity but Eddie screamed like a little girl and jumped so high his feet were almost off the ground.
Dana turned towards them again.  Fortunately for her, neither victim was coherent enough to protest.  So neither of them thought to run or scream for help as she bent them, together, over the bed.  In the interest of fairness, they had not ever experienced something like this and still did not know what to expect… at least not until the first stroke landed, side by side, on their fully clothed bottoms.  Eddie, acting as typical Eddie, leapt up in a frenzy and started dancing around and rubbing his lit-up bottom.  Cleo, petrified from the pain, remained there shivering and terrified.  Dana figured she would be easier to deal with, so she decided to focus on Eddie while giving Cleo the directive to remain in the impressive position she managed to withstand.
“Edward,” Dana began, her tone taking on a gravity meant to appear threatening.  “I welcome you into my home and asked only one thing of you.  You found it impossible to comply.  All you had to do was ask, and I would have gladly shown the two of you what was in here.  In a much more agreeable way.  Now, you will be punished.  Luck is on your side.  I’m an evil witch who moonlights as a professional disciplinarian,” she winked.  “Now, let’s get down to business.  With that she gently guided a shocked Eddie over the bed and pulled down his pants and briefs, revealing an angry welt from the first smack.  Cleo couldn’t resist looking at the mark, causing Eddie great shame.  However, her defiance was met with her bottom instantly bared and a series of two dozen hand smacks assaulting her backside in retribution.  Dana’s hand was not much less comforting than the strap and this time Cleo lost the remainder of her dignity as she pleaded for the woman to stop.
Dana stopped, but only to finish punishing Eddie.  She directed Cleo not to get out of position or try to sneak any peeks again.  Cleo buried her head in the pillow so as to not to be tempted. But she still heard every resounding slap as the strap came down across Edward’s naked bottom.  About a dozen vicious smacks marred his backside, causing him to yelp in pain.  But after seeing what happened to Cleo for her disobedience, he remained as stoic as he could.  This did not mean tears didn’t spring up in his eyes but his body complied with the no-protesting order. After the second round of a dozen whacks, he collapsed on the bed.  He was so consumed with his sore bottom that he barely remembered Cleo was even there and he had no interest in her agony as the strap decorated her bottom with raised red welts.
“And you young lady, are supposed to know better.  You seem a bit more intelligent than your counterpart here and why you would go along with this silliness is absurd.  That’s what I want you to think about as I strap your bottom with the last dozen.”  Cleo was shivering and her bottom was ablaze.  She didn’t know how she could possible endure another twelve.  The fear incited her to pleading.  Tears fell down her face, but Dana was unmoved.  When it came to punishing misbehavior, it was her duty and she didn’t take it lightly.  She did not stop until she was convinced Cleo wouldn’t be able to sit comfortably for at least several days.
When she was done she let the two cry it out without the added embarrassment of them having to endure her watching.  She returned to check on them a little while later.  They both were in a state of fogginess but became instantly alert when she entered.  She had a visitor with her, a young man in his late 20’s who was holding the dreaded ‘Curse of Dana’ “book” solemnly in his hands.  She sent the two out and told them to enjoy the party downstairs and assured them there was no hard feelings.  She said she sometimes gets a little irritated but that it dissolves quickly, and she handed them some Halloween themed cupcakes.  They immediately obeyed and headed downstairs toward the party as Dana took a seat on the bed, in almost the exact position she was in such a short while ago.
Before she could speak, her unexpected visitor started pleading with her.  “I’m sorry.  I didn’t mean to trespass, and I just wanted to know what the ‘Curse of Dana’ was and what was in that weird old book.  I won’t come near here again, Ma’am, I swear.  Please don’t call the cops.
“I’m not going to call the cops, dear,” Dana smiled.  She held the book on her lap.  “Come closer,” she instructed.  Her new victim did as he was told.  “Here, let me show you,” she said. She began to open the lid ever so slowly at an angle where the boy couldn’t quite make out what was happening.  She only opened it a tad so that it still appeared to be the book it posed as. “You are too far away,” Dana scolded.  “Come here.”
The young man did as he was told and took a few steps forward as he watched Dana, overcome by the mystery.  Dana gazed down at the box, getting ready to reveal its secret. Her piercing blue eyes burned into him and he could not pull away from their power.
“Trick or Treat?” she asked him with an evil cackle.
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Must-read entry to the Spooky Spanking story contest

Wow! There were so many really excellent entries for the Spooky Spanking Story Contest last month, and this is another example. Enjoy!

– Dana


As they walked down the dark road, Holly wondered if she and Michelle weren’t a little bit too old to go trick or treating in the first place. It had seemed like a good idea a few hours ago, but they had both had quite a bit of hard cider at that point, so anything would have seemed like a good idea to liven up their Halloween just a little bit.
Now, they had stopped at almost every house on the main road, mostly to be told that they were too old to be going door to door. They had also received several criticisms for the lack of imagination involved in their costumes. In their earlier state of inebriation, they had forgotten that dressing up was a critical part of trick or treating.
“I’m tired,” Michelle announced. “Why don’t we just go home instead of walking down this empty road in the dark like a couple of complete idiots?”
Michelle could be such a buzz kill, Holly thought, continuing to walk on in front. There was no way she was going to spend her night at home where she would no doubt be bored to death. “No,” she yelled, “I will think of something we can do, but I don’t want to go home yet.”
After wandering in the dark for several more minutes, Holly tripped. “Ouch,” she yelped as her elbow fell hard into the dirt.
Michelle came running to her side, worrying that she might be injured. “Are you okay?” she asked, straining to see any signs of injury in the dark.
“Oh, I’m fine,” Holly grumbled, lifting something off the ground. “I just tripped over this stupid book. Who would leave a book in the middle of nowhere in the first place?”
“Maybe, they didn’t realize they had dropped it,” Michelle offered, helping Holly stand and brush the dirt off herself. “What kind of book is it anyway?”
While neither of them had a flashlight, Holly quickly thought to pull out her cell phone. It got no service in this area, but the weak light allowed her to see the book much more clearly. Instead of a new cover with an obvious title, she could see that it was an old, leather bound book that had a lot of hand written pages. Inside, there were hand written instructions on the first page.
If found, please return to 999 Oak Lane.
“That’s not far from here,” Michelle stated. “It was the address on the mailbox we passed a minute ago, and it has to be the only house on this road. Why don’t we go home now, and drop the book off on the front porch when we pass by?”
“Okay,” Holly agreed, much to Michelle’s surprise. In the five months they had been dating, Michelle had learned that Holly sometimes liked to be argumentative, and she had a tendency to act like a naughty, disagreeable brat at times. While this behavior was not her most appealing trait, Michelle was not sure what to do about it, and was only happy that things were going smoothly at the moment.
As they approached the house, a small grin came across Holly’s face. “This looks like the kind of house you would expect an old witch to live in,” she stated, amused. “I’ll bet we could have some fun here tonight.”
“Let’s just return the book and go,” Michelle replied, shaking her head. “Your desire to have fun and act immature has already taken enough of our time tonight.”
Just as Holly was about to pout over Michelle’s comment, the door opened, and a voice called to them, “I see you’ve found my book. Why don’t you come inside and let me thank you properly for its safe return?”
Both women walked up to the door nervously, though very curious to see who the voice belonged to.
At the door stood a tall, slender woman with short, dark hair, grinning at them eagerly. “Oh, hurry up and come inside,” she said, sweetly. “I won’t bite.”
Holly giggled nervously and stepped through the door first, followed by a very hesitant Michelle. “How in the world do you lose something the size of this book and not notice?” she asked.
The woman continued to grin and laughed slightly. “Welcome to my home,” she said, ignoring Holly’s question entirely. “What in the world are two young women like yourselves doing out on an old, isolated road this time of night? This isn’t the safest place to be wandering around.”
“Well, we got a little off the main road, though we should be getting home,” Michelle answered politely as they followed the woman into a large, comfortable looking living room that was lit entirely by dozens of candles. “We just wanted to return your book to you first.”
The woman nodded approvingly. “I am very grateful to you for finding it for me. It has been in my family for several generations and is quite important to me.”
Before there could be any further pleasant conversation, Holly’s bratty temper got the better of her. “What business is it of yours what we are doing out so late anyway?” she snapped. “I haven’t seen anything dangerous. In fact, the only thing we have seen at all is this creepy house and you.”
Embarrassed by the sudden outburst, Michelle started to apologize, but the woman held up a finger to silence her. “Michelle, there is no need for you to apologize, dear. You are a very polite young woman. If anyone is needs to be sorry, it is Holly,” she stated.
Shocked by what the strange woman had just said, Holly asked, “How did you know our names? We didn’t tell you that. And I don’t think I need to apologize for anything.”
“Oh, I know a lot of things that might surprise you,” the woman offered, her grin growing larger than before. “I know that you both headed out tonight to go trick or treating and possibly get into mischief, which I would hardly recommend for two grown women who should know better. I also know that you, Holly, can be quite the little brat sometimes. I’ll bet she likes to misbehave and push her limits with you all the time, doesn’t she, Michelle?”
“You don’t know the half of it,” Michelle agreed, causing Holly to pout. “That isn’t to suggest that I don’t love her, but it is kind of a relief to have somebody who understands.”
“I behave myself just fine,” Holly whined, her bottom lip now starting to poke out as she continued to fume.
Ignoring Holly’s protest, Michelle continued her conversation as the woman took her book and placed it in the middle of an old, wooden table that held many candles and interesting stones. “Have we met before? You seem to know us already.”
“We have not met before, I can assure you,” the woman answered, “and since I already know who you are, it seems only fair that I should introduce myself. I am Ms. Kane.”
“Very nice to meet you,” Michelle responded, extending her hand. Holly, on the other hand, simply rolled her eyes.
Shaking hands with Michelle, Ms. Kane made an interesting offer. “I know you two young ladies were out trick or treating tonight, despite the fact that you seem well past the typical age for it. Perhaps, I might be able to offer you something along the lines of a treat, Michelle, though Holly may see it as more of the trick.”
Now, it was Holly’s turn to speak up. “What do you mean?” she asked “and seriously, how do you know anything about us if we’ve never met you?”
Turning to face Holly, Ms. Kane smiled and began to thoughtfully answer her questions. “Women like me are often able to gain more insight into people that most realize. Call it a sixth sense if you wish. And what I mean in terms of trick and treats is quite simply that I believe I can at least show Michelle how to manage your naughty behavior, young lady.”
While Holly now looked to her girlfriend curiously, Michelle smiled and eagerly looked to Ms. Kane. “That actually sounds like a treat I would appreciate. How would you suggest I go about dealing with her?”
“Just watch what I do and remember it in the future,” Ms. Kane replied, taking a few short steps to a straight backed chair in the room. As she took a seat, she looked to Holly, “I want you to come over here and stand in front of me.”
While she was curious about what was happening, Holly couldn’t help but be a little defiant. “Why should I do what you say?” she asked, standing still for the moment.
Before Ms Kane could respond, Michelle answered the question. “Holly, she is right. You can be an absolute brat at times, and we need to address that issue right now. I love you very much, but I think for our relationship to be the best, we need to come up with a way to handle bad behavior. You want that too, don’t you, honey?”
For a minute, Holly stood quietly and thought about what had been said. It was true, she often had poor impulse control and was prone to acting out in ways that were not appropriate, and it had to be difficult for Michelle to put up with her attitude at times. “Yes, I do want that too,” she admitted.
Taking her place in front of their newly found friend, Holly asked, “What happens now?”
Smiling a little, Ms. Kane looked up into Holly’s eyes and answered, “Now, you trust me to show you what you and Michelle need. I am going to spank you for your behavior, and I want you to remember that Michelle will do this from now on if you need her to.”
Taking Holly’s arm, Ms. Kane pulled her down. Slowly guiding her into position over her knees, taking the time to make sure that her bottom would be a perfect target for punishment, Ms. Kane also lifted the younger woman’s short skirt, then, eased her panties down to her knees. “You’ve been a very naughty young lady, haven’t you?” she asked, drawing her hand back and bringing it down firmly on the bare cheeks in front of her.
“Yes,” Holly squeaked as another two sharp strokes fell on her bottom.
“How about, Yes, Ma’am,” Ms. Kane suggested, delivering another hard slap. 
“Yes, Ma’am,” Holly corrected herself, beginning to squirm slightly as Ms. Kane fell into a steady rhythm, alternating from one cheek to the other with firm, stinging swats.
For her part, all Michelle could do was watch in utter amazement. Not only was Holly willingly receiving the punishment that she so badly needed, but for once, she seemed to be all out of smart remarks. They would definitely be introducing spanking into their relationship after tonight, she thought to herself.
After several unrelenting minutes of hard spanking, Holly was reduced to a very tearful and apologetic young woman. Not only did her bottom hurt worse than he could ever have thought possible, but she ached with guilt over how badly she had behaved towards Michelle in the past. At least, she hoped, accepting some discipline would help to make up for her bratty ways. 
Taking note of Holly’s tears and whimpered apologies, Ms. Kane gave her two final, hard spanks, then ended the punishment and rubbed her back gently, trying to ease her back into normal breathing. “It’s alright,” she spoke softly. “I think you will remember to be on your best behavior from now on, won’t you, sweetheart?”
Though she continued to cry lightly, Holly nodded her head in agreement. She would certainly remember this spanking for quite some time.
Ms. Kane helped Holly stand up, guiding her carefully into the arms of Michelle, who had been eagerly waiting to take hold of her well punished girlfriend.
“I think it is time for you two to get home,” Ms. Kane informed them, “but I want you to remember what I have taught you tonight. Will you do that?”
“Yes, Ma’am,” they both answered in unison.
“Good,” she said, giving them a big smile. “Thank you again for returning my book. I hope you both have a safe, happy Halloween!”
“Yes, Ma’am,” Michelle said again as they headed out the door, knowing they would both remember this Halloween for the rest of their lives.
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Curse of Dana’ photo contest winner!


Ahh, Halloween! Another reason for us to all dress up and hit one another with sticks…

..wait. That isn’t right, is it? Something about candy.


 – With 131 votes counted –


The winner of the Halloween-themed ‘Curse of Dana’ photo contest  – and an evil set of Curse of Dana implements from Cane-iac.com – is:

Entry # 3


Congratulations to the winner, and thanks again to everyone who entered and voted. 

Stay tuned for the next photo contest!

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Spooky Spanking Story: ‘The Book of Craig J. Applegate’

Readers,

Here is a fine entry to the Spooky Spanking Story Contest: ‘The Book of Craig J. Applegate’ – and a perfect example of why it’s so very difficult to choose just one winner each time. Excellent!

*****


The Book of Craig J. Applegate


This story told by the two main characters, Jane and her husband Craig. It’s mostly fictional….


JANE

He was driving fast. Too fast. He often did.

CRAIG

I’m entitled. Dusk was settling like a blanket over the New England countryside—a  Norman Rockwell of scarlet and yellow fading as it blurred into a streaked Jackson Pollock on the windows of the 911. Jane turned from the scenery. 

“It’s so pretty here. Why don’t you slow down?” my wife asked. 

I downshifted around a corner and my right foot punched 424 Teutonic turbo-boosted horses. They did what they do best and the air-cooled engine growled in delight.

“And you never know, there might be trick-or-treaters,” she continued, this time louder.

JANE

I thought he had finally paid attention to me as his ridiculous big boy toy slowed and came to rest on the gravel by the side of the road.

Craig had a concerned expression. “It died,” he said. “The engine.”

“Maybe you were going too fast for it,” I said, pulling the phone out of my purse.

“It doesn’t work that way.”

“It should.” I said, as I took out my frustrations by pounding the buttons on my phone.

Nothing happened.  “That’s weird. I can’t get a signal.”

A branch scraped across the top of the car. In the distance lightning flashed. A few tentative drops of rain hit the windshield.

CRAIG

So we walked.

JANE

And walked. It was dark now. I was wet.

CRAIG

We’d been trudging down the road a good twenty minutes. Jane saw the lights of the house first. A jack-o-lantern sat on the porch—as I knocked on the door, the candle flickered out. The door opened.

I don’t know why I said it, but I did. “Trick-or-treat.”

The woman at the door was, in a word: hot. Young. Maybe twenty-six. Dark hair. Porcelain skin. She was wearing a witch costume. A sexy witch costume.

“Welcome, Mr. and Mrs. Applegate,” the witch purred. “Come in, get dry.” She looked out at the storm, “Trick-or-treating is over.”

With that she flipped off the porch light, turned and sashayed into the house. We followed. The view was spectacular.

JANE

“How did y—” I began.

“Know your names? I’ve read his book,” she said. “I can’t say that I’m a fan.”

The room was warm. A fire crackled. There were books everywhere.

“Well, you’re young. Maybe when you have a little more life experience, you’ll appreciate it more,” Craig said.

“However,”  the young woman continued, and looked at me, “Mr. Applegate does have potential.”

CRAIG

Potential? A house in Los Angeles, an apartment in Manhattan, two movie deals in the works, nine bestsellers. Potential? Yeah right. I’m already there.

JANE

There are things my husband does that I’ll never understand. Flirting for example. The constant flirting. The woman wearing the witch costume in front of us was easily in her sixties. More life experience? She has plenty, babe.

“Do you have a phone?” I asked as water dripped from my hair onto the hardwood floor. “Our car broke down.” I pointed in the general direction of the storm outside, as though I needed to explain that my husband’s Porsche was, in fact, sitting a couple of miles down the road.

“No,” she replied, continuing to look at me, “I don’t believe in them.” Then as if to explain, “Phones that is—hate ‘em. Never got used to the whole concept.”

She looked at Craig and I swear she winked, “Porsches, however? Love them. ‘There is no substitute,’” she quoted.

The flirting was working, even on kindly Witchypoo Grandma, but my feeling of unease had nothing to do with the smile spreading across Craig’s face. I turned to the rain streaked window. How’d she know what we were driving?


CRAIG

The minx liked fast cars. Maybe I could take her for a ride. My latest novel sat upon a small end table next to an overstuffed leather couch.

She noticed me looking at it.

“Oh, not that book. In fact, that book I loved—stories about sin and redemption are my favorite type.”

“You make a good witch.” Jane said archly.

“Actually, I’m a wiccan these days,” the young woman replied. She held out her hand to Jane. “Bridget Bishop.”

I had a distant memory—a  bell tolling a warning in the recesses of my mind, just out of hearing. I decided to ignore it and focus instead on the woman in front of me. I stepped forward, picked up the book, opened it to the flyleaf and pulled out a pen.

“You should have loved it Ms. Bishop—thirty-six weeks on the New York Times Bestseller list.” I said. “And counting.”

I signed my name with a flourish. She took the book from me, her hand brushing mine and I felt a chill that spoke of bone turning to dust and headstones under New England snow and death and decay.

“Thank you. For such a beautifully written book, I’m not surprised,” she said. “No, I’m talking about this book. Your book.”

The word “your” hung in the air as she walked over to a bookcase and pulled out a thick, dust-covered tome.

JANE

The old witch handed me a book, that if it were possible, looked even older than she did. The leather was cracked with age. It felt warm and well worn. It was heavy. But those weren’t the things I noticed first. It was the title of the book, embossed in gold on the cover:

THE WYCKEDNESS
of
 CRAIG J APPLEGATE
A Catalogue of General Maleficence,
Lasciviousness, Drunkenness,
and Debauchery


I looked at Craig. 

“Yes,” Bridget said, “it’s his book. Your husband’s book. Open it.”

I did so and read aloud: “‘We describe herein all the churlish, boorish and naughty behaviors of Craig J Appleton, a free man, aged 46, of the county of…’”

Bridget spoke up, “It’s quite the read.”

My eyes scanned down the page, taking it in.

“Oh, Craig.” I said softly.

“Yes, this book has everything. Every lie, every sin of omission, every bad and naughty thing he has done.”

She began to circle my husband, speaking to him.

“It’s all there—from the clock he broke and blamed on his sister…

…to the petty misdeeds, like a filched candy bar…

…to the more serious crimes. Like the woman that he claimed to love merely to fulfill his own carnal desires, when he knew he didn’t…you weren’t even confused, were you, Craig? You knew that you didn’t love her, but you said it anyway…

She shook her head. “I could show you her tears, but I am not cruel…

…to what happened on a trip to Vegas in 1998…let me give you a bit of advice Craig—it doesn’t stay there.”

She stopped circling and turned to me. “If you’re curious Jane, that one’s on page 128.”

CRAIG

How?

JANE

I was wiping my tears when I noticed Bridget behind me. I felt like I’d been reading for hours and my trust had been sandpapered.  Her voice brought me back to the present.

 “There are many instruments of correction that would be suitable for your husband, but I think this will work best. It’s a most serious punishment for some serious wrongdoing.”

She was holding up a slender rod. It was half-an-inch or so by about 3 feet. Bridget bent it in her hands, showing its flexibility before she swished it through the air. She handed it to me and turned toward Craig.

“Remove your clothes,” she commanded. “We dealt with miscreants in my day.”

Craig hesitated, and—it must have been some trick of the light or maybe I was still lightheaded from reading the accusations of the strange book—but the next thing I saw was my husband, half-naked, prostrate over the back of the couch.

I looked at Bridget.

“What am I supposed to do?” I asked.

“You know what to do,” she said softly.

“I do?”

“Yes. You’re to hit him across his naked, bared buttocks, very hard. Like this.”

CRAIG

I heard the cane cut through the air, whistling a tune filled with condemnation, authority and reprimand. The sound was only eclipsed by the pain. The stomach-turning splat as three-quarters of an inch of correction hit my flesh was lost on me. The shame of unforgivable moments past was now brought to life as a purely physical agony that was equal parts awful and awesome in its transcendence.

I couldn’t move. Inches away, but sounding like it was miles and years distant, I heard Bridget continue to instruct my wife.

“You are to allow him to pay for his misdeeds in flesh,” she said.

The streak of sting was now exploding into me, barreling deeper into my bottom, and as its pain grew my shame dissipated by an equal measure.

Bridget continued, “Allow him to pay for his many transgressions.”

And with that, she brought the cane down again and again and again and again.

JANE

Angry red lines grew from and across the pale, white bottom. My husband’s bottom. It made me think of something. It took over the images of him skipping school, of that extra shot or two or three of Scotch, of his evasions, and of an almost-infidelity in room 387 of the Bellagio.

“Must be all the fertilizer in there.” I said, my voice rising.

“Huh?” Bridget questioned.

“He’s full of it. Been that way for a long time. Give me the stick.” My voice was shaking.

Bridget smiled. “It’s called a cane my dear. And please, do not stop until…well, you’ll know when to stop. It shall be neither too many or two few.”

I took the cane and raised it high and as I did, I felt just a touch of worry, a short hesitation—what if I hit him too hard? It lasted but a moment, and I brought the cane down.

CRAIG

Through the haze of sting, soreness and throbbing, it changed. It all changed. Yes, the pain was there—strips of fire, laid one after the other on my bottom—but so was something else. Forgiveness. Redemption. The scales were tipping back to balanced.

Jane raised the cane again.

And another stroke of the cane.

And another.

And another.

More pain. More equanimity. More forgiveness. 

Bridget bent down to my face. I barely noticed her.

“Who….who are you?” I stammered.

She moved in even closer. Her breath was warm against my cheek.

“Don’t you know? I’m the witch of your dreams,” she cooed and laughed quietly.

JANE

I was done. My arm was sore from the exertion. I was sweating. Craig lay over the couch, crying softly. What had I done?

“I…I just allowed stuff to get out of control,” he croaked, trying to stand.

“I know. It’s over now, “ I said.

“No, it’s just the beginning.” It was Bridget talking.

“The cane is yours to keep…” she said as she faded from view.

The room in fact was fading too. Everything but Craig, the book, and the cane in my hand was changing. Turning to mist. It was getting colder.

“As is the book.”

And she was gone.

CRAIG

We were alone in a clearing. It was daylight. The sun shone. My pants were still around my ankles. My bottom was a mass of welts and agony, but I was at peace.

With a start, I realized I was resting across a slab of granite jutting from a low stone wall. I fought my way to my feet. The granite was a memorial of some sort. I read the words:

“BRIDGET BISHOP. HANGED. JUNE 10, 1692. SALEM, MA.

I looked over at Jane.  She held the cane in one hand and a very old book in the other.

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Fellow Bloggers: Help me advertise and win a prize!


Readers,

As evidenced by the Sunday updates, I am working hard to populate HERE, my video website, with spanking videos and DVD’s that fans of premium spanking videos will enjoy.
The website now contains preview photos and descriptions for the dozens of F/M, F/F, and POV videos available for download, as well as several DVD titles.
You can also ‘Meet the Models’ and follow the link to the gallery of all the free spanking videos I’ve made available.
In upcoming weeks, I’ll be releasing two new full-length spanking movies – one F/M and the other F/F. You’ll see some of your favorite spanking performers, and meet a couple new faces, too.

With these new changes in mind, I started thinking of fun ways to draw more traffic to DanaKaneSpanks.com – which immediately gave me an idea for a contest (if it’s not obvious by now, I like giving stuff away..).

Help me get the word out about HERE by blogging or reviewing it on your own blog or website, and I’ll enter you in a drawing to win the Prize.

  • The winner of the contest will win a free spanking from me, in any of the cities to which I regularly travel. 


  • For those of you who are unable to redeem the in-person prize, I’ve come up with an alternative – ten free video downloads from any of my available titles. This way, anyone can win AND collect the prize.
  • You needn’t buy my videos, or even write a mile-long glowing referral – I’m not looking for over-the-top praise. A simple post linking to HERE is a completely acceptable entry, and your blog follower numbers and traffic are irrelevant. The winner will be chosen randomly from all qualifying entries.


To enter, just email me a link to your post once it’s live:
DanaKaneSpanks@gmail.com.

Contest ends December 5, 2012.

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Vote for the ‘Curse of Dana’ photo contest

Readers,

Here’s your chance to help one ‘Curse of Dana’ photo entry win a set of implements from Cane-iac!

While I’m a bit disappointed at the low turnout of entries, those who did participate all went the extra mile. 

And while each of them likely deserves a hearty dose of The Curse, which one will you choose?

Each entry, listed randomly, is assigned a number. Vote below.

Entry # 1
Entry # 2
Entry # 3
 Entry # 4
  • Vote only once. Cheaters will be publicly shamed.
  • Entrants are welcome to encourage their friends to vote for them, naturally.

Loading…

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Historie’ Chapter 5: Back in Denmark


Many thanks to Annika for continuing the story of Amy. In this chapter, Amy goes home..

– Dana 

*****
Back in Denmark

If you think my aunt tried to break me, so she could be in 100% control, by spanking me, you are mistaken. She never had any intentions in that direction. She knew exactly how to balance the thin line there was between encouraging me to discover myself my own needs and desires and then guiding me when I went too far and instead of becoming stronger chose a path that would lead in the other direction. Of course I was chocked in the beginning after receiving the first spanking and also very confused, like some of you might know. I had a lot of mixed feelings and thought I was weird because I somehow wanted her and didn’t want her to spank me. Back then I thought that the immense feeling of security, affection and love were feelings I only could feel after I had received a spanking. I hungered for those feelings, so yes you might think that the spankings instead of pushing me in the right directions should have led me in the wrong. I was thankful towards my aunt, after all she made me feel things I never thought I could feel, so I didn’t want to disappoint her or risk to be sent back to Denmark. The truth is she was one of the first human beings who had been totally honest with me, who trusted me to have enough spirit to grow stronger, who didn’t think less of me even though I made mistakes. She always dealt with it straight away, and then we could move on. It was liberating to live with her and in that environment I could develop into an independent individual.
The life with my aunt was a journey where I went from being an unfocused, confused and lost girl to become quite sure of what I wanted with my life, who I wanted to spend it with where my own limits were and how to defend them. I learned that trust is a vital thing, that being perfect isn’t a possibility, but we can do our best and if we do mistakes it’s better to be honest then try hide. It’s not always easy though. And I didn’t understand all of this from the beginning. It took some years to get there.
One major push in the right direction, if you ask me, happened a summer where my aunt had decided we should take a trip to Denmark. She thought it would be good for me and my mom to spend some time together.
My aunt knew about the problems I had before moving to USA, but had never seen the interactions between me and my mom. I didn’t want to go to Denmark. I was afraid to face my mom again. I was afraid to become the old Amy and that I would lose my aunt. So I had all my guards up.
My mom was very happy to see us. When she said, she had missed me I couldn’t say anything in return. I just responded with an “mmh” and smiled polite at her. I could feel my aunt watching me, but avoided to look at her. We drove home to the place I grew up. It hadn’t changed at all even my room looked the same. Same posters on the wall……I pulled one poster down……a poster with Blade (the movie) on it…..still had some problems with that song….Even my room was telling a story about a girl out of control. Old notes from friends describing me as the queen of the night, I had kept all notes from boys who wanted to know if I’d like to date them. I found my old box in which I had kept capsules from beer bottles….very mature….and at the bottom of this box was a picture of me. I didn’t remember to have put it there maybe I was drunk the day that happened. I wasn’t happy on the picture and I got sad by looking at myself. I left my room and stood for some time leaning up against my door with closed eyes. My aunt had a habit to move very quietly, so when I opened my eyes she was standing leaning up against the opposite wall. “Are you okay?”…I wanted to throw myself into her arms, but at that point I was building up the walls around me, so I just replied “Yes I’m fine” and started to walk away. I hated to push her away like that, but I didn’t know what to do. I just wanted to leave the house visit some friends and forget everything about the pain. I even missed my cousin at that point, at least he would just try to get me to laugh….or get me into trouble…
I went downstairs to the living room where my mom was. She smiled at me and said “I haven’t changed anything in your room, I thought you would like it that way”…..gee thanks a lot….”it’s fine mom, is it okay if I visit some friends?”….
It wasn’t okay, I could see on her expression, that she would like me to stay but instead she said “oh… of course you must have missed them and you are young and staying with two old ladies is probably not on your wish list”….at that point I already felt like screaming at her, why the hell didn’t she just tell me no, when that was what she really felt, why didn’t she just say “Amy I can understand that you want to see your friends, but tonight you are staying here with us so we can talk. I really want to know how you’ve been and your friends can wait until tomorrow” I didn’t scream at her I just replied “thanks, and it might be late”
I went to get my jacket and shoes. I was almost done getting dressed when my aunt suddenly had an opinion (not so unexpected). “Where do you think you are going??”…”Ehm…outside?!”….She looked at me the way she looks, when I’m getting close to a line I shouldn’t cross. And here the dilemma started for me. Because who was in charge now? My heart didn’t doubt that my aunt was the one I listened too, but what could she do now we were staying at my mom’s house and my mom should be the natural authority. So I responded to my aunt “my mom said it was okay, I’m just visiting some friends” and again I felt the urge just to jump into her arms and cry. After a few seconds she nodded and said “well okay then”.
I didn’t visit any of my friends. Instead I visited different places that used to have some kind of meaning to me back then. The playground, soccer field at the local club, an old tree I used to climb when I was hiding from the outside world, and the beach where I had spent many hours with friends partying. How could my mom turn out so different from my aunt? Why was she so weak?
I returned late. Before entering the house I did wonder if my aunt was waiting up for me, and wanted me to face some consequences, but they were both asleep. I went to my room and started to throw everything out. I didn’t want my aunt to see all of this. I was embarrassed about how I used to be and couldn’t relate to that part anymore. It was nearly morning when I was done and finally could find some peace in that room to get some sleep.
It was my mom who woke me up. She just wanted to make sure I was alright and ask me if she should make me some coffee or breakfast or anything. “I’ll be downstairs in a minute or so”…”Amy maybe we could go for a walk in the woods today. The weather is really good and back then when you were little we loved to do that …remember?” “Yes mom I remember”
Back then I usually didn’t walk I was more jumping from tree to tree, scaring my mom with my stunts. Walking there with the two of them I wished I still could jump from tree to tree. I took a deep breath and loved the fresh air and smell of forest. Yes I used to love our trips back then…..
My mom and aunt talked a lot and I was thankful of that, because then I wouldn’t have to say anything.
I didn’t really listen to what they were talking about until I heard my mom mention my name. She talked about all the stupid things I had done. My rage started to build up inside. Why did she have to tell her all of this, yes I was a brat, yes I was uncontrollable, I was getting into all kind of problems, I lied, stayed out longer than agreed and all in all I was just a bad kid.
“I’m sorry but I can’t do this, I have to go home” I turned and started to run as fast as I could. I could hear them both calling, but didn’t stop. I ran until I couldn’t breathe anymore. I was standing in front of my old school trying to catch my breath again. “Amy is that you?” I turned and looked into the eyes of an old flame of mine, Michael. “It is you, what are you doing here??” He hugged me and I didn’t let go of him.
“I’m visiting my mom”…..”So you are not back for good?” I couldn’t answer him because I didn’t know.
“Have you talked with any of the others??”….”No, just arrived yesterday” I had never noticed how wonderful a smile he had even though we used to be together. “You have to come to our party tonight, they will all be there, and a lot of them will love to see you again”….”well what are we waiting for?”
He was surprised that I wanted to go with him right away, but also happy.
I didn’t tell where I went, and I knew this was clearly a thing my aunt wouldn’t accept. I didn’t drink anything, I was already in deep trouble and didn’t want to add to that. My old friends respected that, well I kind of told them that I was allergic, which I had found out after I stopped drinking….they believed it…..
Michael has always been a more sensitive type, and he noticed that my mind was wondering off the most of the time. He hugged me at whispered “are you okay, you seem a bit lost” I smiled at him and responded “I’m okay, or I will be I just have to figure something out, thanks for asking” “If it is okay I think I need to go home now” he just nodded and smiled “Amy I never stopped caring about you, thought you liked to know”
I walked the long way home. Tried to imagine what would happen. Maybe they would just be sleeping after all it was past midnight…
The lights were on so I could rule out the sleeping theory. I opened the door very gently, don’t know why because I didn’t expect I would be able to sneak inside and act as if I had been home all the time. I had just taken off my jacket, when my aunt stood right in front of me. Even when she is mad she moves quietly, and she was mad.
She still managed to talk with a controlled voice “Amy I apologize that I haven’t been clear enough on what this trip was about. You live with me, that won’t change! This also means my rules still apply, the only time your mother’s rules count is when her line is crossed before mine!”
“You will receive a spanking for this behavior. A spanking you have never felt before. I am really upset with you!”….”Go to your room and those pants are going down”
I did what she said. I started to cry before the spankings. I was relieved because at least I knew I wasn’t going to live with my mom, and it was my aunt who in the end was responsible for me. I managed to get control of my crying before she entered my room.
She didn’t say anything but just sat on my bed. She looked at me and once again she didn’t need to say anything. I just moved towards her and leaned over her lap. She used one arm to ‘fixate’ my upper body the other hand started to spank my bare bottom. The tears of mine flowed silently down my cheeks and on my pillow. I didn’t make a single sound. The only sound you could hear was the constant smacking.
I couldn’t hold still and when my feet left the ground my aunt fixated them as well by using her left leg. My bottom started to become numb. I have no idea how she could distinguish between the spots that were numb and spots that weren’t. But it sure did hurt a lot and it felt as if my backside was on fire.
Her grip on me loosened. Instead she folded her hands and rested them on my bottom. I didn’t move nor did she. We didn’t say anything. After a few minutes in that position, she gently stroked my hair and at that point I broke down. I cried loudly into the pillow. She partly lifted me of her lap and partly crawled out underneath me so that my body was lying on the bed. I let all my anger and pain out, throwing fists against my pillow. My aunt sat next to my bed on the floor. She didn’t say anything, she just let me react.
I started to let go of the anger and was exhausted. I couldn’t cry anymore and started to breath normally. I turned my face in the direction of where she sat. She removed a tear from my cheek and stroked my hair.
“Why did she give up on me?” “Why weren’t I worth fighting for?”
“Amy your mother loves you to death”….”Sometimes we have to make choices that is difficult to explain and to understand”…”Sweetie I am not the one you should ask these questions”….”However I CAN tell you that you are worth fighting for”
“You will talk to your mother after we have slept, and I promise you I will stand behind you, okay?” I nodded.
“Try get some rest….and Amy….Please do never just disappear like that again, I was really afraid this time”
“I’m sorry, I just couldn’t take it anymore” She stayed by my side until I was sleeping.
As I woke up that morning I literally jumped out of the bed because of the pain I felt as I turned from lying on my stomach to my back. “Awww…..” I moaned. I got dressed and went downstairs. My mom looked really worried and my aunt looked relaxed as always. I grabbed a cup of coffee still standing and I had no intentions to sit down.
I started “Mom I didn’t mean to scare you, I was just really mad yesterday” “I don’t understand why you didn’t stop me if you really thought I was so bad, why did you just give up on me???”
“Is that what you think I did? Give up on you??” “Amy I am not as strong as you are, I knew that my insecurity sooner or later would drag you down with me. I couldn’t create the space you needed to become all the things I knew you could be”….she looked down….”I wouldn’t be able to look at nor live with myself if I knew I had destroyed you”….she looked at me again then said “Amy I love you, I’m proud of you, and I hope you with time will understand, why I chose the way I did”
I didn’t know what to say, I couldn’t think straight at that moment, so I asked if it was okay for me to go outside. I needed some fresh air, and I would return with an answer. Both of them nodded.
I took a long walk, and I realized that my mom wasn’t that weak after all. It took a lot of strength and courage to let go of me and to accept that she wasn’t enough. She wanted me to have a future and she couldn’t support me as long as I lived with her. So she saved me just as much as my aunt did.
As I walked I didn’t really pay any attention to my surroundings.
“Hey beauty….did you fix your problem???”
“Hi Michael what are you doing up there??….”Well right now I’m looking at you” He jumped down from the old tree, smiled at me….”Are you okay??”….”Yes I am, never felt better….”…..”Come sit with me”….”Ehm…I think I prefer to stand…”…”My aunt wasn’t exactly the biggest fan of me when I got home yesterday”
He looked surprised and intrigued……”When we dated I sometimes thought about spanking you” he started to laugh.
“Why didn’t you??”….
He stood up and studied my face with his hand, gently touching my nose, my cheek, my neck and my lips. He whispered in my ear “Amy I would never hurt you, I will always take of you and love you, I never stopped, but if you misbehave I won’t hesitate to punish you…..remember that when you return to USA” he smiled at me. My heart was beating fast and I felt a tickling sensation running through my body.
“Well my aunt has some rules about sleepovers you would have to sleep in your own room, and believe me when I tell you she won’t hesitate to spank you too if you misbehave”……

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Spooky Spanking story contest winner!


The October spanking story contest brought out the creativity in many of our writers, and I’m going to thoroughly enjoy sharing all of them with you.


It should be obvious that all these contests are tough to judge, and the Spooky Spanking story contest was no exception. The winner, from an excellent group of entries, is:


***

Trick or Treat?

Sofie looked up and down the dark road. There should have been a full moon to provide some illumination but the clouds hung low in the sky blocking its light. There were no houses nearby, she knew, even without being able to see. They had driven by this way earlier with the larger group of trick-or-treaters, going from house to house in an adult night of reminiscent revelry in the small suburb where many of their friends lived. There had been a sort of nostalgic thrill in dressing up and going out and they had certainly made the most of the night though neither of them had been elaborate in their costumes, Sofie going as a cat woman with ears, whiskers, and tail, and Rob going as a Clark Kent/Superman cross with the mild mannered outer clothes of dress slacks, white button down dress shirt, and glasses, but with the shirt unbuttoned enough to display the Superman t-shirt he had on underneath. Rob wasn’t exactly a friend of hers, just a friend of a friend really, but he’d needed a ride out here tonight and she had the space in her car for a passenger. Despite the unfamiliarity, they had gotten along quite well this evening and his exuberance for the joy of the night had been infectious, causing her to have all the more fun as they went from house to house.
Then, as they had been approaching the car at the end of the night, they had seen it. A book was sitting propped open on the windshield, resting gently on the windshield wipers. Despite the breeze that blew Sofie’s hair around her face, its pages stayed completely unmoving, displaying the chosen pages with steadfastness. Sofie’s first thought was that as far as pranks went, leaving a book on her car was pretty mild. But then they got close enough to see that on the left page were directions and on the right page this poem:

Revelers, come to me this night
Into my realm hidden from sight!
Plumb the depths of hidden desire
‘Wakened this night by delicious fire.
Your own true self you may well meet
But what will it be: trick or treat?

A chill ran down Sofie’s spine as she read the last lines and she felt both hot and cold at the same time. Rob read the poem and then reached out a hand to pick up the book. He rifled through it quickly and Sofie could see that the book was leather bound, old but clearly well cared for. 
“Except for these two pages, it’s blank,” Rob announced. “The directions are clear, though. We went by there earlier on the way here. There’s nothing out there but empty fields.” He grinned at Sofie. “Let’s go have a look.” 
Sofie immediately protested. “Why would we drive to the middle of nowhere this late at night simply because somebody left a book on our car? It probably wasn’t even left for us. Whoever that book belongs to must’ve set it down and forgot it,” she said.
“All the more reason for us to go out there,” Rob replied. “We can find whoever it belongs to and return it.” He smiled at her, slightly mocking. “You scared?”
“Of course not!” she lied indignantly. 
“Then let’s go!” Rob interjected before she could form further protest, taking the keys from her hand to unlock the car.
It was because of this that Sofie found herself on a road in the middle of the country at night looking around at absolutely nothing. After driving quite a ways down the dark road they had reached the spot indicated by the directions, Rob navigating the way almost as though the path called to him. Once they’d stopped the car, they’d gotten out to have a look around, trying to spot someone or something in the darkness. Sofie was still trying to dispel the tingly feeling she had in her stomach, a feeling that seemed to indicate that something important was about to happen.
After having a good look around from the edge of the road, she turned to Rob, who was staring off into the woods on the opposite side of the road not as though he was looking, but as though he was waiting for something. “See, there’s nothing here,” she started to say when from behind them there was a sudden burst of light.
Rob turned around leisurely but Sofie jerked around quickly to face the onslaught of illumination and when she saw it for a moment she could do nothing but stare. There, where she was quite sure had been nothing before, was a house. It was large and gorgeous with a spacious porch, which was covered in Halloween decorations – orange and purple lights hanging from eaves of the roof and wrapped the support posts, and jack-o-lanterns positioned on the porch steps and railings, grinning at them with a variety of carved faces. Cobwebs stretched from end to end, complete with what Sofie hoped were fake spiders, but what caught her eye was the path leading up to the house from the road. 
It was wide enough for the two of them to walk up side by side and lined with white stones while miniature pumpkins were placed intermittently along the way, hollowed out with tea light candles inside and arrows carved into the side of each of them. The arrows were all pointing up the path towards the house.
Sofie swallowed hard, feeling the hairs on her arms rise with the eeriness of the moment and turned to go back to the car, but as she did she saw Rob’s face: he was grinning with delight. “This is so cool!” he exclaimed with childish glee. “Come on!” He started up the path, one hand grabbing her arm to pull her along and the other holding the mysterious book that had led them here which he had brought out of the car when they got out to look around.
“I don’t know…” Sofie said slowly as she dragged her feet to try to hold him back a bit. “It’s kind of late to be going to strange houses.” 
“Are you kidding?” he asked. “A place like this, all decked out for Halloween? There’s no way they don’t want visitors. We’re trick-or-treaters!” A quick nod of his head seemed to indicate their costumes. “And look,” he tilted his head toward the house, “the porch light is still on and everyone knows that on Halloween that’s a sign you want visitors. The worst that happens is they’re grumpy when they answer the door.”
They were already halfway up the path by now, despite Sofie’s dragging feet, and she glanced back toward the car. It wasn’t too far away, she decided, so if something went horribly wrong, they could leave quickly. She stopped dragging her feet and they reached the porch where they ascended the stairs, flanked by grinning jack-o-lanterns, and walked up the door.
As soon as they reached the door, Rob reached up and knocked a quick rat-a-tat-tat rhythm on the wooden structure and Sofie smiled nervously at the grinning Rob who was rocking excitedly back and forth on his heels as they heard footsteps approaching from within the house. The handle turned and the door slowly opened to reveal…the Faery Queen! She was tall with delicate features, pale skin, dark hair, and true elven ears. She was gowned magnificently in a dress that was black as midnight yet still seemed to shimmer in the light. Even Sofie, with all her skepticism, could not doubt that she was exactly what she appeared.
The Queen observed them for a moment, her glance sliding over Rob and Sofie thought there was a flicker of some reaction there, maybe disapproval or something similar, but before she could think too much about it the glance came to rest on her and all thought left her mind. Sofie felt as though that glance did more than just see her exterior, it went through her and she was thoroughly examined inside and out. Then the Queen raised her eyebrows at Sofie as though to say “Well?” and now Sofie came to life, smiling hesitantly  at the Queen as she said in a faint voice, “Trick or treat?”
The Queen smiled now, a smile full of mystery that made mischief and pleasure light up her eyes. “Yes,” she said, “it will be one of those, at least. Come inside, darlings.” 
As they stepped inside, Sofie said in a sudden burst of boldness and inspiration, “We brought your book back,” and gestured to the book still held in Rob’s hand., The Queen  took it with another of her strange glances towards him, followed by a smile of pleasure as she looked at the book. 
“Hello again, old friend. And who hast thou brought me this time?” She caressed the ancient leather cover with a gentle hand as she addressed it before carefully setting the book on a small table in the hall they were standing in.
The Queen indicated an open door to the left of them said, “Come into my parlor” and Sofie’s mind involuntarily finished the sentence in her head, said the spider to the fly. From the quick glance the Queen sent her way, she wondered if she’d inadvertently said it out loud, but Rob didn’t react at all as he happily bounded through the door the Queen had directed them to. 
The Queen entered the room last, closing the door behind her and that small action caused Sofie’s feeling of anticipation to heighten, making her stomach simultaneously clench and feel as though it was trying to drop out through her feet. She had a sudden desire to bolt, to wrench the door open and flee the house as fast as she could. Rob clearly didn’t share that feeling since he was standing in the middle of the room looking perfectly calm, but something must have given Sofie away because the Queen paused just inside the threshold of the room.
She considered both of them before giving Sofie another one of those looks that felt as though it had seen through her. “We’ll start with thee, I think.” She turned to Rob. “To the corner with thee, naughty boy, hands by thy sides, eyes straight ahead.” To Sofie’s great surprise, Rob went without protest, sauntering across the room into the corner the Queen pointed to, and Sofie began to wonder what was wrong with him, if he was under some sort of spell, since he’d dragged her here so quickly once they’d found the book and seemed unsurprised and enthusiastic about everything. Maybe the book had enchanted him.
Her eyes left off looking at Rob as the Queen began to walk across the room to a low, comfortable looking sofa where she gracefully seated herself. She turned so that she was looking at the Queen, feeling torn between her anticipation, her fear, and her desire. Desire? She thought, confused for a moment. Yes, Sofie realized. Whatever was happening here, some hidden part of her desired it. Just as she came to that conclusion, the Queen smiled at her from her seat on the sofa and lifted a slender hand, crooking a finger to her, beckoning her to whatever this strange night held in store for her. 
“Come to me, kitten.” The Queen commanded and somehow, while Sofie was still debating the wisdom of going over there, her feet began to obey, taking her slowly across the floor toward the sofa, stopping in front of the seated Queen who smiled at her again and this time the smile was warm and welcoming instead of mischievous. The Queen’s hands reached up and softly brushed the whiskers on Sofie’s cheek then touched the cat ears perched atop her head. The touch was the same as one she’d used on the mysterious book, both a greeting and a caress, as though between old friends.
Then her gentle hands took Sofie’s arm and guided her around to her side, then pulled her down so she was resting over the Faery Queen’s lap with the top half of her body comfortably situated on the sofa while her legs dangled behind her,  toes just brushing the floor. She wasn’t sure in that moment if she too had been bespelled, given how easily all this came to her. She heard the Queen’s laugh above her, like tinkling bells, as she lifted Sofie’s pinned on cat tail and set it resting on Sofie’s back out of the way before rubbing her hand firmly over Sofie’s bottom.
An instant before it happened, Sofie realized what this position meant and what was coming and if she’d had the time, she might have struggled, but even as it occurred to her to do so, the Queen’s hand was already making its ascent and fast descent, landing sharply on her covered bottom. The shock of contact and the mild sting that followed was enough to keep Sofie still as the hand lingered for a moment before repeating the gesture. Over and over the hand rose and fell at a leisurely pace and while it stung, it wasn’t really painful and after a very short amount of time had passed, Sofie found that she didn’t want to struggle. Somehow this was what she’d wanted and the Queen had known to give it to her.
The smacks continued to come for a time until Sofie’s entire bottom was warm and stinging. At that point, instead of smacking down again, the Queen’s hand rubbed soothingly over her bottom, easing some of the sting and turning it into the start of a warm glow. Before Sofie could get too lost in the moment though, the rubbing turned firm, less soothing, bringing Sofie back to herself enough to understand that the Queen’s hands were encouraging her to rise off the Queen’s lap to a standing position once more.
Sofie felt like she was going into a dreamlike trance as the Queen reached out and carefully unbuttoned her pants, lowering them to the floor before guiding her back over the comfortable lap. The smacks began again, feeling more intense, landing on her panties and the occasional patches of skin where the panties didn’t quite cover but still the whole procedure felt right to Sofie. Not just right but safe and comforting, almost like finding a piece of herself and coming home at the same time.
Eventually the command came to “Lift up, kitten” and Sofie did as she was told, the feeling suffusing her and keeping her content even though her bottom was now bare and she was learning how much more intense those smacks felt on bare skin. It stung but the stinging felt glorious, like the rhythm of the smacks was done in time to a song in her heart that she hadn’t ever noticed before despite it being so familiar she was sure it had always been present. Her bare bottom was red and glowing by the time the Queen slowed and then gradually stopped her relentless spanking changing again to the caresses of before, welcoming and familiar with warm hands gliding gently over an even warmer bottom.
“Well, kitten, was that treat or trick?” asked the Queen as Sofie slowly started to regain her sense of surrounding and remembered where she was, half naked over the Faery Queen’s lap. She began blushing as she stammered out, “T-treat, my lady,” not knowing where the honorific came from but knowing it was right. 
“Well then,” said the Queen, “I suppose that means it’s time for trick.” Her gentle hands helped Sofie carefully off her lap and slid Sofie’s panties and pants back up, her eyes twinkling at the small hiss that slipped from Sofie’s mouth as the clothing made contact with her sore bottom. She toyed for a moment with the pinned on tail, a private smile touching her lips for a moment. Then she looked to the corner across the room. “Robin!” She said sharply, “Thou will attend to me, thou naughty boy!”
Rob turned out of the corner with an insouciant look on his face and sauntered halfway across the room, stopping in the middle of it to bow to the Queen. “My lady, I am as ever, your servant.” The Queen stared at him for a very long moment and the longer it went on, the less sure of himself Rob seemed to be, his insolent attitude slipping a little. “Perhaps I misjudged my lady’s pleasure?” he asked hesitantly when the silence had stretched on long enough to grow uncomfortable. 
“Thou hast judged our pleasure perfectly,” the Queen replied and Sofie understood the “our” to be inclusive of herself and not just a Royal use of the word. “However, thou were instructed by me most carefully about this night and thy conduct, and I am very certain that my command to leave all mortals alone till dawn was past was understood by thee when I gave it.”
“My lady, I – “ Rob began before he was cut off. 
“We will not hear thy excuses. A trick has been played and a trick is still owed or wouldst thou challenge me in my own realm?” Power seemed to surge around the Queen as she asked this and Rob looked visibly nervous. It dawned on Sofie what the Queen’s words meant and like a fog had left her brain, she realized that she had never seen Rob before this night. And the longer she looked at him, the less human he looked. His double costume tonight hadn’t been Clark Kent/Superman, but Human/Fairy! 
He hadn’t been the one who’d been enchanted by fairy magic, it had been Sofie who’d been under a spell the whole time. He’d put a spell on her, making her think she knew him. Now that her head was clear, she knew him for the trickster he was, but she also knew that none of the fun at the trick-or-treating had been faked and their current surroundings were certainly real enough.
In the moment Sofie came to this realization, Rob seemed to have made up his mind and straightened his back as he addressed the Queen. “No, my lady, I would not challenge you.”
“Then prepare thyself,” the Queen commanded, “and make haste to place thyself over the back of that chair.” And as she spoke, a sturdy wooden chair appeared in the empty space in front of Rob.
He did as she commanded and was soon bent, bare bottomed over the back of the chair, hands gripping lightly at the edges of the solid wooden seat, legs spread as wide as the pants around his ankles would permit. Sofie got the feeling he was very familiar with this position because he got into it readily and without any hesitation in movement. Once he was there, the Queen seemed to feel that further words were unnecessary.
The tawse that materialized in the Queen’s hand had two tails and was made of red leather with enough weight to thud against the skin but still flexible enough to generate plenty of sting. There were no gentle smacks for Rob, no gradual build up. The Queen brought the tawse down hard onto his bottom barely giving him time to let out a gasp of mingled surprise, pain, and a tinge of pleasure before she was raising her arm again to deliver the next blow. The tawse rose and fell so many times Sofie lost count and while Rob might have enjoyed it at the beginning, he was soon gripping the seat of the chair so hard his knuckles were white while little gasps and whimpers were slipping out of his mouth., But  he held his position and eventually, when Rob’s bottom was red and somewhat welted, the Queen stopped.
The break didn’t last for long, though. The tawse disappeared and in its place a cane appeared. “We are far from done, naughty boy,” the Queen said. “Do not rise until I give thee leave or thou shalt regret it most terribly.”
Rob swallowed hard before answering with none of his earlier insolence and perhaps a touch of fear. “Yes, my Queen.” Then the first strike hit the center of his scarlet bottom, driving a hiss of pain from between his teeth. A raised red line of pain and fire appeared on his skin. The Queen seemed to be moving a leisurely pace now, especially when compared to her rapid fire application of the tawse. She was content to wait between strokes, to let the burn reach a crescendo of pain before applying the next line.
Rob was a whimpering with every blow by the time the Queen stopped and the cane disappeared to the same place the tawse had gone. His bottom was scarlet and welted and the Queen looked it over with an appraising eye. “Yes, I believe thou judged my pleasure most accurately, Robin” she said with satisfaction. “And now that my pleasure has been seen to, I do believe my dear kitten owes thee a trick in return for the one thou played on her this night.” Rob’s head shot up to look at the Queen disbelievingly but he did not rise from the chair, still having not received permission from the Queen to do so.
Sofie looked at the Queen, first in confusion, then in understanding as a small, rounded, wooden paddle appeared to hover in the air in front of her. She grinned at the Queen, having thought herself forgotten as she watched the scene between Rob and the Queen go on in front of her like a stage play. The Queen nodded at her encouragingly and Sofie grasped the paddle, hefting it in her hand, feeling the weight of it. It was light, so it would not damage Rob’s bottom, not any more than the welts already there would anyway. But she could tell that it would sting fantastically.
This felt right too, she realized, as she stepped over to stand by Rob. This felt just as right as being over the Queen’s lap had felt. It was comforting, desired, and exhilarating. And despite her gratitude for Rob’s actions in leading her here tonight, for she had no doubt now that he had led her here just as much as the directions in the book had, she did enjoy every single smack of the paddle she landed against his skin in retribution for the prank he had played on her memory, making her think she knew him. It was delicious to watch him squirm and wriggle and to hear his gasps and whimpers. There was joy in this and she found pleasure in every moment. And Rob, she now understood, enjoyed it too, for all the pain he seemed to be in now, he had wanted this pain and desired it in the same way she had before. It was why he’d deliberately disobeyed the Queen and brought her here, after all.
Sofie was grinning when she judged that she’d applied the paddle enough times and as soon as she decided to stop and stepped back from Rob, the paddle disappeared from her hand, leaving her holding empty air.
“’Your own true self you may well meet,’” the Queen quoted softly to her, saying one of the lines of the poem Sofie had read all that long time ago. Sofie smiled at her. 
“And it was definitely a treat, my lady.”
The room began to fade, swirling around Sofie in a mixture of color and light and a heartbeat later, she found herself back in the pitch dark of the country road she’d started on, standing by her car. She looked around and found herself alone with nothing to see in any direction. For one brief moment she thought it might have been a dream, but the soreness in her bottom as she tried to slide into the driver’s seat of her car convinced her otherwise. Well then, she thought as she started the engine, I think that’s a treat I’ll have to have again, even if it probably won’t be with a Faery Queen.
The Queen smiled, one of approval and gladness, as she read the last words of the story, and then she closed the cover the ancient, leather bound book, giving it a gentle caress. “Thank you, old friend,” she said as she slipped it carefully onto the table where it rested. Then she left the room and turned off the light, the darkness in the room allowing the glow of the full moon, no longer hidden by clouds to illuminate the space she left behind.

The End


Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

What I Did on Vacation: Part 2


You knew that the spanking was coming, didn’t you?…

The VBB, his WW, and I decided that it would be fun to make a little spanking movie while on vacation.
I’m currently working on the editing, and will be soon releasing the film:

Cruisin’ for a Bruisin’

The VBB and WW (Isabela and Mark) play a married couple who have come to me because his behavior has gotten out of control. (Sound familiar?) 
Isabela is at her wits’ end with Mark, and is asking for instruction in more intensive applied discipline, as her methods just don’t seem to be working.
I suggest a week-long observation/training program – with a twist.

Mark is about to go on the most interesting trip of his life…

(A real Domestic Discipline couple, real spankings, and some great scenery – including semi-public spankings and beautiful ocean views.)
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

What I Did on Vacation: Part 1


This past week, my favorite bottom and I spent a lovely vacation with The Very Bad Boy and his Wonderful Wife – the company was awesome and the R&R welcome.
The four of us took a cruise from Texas though to the Caribbean, by way of Mexico. This was a vacation first for me, and I was looking forward to the whole on-a-big-ship-in-the-middle-of-the-sea experience.
I wasn’t disappointed.
My first concern was that I’d be a bit inconvenienced due to my somewhat restrictive diet. Not so. The cruise staff were extremely accommodating, leading me to eat much more over the course of five days than any thinking person should.
There was also not a bit of seasickness, although I admit a tinge of panic on the final night, when the gulf was particularly choppy.
We had an amazing wrap-around balcony on the back of the ship that afforded us a beautiful view of the open water, and were up high enough that the horizon looked forever away.
I took about ten dozen photos of the sunrises, but the couple included below are my favorites. I’ve also included a few more snapshots for your viewing pleasure (since we all know how much fun it can be to look at someone else’s vacation pictures. My apologies in advance.)..

A hawk which appeared when we were in the exact center of the Gulf of Mexico. I’m thinking this is a prairie falcon, but the first to properly identify him wins my gratitude.

Every evening, the staff left a different towel animal in the room.  I found this particularly endearing, as I would never have the patience to learn this craft.
Yep. 
My feet. Somewhere in Mexico.
This sunrise was quite possibly the prettiest I’ve ever seen, especially once the sun broke through the clouds.
Here’s my boy, working ever-so-hard to make it to the end of that floaty thing. (After many attempts, he finally did. Sort of.)

Extremely blurry photo of the Cuban cigar which I purchased and thoroughly enjoyed while watching the sun set. 
Next: What I Did on Vacation: Part Two
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

More of Amy’s Story: ‘Historie’ Chapter 4


Here is part four ‘Historie’, by Annika. In this chapter, Amy’s cousin adam comes to visit.

– Dana

Adam

Adam is a cousin of mine. He is two years older than I, and believes he is a gift to the world. He is handsome, no doubt about that, but boys who knows, they are good looking tend to be a pain.
Of course I didn’t really know him, we didn’t grow up together, but every time he passed a mirror or a window that reflected him, he always straightened his hair. Well he was going to spend some time at my aunt’s place during the summer. His parents were travelling in Europe, and she promised to watch after him.

First I was a bit shy and curious about him. However that soon changed. He acted as if he owned the place. He threw his bag into the room he was going to stay in, jumped on the couch in the living room, and turned the TV on. He then looked at me and said “you know what I could really use right now???” “No…”…..”An ice cold beer, go get me one”. I was chocked and nervous if my aunt had overheard that. When she didn’t jump out from anywhere, I stood up, turned at him and said “yeah well you wish….go get it yourself you got two legs that work perfectly” He laughed and I went upstairs. What an idiot I thought.
Every time my aunt was around, he was very helpful, respectful and polite, but as soon she was out of sight, he did whatever he felt like. He drank directly from the bottles or cartons instead of using a glass, which kept me from drinking anything else than water. Once he even looked into our aunt’s handbag, then looked at me, and asked “you wanna know what’s in it??” I just went over and washed the dishes. He poked me….”hey you should see this….” “For Christ sake, cut it out” I replied. “I don’t want to get in to trouble, just because you are a moron”….”Relax Amy, I’m just kidding”. “Come on, don’t be mad cousin” “I’ll buy you an ice cream”
I just passed him and wishing that our aunt would see at some point how he really was.

Two weeks went by, he managed through without getting caught, and I was so irritated at him…….He loved to tease me, and knew the best way he could do that, was by pretty much secretly to break every rule of the house. At some point I felt like screaming at my aunt, how on earth, couldn’t she notice all of this, but figured that she might know of it, but let him pass because he wasn’t really living here like me. (Still not fair though)
I did have one advantage, which I didn’t usually use, because my aunt was against it. I could speak Danish, and the only time it was okay for me to speak Danish was when I talked with old friends back in Denmark. The best thing about Danish was that Adam didn’t understand anything of it. So I started to talk Danish to him when he asked me about something, or teased me. I played his game now, being the nice girl when my aunt was around, and provocative towards him, when she wasn’t around.

The third week started, and I looked forward to the day his parents would return. Our aunt had to work, so she was gone the most of the day. Adam had occupied the couch as usual, but I had no intention to stay in the house with him, so I didn’t care what he was doing. A well known odor spread and I stared with disbelieve at him. “Are you out of your mind????” “She will kill you if she finds out about this”. The moron had lit a cigarette. He replied once again “Relax sweetie, she won’t find out. You want one??”…..”Adam I am not kidding here, what you are doing is probably one of the dumbest thing you can do”….”If I get into trouble for this, I swear, I will never talk to you again….not even in another language”….”Amy she is at work, and it will take hours before she returns, she won’t notice!”
I just shook my head, and went out. I returned just before my aunt. You couldn’t smell that someone had been smoking, and I just sighed….Once again he got out of trouble.
Well we were sitting at the kitchen table and were just done eating. I didn’t say anything, cause I was wondering about, how he did it, and that I maybe should try study him instead….No one of us were really saying anything, until our aunt asked us “is there something you two would like to tell me??”. Both of us just stared at her. I knew this expression she had I knew this could turn out badly for us. Adam didn’t look at her anymore. Instead he looked at his empty plate. Someone had to reply something so I did…”Well I found a nice shirt today, which I bought…” well knowing, that it wasn’t that kind of answer she wanted. She just kept looking at me, saying nothing. So I looked down, and whispered “guess that wasn’t the right answer…”, and was fighting not to smile because I knew I was walking on a very thin line. After a short silent period, she laid a cigarette butt on the table. “I found this under the couch today, and I expect an explanation” I looked at it and responded without thinking “oh you are so stupid” followed by a very fast “I didn’t mean you”. “Well I most certainly hope not young lady” again I felt the urge to smile.
I was looking at Adam, still no reaction. My aunt was looking at me, which made me cross….”Why are you looking at me? I didn’t put it there”….”Well I’m looking at you because you are the only one responding at the moment”…”Yeah and what does that tell you”…..This was actually the first time I acted sassy towards her, but I couldn’t see that I should be in trouble for his stupidity.
“Be careful, Amy…..”….”Adam, Amy does have a point”…”hmpf” I accidently let out. “AMY go upstairs right now, I’ll deal with you later”…..”What!! Why do I have to get punished, just because he is a moron?” “Amy!!! Go!”

I went upstairs….”For fanden, hvor er det latterligt!”…..”I hope you are talking at the phone right now” my aunt shouted after me.
I didn’t respond to that….to all of you who are curious about what I did say, it was something like “God dammit this is ridiculous”.

Well standing in my room, I just knew I needed to see what happened to him. If I should get a punishment, I would at least get some fun out of it by watching his.
So I sneaked outside, took place just next to the wall, that would hide the sight of me. She was really upset, and he wasn’t that smart anymore. “How dare you to smoke cigarettes in my house??” “I really expected more from you”….”I’m sorry”….”Well you will be, mister, when I’m done with you” “Bend over the table”…”Why??”….”WHY! I think you know why”….”But you can’t spank me, you are not my mother, and I don’t live here”….”Oh sweetheart I’m the next best thing, I’m your aunt and this is my house and my rules, and you crossed the line. BEND OVER”

It was hilarious. I wanted to laugh out loud, but of course didn’t.

She took of her belt, folded it, and stood some time watching him. Then she took “aim” and started to spank him. He was struggling as soon it started and after ten strokes with the belt, he started to beg for forgiveness. “I will forgive….when we are done”…..I had never noticed her humor during a spanking, probably because I usually were the receiver, and maybe I just found it very funny, because finally he got what he deserved.
“Pants down”…”Noooo please…..” “Adam this spanking is not just for you to respect the rules, maybe it also will prevent you from smoking again, which isn’t healthy” “PANTS down”

Ha ha ha, I had to crawl back to my room. I couldn’t keep it inside anymore. I took my pillow and laughed loudly into it. The spanking I was going to get for…well whatever….was worth this sight.

The rhythm of the spanking stopped. The footsteps I could hear outside, were not the ones from my aunt, this sounded more like someone dragging himself upstairs.
10 minutes after or so, my aunt came to my room. I still tried to fight the urge to smile, and tried to look apologetic. She sat next to me on the bed, put her arm around me, and then said “So do you think he got what he deserved?” When I didn’t answer, she looked at me. She didn’t look angry at all, she actually looked like she wanted to hear my opinion. So I replied “ehm…yeees”. She smiled, stood up and said “Me too” then she started to walk towards the door. “Ehh weren’t you going to spank me??” “Why, have you done something I don’t know of??” “I don’t assume you have been smoking” “No”  “See…. that you defend yourself isn’t something you should get a spanking for…though I would recommend you to think about how you defend yourself in the future” She smiled and left my room.
I could hear him moaning, and couldn’t resist paying him a visit. “You could have warned me, that she spanks”…..”I did….remember; I told you she would kill you…..” “Did it hurt (giggle)”
“And I thought you were such a nice girl”……”Yeah you aren’t the first to believe that” I smiled at him, and he smiled back.
From that day on, I started to find him a bit more tolerable.
Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

‘Kelly’s Tough Lesson’ – More great F/F spanking fiction


Readers,

The stories are rolling in, and I’m so pleased to be able to share these new and excellent spanking writers with you here. From a particularly talented writer, please enjoy ‘Kelly’s Tough Lesson’.

– Dana

*****



Kelly’s Tough Lesson

 

by John H

“Now you get up, pull up those panties and go stand in that corner,” she said, pointing to the appropriate corner with the hairbrush, “I am not finished with you yet, young lady.” As Kelly struggled to her feet, she slowly pulled up her panties while still rubbing her very well-spanked behind. “Yes, ma’am” managed to eke out behind the tears and sniffles as she started to shuffle her feet to the corner. She had just been given a good paddling by her aunt for lying and now she would be punished for disobedience as well. “And you keep the skirt up” her aunt demanded. “I simply will not tolerate this kind of behavior in my home. Is that clear?” Again, all Kelly could muster was another weak, “yes, ma’am.” She had reached the corner, and her bottom still very much on fire from the hard, long- handled, hardwood brush that had just been applied to her bare bottom almost without pause. Although she had been punished by her aunt many times before this one seem to hurt particularly more than others.
Maybe it was because she could usually talk her way to a softer spanking. But now it seemed different. Her aunt was more animated and firm. Even the corner time was different. Usually she would pull her panties back up, let her skirt down and stand there for 15 or 20 minutes and that would be about it. This time she couldn’t keep still, her bottom was just burning and itching, which made her legs and the rest of her body a little fidgety and weak. She could hear her aunt walking behind her still tapping the brush in her hand. Suddenly, that nasty paddle landed another five or six quick searing blows on the back of her panties. Kelly jumped in surprise and glanced back at her aunt who was still right in back or her. “Nose to the wall and no rubbing.” Is that clear?” Again, all she could muster was a sheepish little nod of the head and a hardly audible, “yes, ma’am” as she gathered her skirt in front of her and tried her best to settle down, but it was difficult with her aunt standing so close and not knowing if she was going to get another half-dozen hard swats or not. “I got a surprise for you, Kelly” she said as she paced the floor back and forth, half admiring her work that was very visible through Kelly’s white nylon panties, and half lecturing on the importance of the rules of the house and waiting to see if her niece would make another mistake in reaching back to rub her bottom. “Still want to rub that naughty bottom, Kelly”? Kelly nodded silently, and then croaked out, “you spanked me real hard this time, and it really hurts!” “It’s suppose to hurt for you to learn this lesson.” “I will not tolerate lying.” Her aunt replied, “And, it’s going to hurt a lot more before I am finished with you. But for now you just stand there!” No sooner were those word said when Kelly reached back one more time and began to rub her bottom. “You still want to do that? Well, then, I’ll give you something to rub your bottom with!” With that, Kelly’s aunt went to the hall closet and retrieved a
strap she’d been saving for a moment just like this. This strap was a nasty looking thing. Thicker and wider than a man’s belt, but a bit longer, made just to make an impression upon a naughty bottom. Her aunt approached her with the doubled strap in her right hand. “I got this just for you, Kelly,” her aunt asserted, as she brandished it so Kelly could see it out of the corner of her eye, and your disobedience will dearly pay when you feel this piece of leather whip your behind. Kelly did a double take and recoiled dropping her skirt and grabbing her face with both hands. “Please, no, please not that. I promise I’ll be good for now on,” she pleaded. “Oh I am sure you will be,” her aunt promised right back, “but for now you get that skirt back up.” Kelly slowly lowered her hands and found the hem of her skirt and gathered it back in front of her. “I want you to hold the strap tight on your bottom with both hands and rub this up and down all you want.
Maybe with this reminder you’ll learn just how serious I am about this!” And with that, her aunt placed the strap in Kelly’s right hand and took it across her bottom to her left. “Now stay put!” her aunt demanded as she turned around and left the room. So there Kelly stood: in the corner of the room with her skirts up, holding a strap against her panties on an already sore bottom. The coldness of the strap had sort of cathartic effect at first and the irony was not lost on Kelly. “Hmmmm,” she thought, “it feels kind of good now, but I don’t think that’s going last.” 15 minutes passed. Kelly let go of the strap an took a good look at it. “Oh, oh,” were the first words that came to her mind as she resumed her previous position. 20 minutes. “Where is she?” Kelly started wondering. 30 minutes. “Come on, let’s get this over with.” Another 10 minutes pastes by. Her bottom wasn’t aching or itching as much as before. In fact, even though it was still sore, most of the initial effect of the spanking was wearing off. “Well, maybe this won’t be so bad” she thought to herself. Then she realized what was happening: “Oh, my! I am stuck in this corner so long to get over the spanking so the strap will have the full
effect. Why that sneaky woman. I’m doomed!!! I am going to be whipped with this strap, and can’t seem to do a darn thing about it.” Just then her aunt reentered the room and wasted no time to get down to business. “Let your skirt down.” she ordered. Releasing the strap in one hand and letting go of the skirt in the other, the skirt lazily dropped to its normal position. “Turn around, Kelly.” As Kelly slowly turned, her aunt, standing just a few feet away, had her right hand extended. “Give me the strap” was the next order. Kelly reluctantly extended her right hand laying the thick supple piece of leather in her aunt’s outstretched hand. Her aunt took the strap and folded it over and let it spring back a few times while both stood in silence. “Now, Kelly”, she began, “you are going to soundly whipped for disobedience. I don’t want to have to repeat this lesson, but I will if I have to. Is that understood?” Kelly’s eyes just sunk to the floor as she managed to
nod her head in agreement. She started to say something in her defense, but that one look at her aunt’s determination and that strap when she turn around from the corner, she knew it would be futile. Just then she felt the strap under her chin as her head was lifted up involuntarily to be staring right in her aunt’s eyes. “IS THAT UNDERSTOOD,” she said again, looking straight through Kelly’s eyes right into her soul. “Yes ma’am, I do understand.” Kelly avowed with whatever strength she had left. “Good. Now I want you to lay those two pillows on the edge of the bed, and lay face down on them,” she said matter-of-factly pointing with the strap as she gave the instructions. In a slow shuffle, Kelly made her way to the bed and placed the two pillows over the edge and stood there looking over her shoulder at her aunt who was drawing the strap over her left hand time and time again. Kelly’s sad eyes and now sagging lower lip was gaining absolutely no sympathy. “It will do you no good to procrastinate. Over you go!” she demanded. Kelly began the slow decent and positioned herself over the pillows. With her midsection on the pillows and back arched, her bottom became an excellent target. “Damn, my butt is raised high” she mused silently to herself. “This is going to hurt.” Her aunt walked to the opposite side of the bed and while still drawing the strap through her hands, said, “Look at me, Kelly” Kelly lifted her head as much as she could. “During your whipping, you are not to move, reach back, or try to get away. Do I make myself clear? IF you do, we’ll just repeat this entire punishment next week” Kelly nodded the best she could as her aunt move back to the other side. Kelly then felt the fingers of her aunt at the hem of her skirt and the strap dangling at her legs as the skirt was pull up and lightly thrown over her back. She had many thoughts running through her mind but none of them stuck as she just tried to gird herself for what was to come. There was what seemed to be an eternal pause, just before the first stroke exploded on her well prepared bottom. Her whole body lurched forward at the searing pain and impact; she grabbed the bed spread with both hands and squeezed the material hard and buried her head in the
covers just before relaxing back into position. Again another stroke about ten seconds later. Again she lurched forwarded and back. Another stroke and another. Deep, burning, searing, strokes that just telegraphed the burning pain to her head. She grabbed the bed spread again and this time did not let go, holding on with white knuckles as tears began to stream down her face in the covers. More strokes evenly paced out to make sure each had landed and produced its desired effect. Almost ten by now and it wasn’t stopping. Five more rained down on her poor bottom in methodical time. Then a pause. She could sense her aunt was walking in back of her, but didn’t dare to look back. Was it over? Was this it? She wondered, or was her aunt just letting her rest before starting again? Her question was answered in quick time as she finger in the waist band of her panties and them being roughly pulled down to mid-thigh. She mumbled into the covers, “Please no more, please no more, I’ll be good,” she argued with herself. Kelly peeked up and saw her aunt staring down at her, “you took that very well; we’re half way home” she said reassuringly. “No more please,” pleaded Kelly, this time out loud. “I’ll be good, I promise.” “Oh, I am sure you will, but we have to finish this here and now. Head down.” Her aunt retook her position to the left side of her niece’s bare reddening bottom and again, after a good minute passed, the whipping started; this time there was no ten seconds or so in between as the strokes landed in a steady stream again and again on Kelly’s already bruised and burning ass. Another fifteen delivered in almost as many seconds. Kelly was crying harder now and her body was rolling slightly left and right as if to avoid that wicked strap. Then a short pause, as Kelly barley heard her aunt say over her crying, “These next few are going to really hurt so hold on tight.” With that, Kelly heard the first one coming as the strap whistled though the air and landed full force, then the second, third, fourth and fifth. The pain was incredible and quaked through her entire body. She winced and tried with all her might to hold still or at least limit her movement so the strap wouldn’t hit her on her lower thighs or sides of her legs. Then there was an eerie silence except for her moaning and sobbing still muted by the covers she had buried her head in. The strapping had stopped. It was over. Her aunt had move to the other side of the bed, and with a slightly animated voice said, “I never want to have to repeat this lesson, but I will if you act this way again.” Not waiting for an answer, she laid the strap at Kelly’s head right in line with her eyes so she could ‘appreciate’ what just happen and could rest assured that it could and would happen again if she disobeyed or acted up in any way. Then with a very maternal instinct, her aunt comforted her and reassured her that she was still loved very much and sometimes things like this are necessary to correct behaviors that are unacceptable. With that her aunt rose and left the room with the door quietly clicking shut after her. Kelly laid there for a few
minutes and then struggled on top of the bed. She tired to pull her panties up, but gave up as it was too painful; she tired to let her skirt down, but anything even touching her bottom just seemed to make it feel worse. She tried to rub her bottom, but it was just too sore. So she just laid there panties down and skirts up, hoping the pain would subside soon, while wiping the tears from her eyes, trying to compose herself. As she shifted around she felt the strap left by her aunt under her legs. She pulled it out and looked at it paradoxically. “You mean thing,” she said, as she felt its smoothness and marveled at its effectiveness. “I don’t want to see YOU again for a long, long time!”


Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

Vacationing this week


Readers, 

Just a quick note to let you all know that I’ll be vacationing this week. I have a couple posts scheduled to go up, but the blog will be light this week, and although I will be checking email a couple times, most correspondence will be on hold until the 28th.

In the meantime, enjoy reading the 100+ original spanking stories, or watch a few of my (nearly two dozen) free spanking videos.

Also, I’ve made some changes at HERE and am interested in your feedback and suggestions. It’s not a member site, and won’t be anytime soon, but I’d still like to have the premium product site to be as pleasant as possible.

Have a great week, everyone!

–  Dana

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

DanaKaneSpanks Sunday update: 10/21

 
100 Strokes: Bathbrush Punishment

100StrokesBathbrush-002
Late for Dinner
LateforDinner3
and the addendum..
POV: Late for Dinner
POVLateforDinner-001
 

For more preview photos, scene descriptions, and download links, click the Title links above, or visit:
HERE

Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

You can win ‘The Curse of Dana’ contest!

New Photo Contest!

Since it’s the season of ghouls, goblins, and those weird little waxy corn candy things, this contest is all about Halloween.
Take a Halloween-themed (and spanking-related) photo
– and make sure to add a sign with the words 
‘The Curse of Dana’  
and email it to me at
DanaKaneSpanks@gmail.com.

All qualifying entries will be posted here on my blog, and readers will be allowed to vote for their favorite photo.

The winner will receive two evil spanking implements from 
– the Curse of Dana, and the OTK Curse.

READ BELOW BEFORE SUBMITTING

  • All entries MUST contain a sign/paper/etc with the words ‘The Curse of Dana’ clearly visible, to prove that you took your photo specifically for the contest.
  • All entries must be somehow Halloween-themed. Use your imagination!
  • Due to shipping requirements, entrants may only be from U.S., Canada, and U.K. Winner must be able to take delivery via common postal services.
  • By entering, you agree to allow me to share your photo (anonymously, of course).


    Contest ends November 3, 2012. Voting will take place for one week, with the winner to be announced here on my blog on November 10.


    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

    Help me objectify a few Hot Bottoms


    I have been holding on to some really pretty post-spanking photos, trying to find a clever way to insert them into some other post.
    But I’m thinking that maybe the best way to present them is, well, straight up, as it were…


     Having ‘been there’, I can identify marks from at least four different implements on this fit tush:

    And on this one, lovely blooming cane stripes…




    This poor boy had to go out and buy these panties, especially for this spanking..


    Photos shared with permission of respective bottom owners. 
    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

    The third part of Amy’s life (Historie, Part 3)


    More of ‘Historie’ – Part 3 (by Annika)

    Enjoy!

    *****

    mmmh well…..here is the third part of Amys life……

       

    Well kept secrets….
    One of the biggest mistakes I have done while living with my aunt was to assume I could outsmart her sooner or later. I loved the clear lines in our relationship, I loved that I knew exactly how she would react if I chose to cross the line. And that is a keyword…..I CHOSE to disobey…..So why do so when I knew the consequences of my actions?? Was I addicted to the pain??…..NOOOO…..I try to avoid any pain in my daily life. Was I trying to push her limits so she would lose control and I finally could be the one in charge…..If so, I never succeeded….

    If I have to be honest, I don’t remember the pain. The pain was there for a short time, sometimes longer when chairs reminded me, but the feelings and her words had so much more impact on me. I didn’t test her with the purpose of taking back control in fact I would have been disappointed if I could. I tested her limits to maintain the feeling of being safe, that she actually cared about what I was running around doing. I only assumed I would outsmart her someday because that was my only experience with authorities. Besides that I considered myself of being really clever and thought I would be able to keep minor secrets to my aunt. 
    The rules she dictated were rules I shouldn’t be able to break and get away with. Those minor secrets were the result of things I did, and which I believed she wouldn’t approve of if she would find out….and this was the exciting part of it. I dictated my own rules and the game was to try to keep the disobeying of my own rules as a secret. Quite frankly it was a game I couldn’t lose. If she caught me I would feel secure and happy about that she did care, and if she didn’t I would be happy about how clever I was J

    A lesson I learned during my so called playing was that she knew more than I thought and that she deliberately let me slip away with things she considered as indifferent or minor offenses. She was as much of a player as I. I was just unaware of that fact…..So much to my cleverness.
    One of the things I thought was a minor offense was my “trading” of school assignments. I thought she would never find out as long as I got high scores on different tests. It didn’t cross my mind that she might get the information from someone else. I mean my classmates would be in deep trouble as well if anyone would find out. I never considered that parents of the others might have something to say, and they as well as the teachers started to wonder why some could bring good grades home in math (which was my work) but failed when they had tests……So of course one of my friends had to tell the truth at some point.

    I didn’t know of that, and was very surprised when I found one of my math assignments I had done to a friend of mine, on my desk in my room. At that point I knew this was neither an indifferent nor a minor offense. I did think about jumping out of the window and run, but then again, it was my own fault, and maybe I could explain things……So I went downstairs. She was sitting at the kitchen table waiting for me. I instantly blushed and smiled, which I tried to hide by looking down. Of course she had noticed it and said “I can understand that you are embarrassed, I would be so too, but to smile right now isn’t one of your best moves young lady”….“Sit down”…..”I will give you a chance to explain yourself…..you will receive a punishment for this, I just haven’t decided yet whether I should get the brush or not…”
    Dammit where should I start?? What should I say??? “well….some of my classmates found out that I was good in math, and they told me about this arrangement where we would help each other. At that time I was new, so I figured this could be a way for me to get some friends…..ehm……”. “So you made the math assignments for your classmates??” “Not for all of them…..”. “have you ever handed in an assignment you haven’t done??”…..”Well, yes, that was a part of the arrangement…..”……
    All of this time we talked, she never took her eyes away from me, I however couldn’t keep the eye contact. This was one of the secrets I really thought she wouldn’t find out, so I was embarrassed in a way, where I had a hard time not to smile…..
    Her conclusion to all of this was…. “you will get a hard spanking with my hand on your bare bottom for the stupidity of trying to get friends by doing their assignments, you should be smart enough to know, that you can make friends other ways….” (ah yes…..dodged a bullet…..) “and you will also receive a spanking with the brush for cheating, and I don’t care that you did well on tests and so on, bottom line is, you handed in work that wasn’t made by you”
    Sigh….my lucky day…..By now I knew what was coming to me. I knew it would leave some marks and I probably would cry at some point, maybe first when she used the brush. I knew I deserved it, so when I was ordered to take my pants of and get over her lap I just did what she said. I managed to hold quite still on her lap, and my mind wondered off in different directions. I remember I thought about upcoming events that would involve to undress, and was happy, that there were none. I also thought about how or if the others would get punished, and actually imagined which one of my friends could take a spanking like this…..For the first time I didn’t cry when she was done with the spanking. She commanded me to stand up. She stood right in front of me, made me look at her with her hand, and I saw a little smile on her lips and heard her say “Amy do never forget that you are like an open book to me, I can read you, so believe me when I tell you, I know of your secrets. I know that you don’t always get to school with the bus. I know that you often play videogames after midnight. I know you like to “borrow” some of my clothes while I am away. So remember this, when you receive the second part of your spanking”……”go to your room, I will come upstairs later…..”
    Mmmhhhh…..at least she didn’t mention, the one time I actually borrowed her car……
    The second part of my punishment didn’t allow my mind to wonder off. She first came to my room an hour later, so my bottom wasn’t that red or warm anymore, but it was sore, and the brush had an instant effect on me. I couldn’t hold still on her lap this time, and at one point she fixated my legs, so I couldn’t move. When she decided I had enough, my whole body was shaking…..I think I somehow had pissed her of, by not reacting on the first spanking…..She wanted to make sure I got the message and I sure did. She didn’t look angry in fact I could still see a hint of a smile. On her way out of my room, she said “Oh, and by the way, the next time, you borrow my car, remember to put gas on it…..”

    I sneaked out of my room to get an ice cold wet cloth I could use on my bottom. I took a long look in the mirror and thanked god, I didn’t have to undress in front of anyone else…..Put gas on it…….yep I was soooo clever……
    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

    Video Q & A: Your Opinion


    Readers,

    Call it Fall Fever, but I’m having more ideas than time lately. Here’s another that came up during a conversation with one of my favorite playmates. Tell me what you think:

    Once a month, readers can write in questions – about spanking, domestic discipline, etc., and I’ll choose a few to answer via video. I’m uncertain whether this would be a monthly topical discussion, or just a random Q & A. I doubt that I have the technological fortitude to run a live streaming podcast, so the video answers would likely be pre-recorded and uploaded to the blog.

    What do you think? Good idea or colossal waste of bandwidth?

    – Dana

    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

    New Product Testing Video: The Curse of Dana

    Well, they’ve gone and done it now. 
    Caneiac’s made a new implement – conveyor belt material encased in rubber – called The Curse of Dana. And yes, it’s pretty darned evil. 
    The compliant boy featured in this video is a very heavy bottom, and most will find this implement particularly hard to handle. I, however, didn’t feel a thing.

    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

    Second story of the life of Amy (Historie, Part 2)


    Readers,

    Here is the second part of the story begun last week, ‘Historie’, by new author, Annika. As the first part received excellent feedback, Annika has chosen to share the rest of the story. Here is part two:


    *****

    Second story of the life of Amy

    The marks on my bottom were visible for a couple of days. I was very aware of them, and avoided to change cloth or take a bath in the present of others. I was embarrassed, but secretly fascinated. And that fascination was a part I was afraid to share with anyone. What would people think??
    I still listened to techno, but only with headphones on, and every time the song Confusing was going to start, I skipped it. I didn’t skip the other two songs in fact I paid more attention to them.  And for some reason the songs always placed a big smile on me. The feelings inside of me were very confusing, because on the one hand I didn’t want to get in to trouble again in risk of being spanked, but on the other hand the immense feeling of inner peace, affection, security and even love was what I was left with, and I desperately wanted. I knew exactly what I could do, because my aunt did instruct me in the house rules. But it would be too obvious, if I took a bottle of wine, and stood in front of her and emptied that. The worst thing that could happen would be, if she knew, that I deliberately wanted her to spank me. She would probably pack my things and send me off to Denmark again. And was it really fair towards her? To force her into a situation where she had to cause someone pain?
    So I pushed my feelings aside, and focused on the daily life again. Attending school, helping in the household, and being a good girl. My mom back in Denmark was overwhelmed by my grades, and even asked me once, why I couldn’t be like that, when I lived in Denmark……of course I didn’t tell her “Well mom maybe you should have been more aware of your role as a parent instead of trying being my friend, and a spanking now and then wouldn’t have hurt…..or maybe it would have…..”. Instead I just told her a lie about, how different and much better the school system was in the USA. 
    I wasn’t scared of my aunt. I respected her, and liked to keep her happy. She was very interested in me and my doings, and was concerned. We talked a lot about things I would never had talked with my mom about, and I felt she stood behind me in any situation needed, I just had to be honest.
    My aunt travelled a lot, her work required that, but I was ok with that. She always checked in on me.
    It does sound as if the one spanking prevented me from doing stupid things, but fact is, that someone had to tell her about my mistakes before it really would become a problem, and who else than me should tell her?? She didn’t know that we sometimes at school exploited our differences so we had time to do other things than homework. I was good in math, so I delivered school assignments in math some of the others had biology, geography or whatever as their favorite subject. Well we did have to do the tests by our self, and the teachers did wonder why some didn’t seem to hold the standard. I did, so it was one of the well kept secrets.

    Alcohol was not a theme in my life anymore, at least not until one day. My aunt was away on a business trip, and I was hanging out with some friends. The parents of my friend weren’t home, and we listened to loud music, played videogames, talked and just had a lot of fun. My friend opened a cupboard where his parents had stashed alcohol. He looked at us and smiled. “So anyone care for a drink…….”. My heart started to pump faster. I knew this was a thing my aunt certainly wouldn’t approve off, and the consequence would probably be severe. She wouldn’t be home before the end of the week, so I only had to make sure I wouldn’t drink so much, that it would be traceable over the phone, when she checked in on me. So like the others I did care for a drink….or two…..Time flew and I never noticed that my phone didn’t ring. I wasn’t drunk or anything, I felt in control, I just didn’t think about my phone. I went home that evening, felt so alive, happy and very much like the old Amy, untouchable.
    When I saw the lights were lit in the house, I froze. My brain tried to remember if it was me, who had forgotten to turn them off, but of course I knew better. I started to create an explanation (lie) I could tell her, so she wouldn’t notice that I had been drinking. I took some deep breath and went inside. She was walking around unpacking her things, and when she noticed me she just said “Hi sweety, yes I know, my trip got a bit shorter than expected”. She looked at me, and I just stared back at her, saying nothing. Not even hi, which might have been smart in that situation. Well her smile changed to a more serious expression, when she asked me “what is wrong, you don’t seem right??”. I finally woke up, and replied, that I was just fine, I was just surprised to see her here. She still looked at me but shortly after changed back to a smile. The story I had in my head was gone, it disappeared as soon I laid my eyes on her, and I felt lucky that she seemed to be more interested in unpacking, than noticing me sneaking inside, holding my breath.
    I passed her, on my way to my room, and just before getting to the stairs, she suddenly said “Amy, did you know that some alcohol, have a kind of sweet scent to it??” Once again I froze. “Did you really think you could hide this??”. I didn’t reply “yes I did, because you weren’t supposed to be home now…..”. Instead I just stood there overwhelmed with mixed emotions. I was scared, I was excited, and I thank god she didn’t see my face, because I was fighting not to smile.
    “Amy I am very disappointed, I didn’t expect this kind of behavior from you, and I wonder what you have been doing all the other times I haven’t been around” “GO to your room, and get ready, and I can assure you, you will prefer to stand up the next few days at school”

    It felt like ages before she came, but every footstep I could hear up the stairs, made my heart sink deeper to my stomach. I wasn’t smiling anymore, and I searched naïve after a getaway, realizing there were none. She came in to my room, looking straight at me, and then lifted her hand in which she carried a wooden brush. “this used to be your grandmoms, I inherited it, probably because she knew, I would find some use for it, and believe me I know what it is capable of”…….At that point I wished I hadn’t been holding back on the drinking, I should have drunk myself numb. But nooooo, instead the situation had made me very sober. So no place for me to hide, I had to get through this, with some kind of dignity.
    She went over to my bed, sat on it and ordered me over her lap. I tried with a silent, please and pledging eyes, but she just shook her head replying “mh, mh”. So once again there I was, over her lap waiting for the first hit. The sting of the wooden brush was unbearable. She was very annoyed with me, so the rhythm was steady and the strength was hard. There were no breaks, and I think I started to cry after a few minutes. I cannot really tell because I lost traction of time. When she stopped, I started breathing again, but she wasn’t done. Instead she started to give me a lecture about how much damage consuming of alcohol can do to the body and the ability to learn things. She put the hairbrush aside, and then claimed that the rest of the spanking (hand) was for me to remember not to do this again…..as if the first part of it wasn’t enough……In the end my bottom was numb, which I think she knew, cause the last two were given to the top of my legs.
    “Amy I know you probably find me very unfair, but this is for your own good, and one day you will understand” “Can I trust you not to get into trouble, when I am away on business trips???”…..”Yes”…….”I am sorry”…….”I know you are…..go to sleep, and a new day will start tomorrow”
    I didn’t wear any underpants that night, and I didn’t really get that much sleep either, not because of the pain or the heat of my bottom, I just didn’t understand how on earth, this could be a thing I actually had wanted to happen, how weird was I???…….but at the same time I could breathe, I was focused, I was me…..  
    A

    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

    Your Opinion – another spanking fiction ebook?


    Readers,

    Looking back on the totality of this blog, I’ve become even more aware of the talent shown in many of the spanking stories you have submitted. Rereading many of them, I’m again amazed at the sheer volume and quality of original spanking fiction that’s passed through the blog, from a lot of really dedicated writers.

    So I’m tossing around an idea for a large compilation – an ebook – of great spanking stories.

    The book would be a mix of reader-submitted stories and requested new writings from some of my favorite spanking authors.

    What do you think, readers? Can the world handle another spanking ebook? I’d love your opinions on content, viability, and design. Especially if you’re a fan of spanking fiction – what draws you to the genre? And what story aspects do you consider integral?

    Also, which stories already posted here are your favorites, and why?

    –  Dana

    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

    Vote for the Marital Discipline photo contest

    Readers,

    The time has come to cast your vote for the winner of the Marital Discipline photo contest!

    Below,  you’ll find all the qualifying entrants – male and female – posted in random order, each with an accompanying number. At the bottom of the page, vote for your favorite.

    *  Voting ends October 15th.

    *  Comments will be moderated – be nice, or go away.

    *  Only vote once. Cheaters will be publicly shamed.


    This month’s photo contest winner will receive a Marital Discipline with Dana Kane DVD!
    *****

    Marital Discipline photo contest Entrants:

    Bottom # 1


    Bottom # 2


    Bottom # 3


    Bottom # 4


    Bottom # 5



    Bottom # 6


    Bottom # 7

    Loading…

    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.

    F/M spanking fiction writers, share your work with Anastasia Vitsky


    Readers,

    Anastasia Vinsky publishes a blog called governing ana, at governingana.wordpress.com.
    While Ana’s blog writings are now offline – as she’s been offered a book deal for her work – she is now hosting other writers of published F/M spanking fiction on her blogsite on select Mondays.

    The feature is called ‘Fika’ (see Ana’s blog for the definition – it’s fun!), and the first installment is called ‘Celeste Jones on eBooks for Newbies’.

    If you’re interested in being featured on Anastasia’s Fika Monday’s, send an introductory email to Ana, at:

    ana_stasia2007@yahoo.com

    Visit my premium video, DVD, and products website at DanaKaneSpanks.com.